t> ^> ^J^ ^. xO. IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) /. J ^ 4. L^. :/ i/j v.. 1.0 I.I 1.25 I S^ IIS 1 /,o 2.0 18 U 111.6 Photographic Sciences Corporation 23 WEST f^iAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 (716) 872-4503 \ •1>' ;\ \ ^ O^ L'?/ i/.x CIHM/ICMH Microfiche Series. CIHM/ICMH Collection de microfiches. Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques ' Technical and Bibliographic Notes/Notes techniques et bib.'lographiques The Institute has attempted to obtain the best original copy available for filming. Features of this copy which may be bibliographically unique, which may alter any of the images in the reproduction, or which may significantly change the usual method of filming, are checked below. D Coloured covers/ Couverture de couieur I I Covers damaged/ Couverture endommagde □ Covers restored and/or laminated/ Couverture restaurie et/ou pelliculie □ Cover title missing/ Le titre de couverture manque Coloured maps/ Cartes giographiques en couieur □ Coloured ink (i.e. other than blue or black)/ Encre de couieur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire) □ Coloured plates and/or illustrations/ Planches et/ou illustrations en couieur □ Bound with other material/ ReHi avac d'autres documents □ Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion along interior margin/ La re liure serr^e peut causer de I'ombre ou de la distorsion le lonf de la marge intdrieure □ Blank leaves added during restoration may appear within the text. Whenever possible, these have been omitted from filming/ II se peut quo certaines pages blanches ajoutdes lors d'une restauration apparaissent dans le texte, male, lorsque cela dtait possible, ces pages n'ont pas M film«es. Additional comments:/ Commentaires suppiimentaires; L'Institut a microfilm* le m'jilleur exemplaire qu'il lui a etd possible de se procurer. Las details de cet exemplaire qui sont peut-dtre uniques du point de vue bibliographique, qui peuvent modifier une image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger une modification dans la mithode normale de vilmage sont indiqu^s ci-dessous. I I Coloured pages/ Pages de couieur Pages damaged/ Pages endommagies Pages restored and/oi Pages restaurdes et/ou peiliculdes Pages discoloured, siained or foxei Pages d^color^es, tachet^es ou piquees Pages detached/ Pages d^tachees I I Pages damaged/ I I Pages restored and/or laminated/ r/j Pages discoloured, siained or foxed/ I I Pages detached/ /I Showthrough/ Transparence □ Quality of print varies/ Quality indgale de I'impression □ Includes supplementary material/ Comprend du materiel supplemen upplementaire I I Only edition available/ Seule Edition disponible □ Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata slips, tissues, etc., have been refilmed to ensure the best possible image/ Les pages totalement ou partiellement obscurcies par un feuillet d'errata, une pelure, etc.. ont iti film^es i nouveau de facon d obtenir la meilleure image possible. Various pagings. This item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/ Ce document est film* au taux de reduction indiqu* ci dessous. ^OX 14X 18X 22X 26X 12X 30X 16X 20X 24X 28X 32X '8 Stalls >s du nodifier ir une ilmage rrata ;o selure. 1 A The copy filmed here has been reproduced thanks to the generosity of: D. B. Weldon Library University of Western Ontario (Regional History Room) The images appearing here are the best quality possible considering the condition and legibility of the original copy and in keeping with the filming contract specifications. Original copies in printed paper covers are filmed beginning with the front cover and ending on the last page with a printed or illustrated impres- sion, or the back cover when appropriate. All other original copies are filmed beginning on the first page with a printed or illustrated impres- sion, and ending on the last page with a printed or illustrated impression. The last recorded frame on each microfiche shall contain the symbol —»•( meaning "CON- TINUED"), or the symbol V (meaning "END"), whichever applies. Maps, plates, charts, etc.. may be filmed at different reduction ratios. Those too large to be entirely included in one exposure are filmed beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to right and top to bottom, as many frames as required. The following diagrams illustrate the method: 1 2 3 L'exemplaire film^ fut repror*uit grice d la gin^rosit^ de: D. B. Weldon Library University of Western Ontario (Regional (History Room) Les images suivantes ont 6x6 reproduites avec le plus grand soin, compte tenu de la condition et de la nettet^ de l'exemplaire film*, et en conformity avec les conditions du contrat de filmage. Les exemplaires originaux dont la couverture en papier est imprimde sont film6s en commenpant par la premier plat et en terminant soit par la darnidre page qui comporte une empreinte d'impression ou d'illustration, soit par le second plat, salon le cas. Tous les autres exemplaires originaux sont filmds en commengant par la premiere page qui comporte une empreinte d'impression ou d'illustration et en terminant par la dernidre page qui comporte une telle empreinte. Un des symboles suivants apparaftra sur la dernidre image de cheque microfiche, selon le cas: le symbols — ^ signifie "A SUIVRE", le symbols V signifie "FIN". Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc. , peuvent dtie filmte ck des taux de reduction diff^rents. Lorsque le document est trop grand pour dtre reproduit en un seul cliche, il est film* 6 partir de Tangle supdrieur gauche, de gauche d droite. et de haut en bas, en prenant le nombre d'images n^cessaire. Les diagrammes suivants illustrent la m^thode. 32X 1 2 3 4 5 6 MARCH OF THE TMN THC OF THE TE2f THOUSAND GHEEKS. I'F THE FIRST GREEK BOOK BY JOHN WILLIAMS WHITE, Ph.D., LL.D., Litt.D. PROFKSSOa OF GBEEK IN HABVARU UKIVEKSITT IHediocrltatem I/lam teneblt quae eit Inter nimlum et parum Boston, U.S.A.: GINN & COMPANY. Toronto: THE COPP, CLAKK CO., LIMITED. Copyright, 1896 Bt JOHN WILLIA.MS WHITE. A I.I, KKiHTS KKSEKVED 54-6 PEEFAOE. I f » t Since the publication of my Beginner^s Greek Book in 1892, I have from time to time had letters from teacliers in different parts of the country, who have informed me that the Beginner's Book, because of its length, was not well adapted for use in the schools in which they taught, and who have urged me to prepare a briefer book on the same plan. They wished a book, they said, which could be completed in two terms, and which would properly prepare their pupils for the rapid but exact reading of a book of the Anabasis during the last third of the year. The First Greek Book is an attempt to meet this reasonable request. I am aware that it is impossible that any elementary book should be equally well adapted to the needs of all schools ; but I have at least succeeded in making this book briefer than its immediate predecessor. In writing it I have aimed to give, first, only such fundamental facts of Greek grammar as the young pupil must know before he can begin to read the connected narrative of Xenophon intelligently and with pleasure, and secondly, a moderate amount of practice, both in reading and in writing, in the application of these principles. I have entirely excluded from the eighty lessons into which the First Greek Book is divided- the Attic second declension, the systematic treatmeut of the affinity of words, word lists, word groups, the principles of word formation, and the divi- sion of verbs into eight classes, although provision is made for the study of some of these important matters, if the teacher finds the time for it, in the materials furnished in the Appendix. Further, iy PREFACE. tho dual number is not introduced into tlie exercises or reading lesson? ; contracts of the vowel declension liave been treated more concisely, and have been placed after the first lesson on contract verbs, and the principles of syntax Jiave been presented more simply. Tlie principle, however, that I liave aimed to follow has been that of liorizontal reduction, to use tlie expressive phrase of one of my advisers among the teachers, rather than of omission. Each lesson consists, in order, of a statement of gramni;itical principles, of a vocabulary, of exercises, and of a brief reading lesson in con- tinuous narrative. Paradigms have been transferred, except just at the beginning, to the Appendix ; by this arrangement they are not under the eye of the pupil as he translates his exercises. The statements of grammatical facts have been brought into verbal conformity witli tlie statements in the Greek Grammar of my col- league, Professor Goodwin. The number of words in the vocabularies has been reduced to ten on the average ; these words occur fre- quently in the Anabasis. Each vocabulary includes all the words not previously given that occur in the exercises of the lesson to which it belongs ; the genitive and gender of all nouns are indi- cated ; and only those related Greek words are pointed out which have previously occurred and whose etymological connection is obvious. The sentences in the exercises have been simplified, and their number has been reduced ; each sentence illustrates once or twice the grammatical principles presented in the lesson. The interesting story contained in the first eight chapters of Xeno- phon's Anabasis begins in simplified form in the thirteenth lesson, and is continued in brief reading lessons ; none of these reading lessons make demands on the knowledge of the pupil that he is not prepared to meet through knowledge previously acquired. He thus begins very soon to read continuous narrative, and keeps up the practice day by day, and thus unconsciously acquires new words in the most satisfactory way, by using them in connected discourse. 1 PHKFACE. ! A Words that have not previously occurred are sparingly introduced in the reading lessons. The materials brought together in the Appendix are of such a nature that, with the exception of the paradigms and rules of syn- tax, they can be used or not according to the teacher's needs and preference. They consist of a statement of the principles regulat- ing the contraction of vowels and the changes of consonants, of a complete set of paradigms, of the rules of syntax, illustrated by examples, governing all the parts of speech except the verb (the syntax of the moods and tenses of the verb is developed in the lessons), of the principal parts of important verbs arranged alpha- betically, and of eight alphabetical lists of the words contained in the special vocabularies. It gives me pleasure to acknowledge my indebtedness to my colleague, Dr. Charles Burton Gulick, who prepared the first draft of the reading lessons and has read the proofs, and to express my thanks to the teachers in colleges, academies, and public schools whose friendly and wise criticisms and suggestions have been of the greatest service to me in writing this book. mmi^^t^mtmmimmmm* mmmmmmm ^ X 1 CONTKNTS. UCflg 8 ROT. I. 1-13 II. 14-28 nr. 20-12 IV. 4:M7. V. 48-({0. VI. 01-05. VH. 00-74. VIII. 70-80. IX. 81-86. X. 8(M)8. XI. 00-104. XII. 105-120. XIII. 121-125. XIV. 120-134. XV. 135-144. XVI. 145-163. XVII. 154-164. XVIII, 105-173. XIX. 174-181. XX. 182-101. XXI. 102-207. XXII. 208-216. XXIII. 216-225. XXIV,. 226-238. XXV. 230-248. XXVI. 240-258. XXVII. 250-267. XXVIII. 268-278. XXIX. 270-285. XXX. 286-205. XXXI. 206-311. XXXII. 312-321. XXXIII. 322-330. PAO K Tho Alphabet. VowcIh, Consonants, DIplithonL's 1-3 Hri-atlangH, Syllables, Elision, Accent, i'unctua- t>o»i 4_„ Nouns. Introductory >j_q A-I)eclen.sion. Fenjjnines in ij. lo 11 Verbs. Introductory '' nlj.j A-I)eclen.sion. Keininlnes in o.. .!!."....!!. 14 15 Imperfect Indicative Active ]([' 17 ()-I)ecIension ...,""..... ly' 19 O-Dcclension (continued) ","'.. 2o'''l Future and First Aorist Indicative Active 22-24 A-Declen.sion. Ma.sculine8 ' ' 25 20 Perfect and Tluperfect Indicative Active 9f{Lyn Tlie Art of Reading ^[j oV Adjectives of the Vowel Deciension .32*33 Analysis of the Primary Tenses 01 the hulicative ' ' Active 24 35 Analysis of the Secondary Tenses of the Indica- ' tive Active gg 07 Demonstrative Pronouns. 01)769!. 38-40 Present and Imperfect of ei/xl, be .. 4i_43 Present, Imperfect, and Future Indicative Middie 43-45 Aorist, Perf^ect, Pluperfect, and Future Perfect Indicative Middle 40-48 Indicative Passive 40-61 Perfect, Pluperfect, and FuturePerfect'lndicfv^ tive Middle and Passive of Labial Mute Verbs 52, 63 1 erfect and Pluperfect Indicative M iddle and Ptis- sive of Palatal and Lingual Mute Verbs 54-^f5 Prepositions 67-''0 Labial and Palatal Mute Stems "of "the Consoiian't ^ Declension 00-62 Lingual Mute Stems of" the ConsonantDeclensiou 03 64 Adjectives of the Consonant Declension 65 66 Contract Verbs in aw in the Lidicative. ... 67-60 Contract Verbs in eu and ow in the Indicative 70 71 Contract Nouns and Adjectives of the Vowel ' Declension i^o 70 Deponent Verbs. Conditional "Sentences 74I77 Subjunctive Active. Vivid Future Conditions' " 77-70 Subjunctive Active (continued). Subjunctive hi liXhortations and in Final Clauses 80-82 vii Vlil CONTENTS. LESS. SECT. XXXIY. 331-338 XXXV. 339-344 XXXVI. 346-352 XXXVII. 363-369. XXXVIII. 360-368. XXXIX. 369-377. XL. 378-386. XLI. 386-392. XLII. 393-399. XLIII. 400-412. XLIV. 413-419. XLV. 420-425. XLVI. 426-432. XLVII. 433-442. XLVIII. 443-462. XLIX. 463-466. L. 466-475. LI. 476-481. LII. 482-491. LIII. 492-499. LIV. 500-605. LV. 606-611. LVI. 612-621. LVII. 622-530. LVIII. 631-540. LIX. 641-651. LX. 652-564. LXI. 666-576. LXIL 677-581. LXIIL 682-694. LXIV. 595-601. LXV. 602-613. LXVI. 614-618. LXVIL 619-632. T.XVTT!. A33-641. LXIX. 642-647. LXX. •048-€5&. PAGE Subjunctive Middle and Paasive. Subjunctive after Verbs of Fearing 83-86 Contract Verbs in the Subjunctive M6, 87 Liquid Stems of the Consonant Declension <. 88, 89 Interrogative and Indefinite Pronouns 90, 91 Optative Active. Less Vivid Future Conditions 92-94 Optative Active (continued). Optative in Final and Object Clauses 95-97 Optative Middle and Passive. Optative after Verbs of Fearing 98-100 Contract Verbs in the Optative 101,102 Stems in j- of the Consonant Declension 103-106 Imperative Acti\e 106-108 Imperative Middle and Passive 108, 109 ( jntract Verbs in the Imperative 110,111 Adjective Stems in v and ea of the Consonant Declension 112, 113 Personal Pronouns 113-116 Reflexive, Reciprocal, and Possessive Pronouns 116-118 The Infinitive 119-121 The Infinitive (continued) 122-124 Stems in i and i; of the Consonant Declension.. 126, 126 Participles Active 127-129 Participles Middle and Passive 130-132 Adjective Stems in v of the Consonant Declen- sion. Irregular Adjectives 133,134 Stems in a Diphthong of the Consonant Declen- sion 135, 136 Relative Pronouns. Genitive Absolute. Nu- merals 137-139 Conditional Sentences. General Suppositious.. 140-142 Conditional Relative Sentences 143-145 Comparison of Adjectives 146-148 Present System of Verbs. Indirect Discourse.. 149-152 Future and First Aorist Systems of Vowel ^Jid Mute Verbs. Indirect Discourse 153-166 Irregular Comparison of Adjectives 167-169 Future and First Aorist Systems of Liquid Verbs. Interrogative Subjunctive. Indi- rect Discourse 160-163 Formation and Comparison of Adjectives 163-165 Second Aorist System. Indirect Discourse 166-168 Numerals 169-171 First Perfect System. Indirect Discourse 172-174 Sppfxiirl p,^».f£j/i* 0,,„4-,>.»> ITK 1T7 i-'CA^Uii'-t Xtil^rLt ojctcixi liu—iii Perfect Middle System of Vowel and of Mute Verbs 178, 179 Perfect Middle System of Liquid Verbs 180-182 CONTENTS. IX PAGE LESS. SECT. LXXI. 65(5-007. LXXII. 608-070. LXXIII. 077-688. LXXIV. 080-098. LXXV. 009-704. LXXVI. 706-710. LXXVII. 711-716. LXXVIII. 717-725. LXXIX. 720-731. LXXX. 732-736. PAGE First Passive System. Complex Sentences in Indirect Discourse 182-186 Second Passive System "l.."^.!.! 187-180 Verbal Adjectives 189-192 Regular Verbs in MI, Tldrjui '" 193-196 Regular Verbs in MI, 8i5uni 197-199 Regular Verbs in MI, i'o-TTj.ut 199-202 Regular Verbs in MI, SeUvv/xi 203-205 Second I'erfect System without Tense Suffix 206-208 Irregular Verbs in MI, 017;;.;, eifil, elfii 209-211 Irregulai- Verbs in MI (continued), Irjfii, Kei/xai, ''^"' 212, 213 APPENDIX. SECT. 737. 738. 739-749. 750-753. 754, 755. 756, 757. 758-764. 765-780. 781-783. 784-799. 800-870. 871. 872-884. PAGF Contraction of Vowels 01 r oi« Changes of Consonants 21 7' 21 Q Paradigms : Nouns 22nl29^ Paradigms: Adjectives " 22«-9qn Paradigms: Participles 2^0 sqi Paradigms: Numerals 232 2?^ Paradigms: Definite Article and Pronouns 2^412?? Paradigms: Verbs in w 238-247 Paradigms : Contract Verbs in w... 248-2*.^ Paradigms: Verbs in MI 9 J t'^^ Rules of Syntax ::•: ^^-f'l Prmcipal Parts of Important Verbs.. 27^-9^1 Word Grouping. Word Lists '^""''ZZZ^ZZ. 286-292 TABLE OF ILLUSTRATIONS. NO. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 10. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 28. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44. PAGE Greek Schoolroom 3 Ancient Dog-cart ^ ^^^ q Assyrian Tents 9 The Slaying of the Suitors Z"..... 13 Sabre "' ' j4 Attic Four Drachma Piece 15 Bronze Boat used as a Lamp 21 Greelc Warrior ' 25 Sacrifice 29 Targeteer " ' 39 Ancient Persians 40 The Skulking Warrior 45 Assyrian Wagon 46 Theseus Fighting with Amazons 48 Attic Four Drachma Piece 54 Silenus the Satyr _ 56 Alexander the Great 61 Target - „ 'Z['Z'.'Z 62 Greek Armor 69 Battle 79 Darius III 82 Persian Daric _ 83 A Youthful Knight 85 Persian Slingers 90 Greek Armor 94 Chariot Race ] 97 Masks of Pan 99 Ostriches 100 Helmet IO3 Arming of a Greek Warrior 104 Raft of Inflated Hides Ill Axe 114 Bridle II5 Greek Hoplites .... 118 Bow .ZZZ 122 Greek Schoolroom 127 Greek Armor 132 Altar ZZZ 137 Ancient Dogs 140- Sword 148 Spear-heads 153 xO I Anfipnt. Poroi ans. War Ship I59 Girdle 162 PAGe 3 6 9 . 18 . 14 . 15 . 21 . 25 29 39 40 45 46 48 54 56 61 62 69 79 82 83 85 90 94 97 99 100 103 104 111 114 115 118 122 127 132 137 140- 148 163 157 159 102 TABLE OF ILLUSTHAtlONS. A i xo. 45. Darius goes Hunting ^aob 46. Attic Ten Drachma Piece 170 47. Ancient Horse Race 171 48. Assyrian Soldiers 175 61. Chaplet 188 52. Zeus and Victory" 196 63. Apollo flays Marsyas 202 64. Persian Charioteer. 204 66. Trumpeter . 208 56. Plan of the Battle atCunaxa 211 o^ Barbarians 214 68. The Stricken Persian 219 69. Attic Obol 225 60. Athena 227 61. Zeus 233 62. The Giving of Hands'. 234 63. Athena .... 237 64. The Caftan ZZ''. 264 66. Amazon 274 285 m. Mill ^^ ™^ VOCABULARIES. 67. Axe Z.Z. 6 68. War Chariot "Z 7 69. Artemis. 9 70. Oval Shield ...'.".' 10 71. Round Shield , 10 72. Attic Drachma Piece 11 73. Breast-plate 16 74. Horse and Rider 23 75. Herald 24 76. Greave ." 26 77. Helmet .." 27 78. Ancient Ships ......! !......"' 27 79. Stone-thrower... 31 80. Arming of Warriors 32 81. Heavy-armed Soldier 33 82. Target 34 83. Frontlet and Bridle of Horse 37 84. Persian Sceptre-bearer 4l> 85. Mounted Bowmen 41 86. Position of Rowers inthe Trimne 46 »/. Bowman 46 88. Greek Women...!....!... 47 89. Bracelet 48 90. Harnessing to the Chariot ^ 60 I i FIRST GREEK BOOK. -•«♦- LESSON I. The Alphabet. Vowels, Consonants, Diphthongs. 1. T\w nn5ek Alphahet has twenty-four letters: Form. Phonttic Valua. Name. Form. Phonetic Value. Name. A a "impa, ffjtlier Alplui N V now Nu B P t Beta s 1 wax Xi r Y. 1 Ifo or aiwy (10) Gam ma obey Omicroi A 8 do Delta n TT joet Pi E c met Epsilon p P run Rho z I ddscQ Zeta 2 (T S sit Sigma H n pivy Eta T T tone Omega 2. At the end of a vord «, elsewhere o-, as ctki^i^s, o/ a /gnf. 3, The Vowels ur** n < « • « ^.^ .»«/? .. t^v „ :„: letters are Consonants. ' I i 2 VOWELS AND CONSONANTS. 4. Vowels are either short or long. There are separate Greek characters (€ r\, o o)) for the e and o sounds, but not for the a, I, and u sounds. In this book the sliort vowels are designated by a, c, i, o, v, the long by d, i], i, «, u. 6. The consonants are divided into semivowels, mutes, and double consonants. 6. The semivowels are X, |i, v, p, , Smooth mutes ir k t, Palatal or K-mutes k y X' M^t^^e mutes P 7 8, Lingual or T-mutes t 8 9. i^owyA mutes <|) x ©• 8. Mutes of the same class are called cognate ; iho^Q of the same order, co-ordinate. 9. The double consonants are | (for /t?), \|/ (for tt?) and J. 10. The consonants are pronounced, in general, like their English equivalents ; but gamma before k, 7, x, or | equals ng in siw^, and is called gamma nasal. Give the phonetic value of each letter in the alphabet (1). 11. The Diphthongs are at, au, ci, €i,, 01, ou, riu, ui, ?., 11, o-Pc-p6$, frightful. o4.t6s, self, Lat. ipse. iv Xd-Y(i>, in a speech. 'E\-\t|-vi-k6s, Greek. d-Ya-96s, good. Oil-pat, doors. Xv-ov-o-i, they loose. oY-7c-\os, messenger. 8"-pov, gift. Xw-pa, country. ^^-Xi-ov, bracelet. \6-yos, speech. ol-Ki-a, I dwell. "Ap-T€-(Ats, Artemis. ot-Koi, at home. No, Greek Schoolroom. BREATHINGS, SYLLABLES, ELISION. LESSON II. Breathings, Syllables, Elision, Accent, Punctuation. 14. Every vowel or diplithong at the beginning of a word has either tlie Hough Breathing (*) or the Smooth Breath- ing (»). The rougli breathing shows that the vowel is aspi- rated, i.e. that it is preceded by the sound of h, as rj-fjLe-pa, day, vl-6a, day,, ws that irtemis^ eparate vhen it sombina- ceptions, [isonants e next or the stroplie i avTov. 3 third begins OLKldv^ also be 18. There are three Accents : the acute ('), as a-ya-SS^, good, f /n^-^d, day, "Ap-re-^K;, Artemis, ^Krj-aa, I dtvelt ; the grave (^), as a/crj-val d-ya-Oa{, good tents; the circumflex (-), as aKrj-vij^, of a tent, cS-Se, thus, iv crKT)-vaU, in tents. 19. Tlie acute can stand only on one of the last three syllables of a word, the circumflex only on one of the last two, and the grave only on the last. 20. The circumflex can stand only on a long syllable. Wlien d, I, u have the circumflex, the long mark is omitted, and they are written a, t, i). 21. The antepenult, if accented, takes the acute, as S,v-ep(o- TTo?, man; but it can have no accent if the last syllable is long or ends in | or \|/, as av-epay-irov, of a man. 22. An accented penult is circumflexed when it is long while the last syllable is short, as 8a>-pou, gift. Otherwise it takes the acute, as 8. XfipS, country X«pas, of country ' X«pqi, to or for country XwpSv, country XwpS, O country X«pS X<&patv X«pai, countries Xwpwv, of countries Xt&pais, to or for countries XupSs, countries X»pai, O countries O-TpOTlji, AUMY. o-rpaTid o-Tparids (TTpaTlljl trrparisiv O-TpttTlji (rrparid pa IV Ovpaiv I Ovpai ►V Ovpdiv ts Ovpais s OvpSs V dvpai 9 40. VOCABULARY. dyopii, ot, 7, market-place. OwpS, as, if, door. ©Ufa, aj, 17, house. o-Tpariji, aj, ^, army. X«pa, aj, ^, ;)/ace, land, country. ^aKptf, adj., /onflr. HiKpd, adj., sm««, /t«/e. 4v, prep, with dat., m (a proclitic). ^v, he {she, it) ivas; ^o-av, they were. 'X", he {she, it) has; l^ova-i, they have. ...g for,,, „f tl,. .leh„,t„ article, .us Ayopd, Si,, ^ „,,„o ^ xkr,,!!!™ tl,-.t ttyo/3tt 18 feniiniiio. ' 'bnuus ui.it 41. Kbad aloud and translate : 1. oUCac ^iKoai f ^v ra.,ayopah. 3. eV oIkU;. ^i.p^. 4. ^ oeVca 0^paV J. at o.«c„, ^,«pat ^,ra.. 10. ^i^^ai ^a. ac 0^p„, rZu OLKLtDV. ^ 3 t!"th?*Trf '■^■^''' '""^ ''"y' 2- For small armies. I'lnlZt"'""''- ^•'^'^— ">~". 5. He has always , 23), 36. of the i plural, No. 3. Assyrian Tents. 10 FEMININES IN ETA. ill lAi: LEssor; IV. A-Declension. — Feminines in j\. 43. If €, I, or p does not precede (37), feminines generally end in r\. This 7\ appears only in the singular. 44. , PARADIGMS. J-')' •««^I*T|, i\ koXtj o-kt)vi^, T JiiKfA erKT)v^, i VILLAGE. THE FINE TENT. THE LITTLE TENT. m S. M. K(6uiT|, village <| KttXlJ (rKt)Vlf] f| HiKp^ (TKTJvfj £ o. K«|iT]8, of a village Tfjs KttXf^S CTKTJvf^S Tfjs fiiKpas o-Kijvf|s V D. KiSt^Xi, to or for a village T^ KOX-Q irKT)V^ T^ l&lKp^ O-KIJV^ A. KM|jiT]v, village Ttjv koXtjv a-Ki\vf\v TTJV p-lKp^V (rKT|V^V V. K<&)iT|, village koXt] 0-KT]W| filKp^ OTKriV^ D. N.A.V. Kufia T«a KoXk O-KTJvi T« ftlKp^ 0-KT)vtf t G. D. K(&|jiaiv To£v KoXaiv oTKTivalv Toiv fiiKpaiv o-KTjvat* ■ P. N. KU|iai, villages ol KttXal orKt)vo( ot filKpol crKTjvo£ 1 6. KoP«pi, adj., frightful, fearful. ■1 cTKtivfj, ^s, 17, tent. No. 3. 1 n-(^(vS6vT] , -ns, i], sling. No. 24. Kat. com"., and. n.lan VERBS. 11 46. 1. cV Tjj K(ofi7) ^a-av filKpal (TK7)vaL. 2. at filKpal oiKiai KaKoX 9j(Tav. 3. at o-«7?mi /caXat ^aav. 4. eV r^ ^^/^?? t^^Xn ofi^pa ^v. 5. ^ Kpavy^ r^9 o-r^anas <^o^e/)a^ ^i'. 6. cV rar? /caXat? /cdJ/xat? ^aav otViat. 7. (T(f>^vh6vy)v 9^et eV riJ o-kt;^^. 8. Ac/)avy^ ^o^ep^ h rat? Aca>/.a:9 ^z.. 9, eV rar? o-zcryi^ar? ^crai/ a[ cr^^vUvai. 10. ij otVtd yaE/cpa' r^v /cat -)) (TK-r]vy) KaKTJ. 47. 1. In the villages were tents. 2. They have slings in the tents. 3. The battles were fearful. 4. There was a small house in the village. 5. They have tents and slings LESSON V. « Verbs. — Introductory. 48. The Greek verb has three Voices, the active, middle, and passive. 49. There are four MooDs, the indicative, subjunctive, optative, and imperative. These are the finite moods. To them are added, in the conjugation of the verb, the infinitive and participles. 50. There are seven Tenses, the present, imperfect, future aorist, perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect. The present future, perfect, and future perfect indicative are called ^rmar. tenses ; the imperfect, aorist, and pluperfect mdinnbV^ are callea secondare/ tenses. 61. There are three Persons. aaMMHMni ii 12 PHEISEN T INDl CA TI VE A C Tl VE. 52. There are three Numueks, as in nouns (;U). 53. The accent of verbs is recessive, i.e. it is tluovvn as far back as possible. 54. Tlie Stem of a verb is its fundamental part, from whi(^h its various tenses are foi-med. The stem of \6(o, looHe, IS \v or \v, of (SovXevco, plan, /SovXev, of 7re>7ra), and, nefnr. Present Indicative Active. Ol i. PARADia/VlS s. 1. 2. 3. XSl», / loose Xdcis, you loose Xd«i, he looses PovXcvw, plan PovXcvMs PovXcvM iri^ira, send irifMTW apirdtca, ro6 04>irdtvXaKV), Tji, i), guard, garrison. ii (before a vowel), ^k (before a consonant), prep, with gen., out of, from (a proclitic). ow (before a consonant), ovk (before the smooth bre;ithi!ig), sA^ (before the rougli brcatiung), adv., not (a proclitic). i PUEtiKNT INDIVATIVK ACTIVE. 11 rown an ft, from )«, loose., dl«, rob dj;7ra- Jcre. 10. TTCflTTOVO-L. 58. 1. IFo plunderH. 2. Wo load. 3. Thoy plan. 4. You solid, f). J looso. ^59. 1. dyo) (TTpariav *E\Xr}VLKyp. 2. ra? /caXa? 0-^7/1.(^5 Xvovo-t. 3. ovx dpTrd^o) rd<; Kcofjid^. 4. ttiu (fivKaKrjv dyovdLU^ Ik t^v (TKrju^u. 5. cxovaLp ot/cta? /caXa?. G. at /CW/Xat TTuXd? OVAC ixOVO-LU.^ 7. OlJ TT€fl7rOfl€P T7)V (f>vXaK7Ju. S.dpndCeTe ttjv x^P^^ / 9- eV rwi/ /cai//,w»/ ttc^ttci tt^v (rrpa- nap. 10. €K T^9 dyopa? dyet? 7771/ *E\\7;^t/c^j, (jivXaKrjv; «<). 1. Has he a Greek guard? 2. We are not destroying the gates. 3. I am sending a garrison. 4. You liave a beauti- ful liouse. 5. He is not plundering the houses in the village. Note. — 1 For 1/ movable, see 17. No. 4. The Slaying of the Suitors. ^ 14 FEMININES IN ALPHA {SHOUT). i LESSON VI. A-Declension. — Feminines in a. 61. A few feminines end in a (short). This a appears only in the nominative, accusative, and vocative singuhir The genitive and dative have a, if e, i, or p precedes, otherwise t,. 62. N. V. o. D. A. Y<vpa, BHIDOE. ■y^^vpa 7C()>vpas ■y€vpav D. N. A.V. 'Y«tip3 G. D. Y<*^^PCl^V p. N. V. o. D. Y^4>«]ipai 'YC(|>vpuv Yc<|>i$pais Yci|>vpa$ PARADIGMS. OAXarra, ' SEA. OdXarra OoXdTTTJS OoXAtttj OdXarrav BoXdrra OoXdrraiv OdXarrai oaXaTToiv doXdrrais floX '.Tras a. For the accent, see 35, 21, 39. Iidxaipa dvaeVj, A GOOD SABRK. ftdxoipa d^aO^ Hoxafpos dYaOfjs liaxaCpqi dYaOfi Hdxaipav dYaO^iv (laxafpa dYaOi t^axaCpaiv dYaOaiv Hdxoipai dYaOoC )iaxaipwv dYaOuv |*axa(pois dYaOais |*oxa(pas dYaGds No. 5. "/idxatpa dyae-f). FEMININES IN ALPHA {SHORT). 16 ars only •. The me r\. BRE. yaOf)s yaefi yaOaiv faOaC aOais 03. VOCABULARY. &Ha|o, ijy, ^, waf/on. No. 13. Y<(|>vpa, or, 17, bridge. OdXaTTtt, 77J, 17, sea. Itdxaipa, aj, ^ (c/-. ^dx?;), A;ni/e, saln-e. No. T). iif<\Ttj, 77J, ^, sAieW, tor«7e«. No. 18. Tpdircja, t;s, ^, iaWe. No. 4. &.yo»{\y adj., flrood, 6mve. oTTcv^, adj., narrow. €ts, prep, will) ace, m«o, )!o (a pro- clitic). i-nl, prep.: with gen., on, upon; with dat., on, by, at; with aec, ujson, /!o, against. 7. €m T,,^ ^'aXarra.- oi« iya, r^ <^v\aK,V. 8. ^.V^«, Z3' ^"''"'' "''""^"' " ^"^"^^^ '^' es. 1. We are destroying the tables. 2. They are not plundonng the wagons. 3, The bridges were long a.fd nlrrow 4. s he bringing the sabres on the wagon? 5 He does Zi lead the garrison from the villages to the sea. No. 6. Attic Four Drachma Piece. 16 IMPKUFKCT INDICATIVE AVTIVK. * LESSON VII. Imperfect Indicative Active. ««. In tlio socoiulary tenses (f.O) of (lie indicalivo, tlio verb receives an Aikjmknt {i.e. incri'(ti. 2. 3. iXdtTOV 4Xv. V(HbH hiivo rocesslvo accuMit (r,;j). Rut, under t]i(3 general laws, tlie accent H()nuainu^s shifts (l!>), as ^Xvov, iUofieu etc., sometimes changes (lil), as dxo,, / W, «>/xe«., ^/;. had. Review the meanhujs of all the wonls yiren in the rocahulnries of Lemm, i i I • — V i % 8. cVe/iTTC. 9. rjpTrdCofiev. 71. 1. iXvere. 2. 'jjyoj/. G. cr^e. 7. ey8ou\cu€9. 10. ijSovXevofxep. 7a. 1 Iloasod. 2.W«IuuI. 3. YouHcnt. 4. Ho ,,la„„,Ml. o. Uiey iiliimleiod. ^ 73. 1 ^ oiVtd ^.J^d? KaXa? dxt. 2. T^, ,ji„\aKV oiKias. 4. ,p,7a^€s 7^5 o-«,,.-d9; 5. e'/c r^s oiVw? oi« /. a,tafa9 e.- rg dyop^ erj^tre. 8. eVl rr,p 0d\aTTau ^yop r,, a/.af^5 ,ye;-.' 10. ,t>v\a^i,„ 'EWnuc^i,,, .W>^oae^ «', T171/ ayopap. 74. 1. He was destroying the tents. 2. We did not send the ^^arnson to the bridge. 3. They plnndered the wagons. 4. 1 hey did not lead the army from the village. 5. You led the guard from the houses to tlie sea. Note. — » For >/ movable, see 17. ■tmmmm 18 0-DECLENHlON. LESSON VIII. '0-Declension. 75. Nouns of the 0-Declension end in os (masculine, rarely feminine) or in ov (neuter). 76. 8. N. G. D. A. V. X670S, 6, WORD. Xdyos, word \6-yov, of a word PARADIGMS. 6 d^aOos av6p(i)iros, THE GOOD MAN. 6 A-yoOis dvflpwiros Tov dfyaOov dvOpwirov U-^i^.tooxforaword t« d^yaO^ dvep(iiri|> Xd'yov, word rhv d-yaGiv dvepwirov Xd-yi, O word &7a8« fivOpwirc D. N. A.v. Xd-yw o. D. X6"Y0iv T« d-ya9« dv0p TO KoXiv SupOV KoX&v Supov TM KaXu 8(&pA> Toiv KoXoiv 8(opoiv Td KoXd Supa T«V KaXwv 8*ip«v Tois KaXot$ 8(&poi$ Td KoXd 8upa KoXd 8upa 22, 24, 35, 36. The 0-DECLENSION. 19 le, rarely \.bv 8»pov, riNB GIFT. iXov Swpov i\ov 8<&pov xKff S&ptf aXhv Supov txKbv Supov a,\w 8(&pa> aXoiv 8(&poiv aXd 8upa aXuv 8(&puv a\ot$ 8(&poi$ oXd 8upa aXd 8upa ), 36. The i 77. The masculine and neuter of the adjectives thus far given follow the O-Declension, the feminine the A-Declension. The nominative singular, therefore, ends in os, t^ or a, ov (Latin us, a, urn), as follows ; dYa06s, dvaevi, d^aGdv, good. ^aKpds, F^aKp*, ^aKpiv, long. •EWTjviKds, 'EWriviK^, 'EXXTjviKdv, GreeA-. ^iKp6s, tilKpii, ^liKpdv, Zi«/e. KaKos, KaK^, KaK6v, bad, cowardly. o-T*vds, o-rcvVj, o/3eph, ^v. 4. eU rh nehiov Letinev ai^OpcoiTovs. 5. T0V9 Ttt^ov? dyofxev iK rod xpa Tr^tTro- ixev Tols (TvixixdxoL^. 8. o^ cT^iJLixaxoi iv iroXe'ficp KaKol iqcrav. ^ 9^ ol rwv avfxfxdxcov \6yoL KaXol ^aav. ' 10. eV rw TreSto) i^crat' ot tS)v avOpoiTraiv Ittttol. 80. 1. The allies had horses. 2. I led the horse into the village. 3. The place was narrow. 4. The man was a cownrd {t.e. cowardly) in war. 5. He sent horses to the allies. I 20 0-DECLENSION, LESSON IX. 0-Declension (continued). The 81. Learn the declension of the definite article in 758. vocative does not occur. Greek, like Latin, has no indefinite article. 82. ; ■ oivos, O, WINE. 9. N. olvos O. OlbVOV D. oVvo) A. olvov V. olvc D. N. A.V. oKvca 0. V. ol^voiv P. N. V. otvoi O. otvuv D. ol'vois A. ollvovs PARADIGMS. Tj CTcvt] o86s, UK NAUKOW UOAD. T| v |iaKpuv irXoCois [laKpois irXoia liaKpd a. Adjectives agree with their nouns not only in case and number but also in gender. See the Rule of Syntax in 805. The adjective, there- fore, may be of the A-Declension while the noun is of the 0-Declension, as in ly arrevrj oSos above. b. A postpositive v^^ord is one which is never placed first in its sentence, but generally second. 0-DECLENSION. 21 '58. The indefinite |iiaKp6v, (i IJOAT. ' |iaKp6v ) jiaKpov [laKpc^ / |iaKp6v V (laKpdv I |iaKp(& IV |jiaKpoiv . (laKpd IV [jiaKpuv IS p.aKpois . |JiaKpd lumber but 3tive, there- Declension, ts sentence, 83. Kvpos, ou, 6, Cyrus. 68ds, oD, 17, roa(Z, way. olvos, ou, 6, wine. iroTa)iav{p6s, 4, 6v, adj., t« pfain siy/i<, visible, evident. VOCABULARY. 6t|p(ov, 01^, t6, wild beast. J5irXov, ou, t6, implement, plur. arwis. No. 19. irXoiov, ov, t6, 6oa<. No. 7. t6{ov, oy, t6, bow. No. 14. 6, Tj, t6, tlie (lef. art., ^Ae. w, interj. with voc, O. U, conj., 6u<, and (a postpositive). ^ 84. 1. orrevr) 7jv r) 6809. 2. eV tw TreStw ^i/^ 0r)pCa. ". TO, TrXota /xa/cpa 171^.^ 4. eVt tw iroTafK^ rjv 6 a-Tparrjyos. 5. rdfa Se, c3 Ku/)e, ov/c ixofieu. 6. 686? (jiavepa dyet cts ra§ Toi) Ku/)ov Kw/xcts. 7. et? to 7re8toi^ 6 (TTpaTrjyo^ eVe/XTrc row? iTTTTov?. 8. rw o-TpaTTjy^ ohov KC/do? eTre^Tre. 9. 17 6S09, w Kvpe, ayet et? 7re8io^ /caXoV. 10. 'Jyoj/ ol Ittttoi Kai Toifq (TTpaTT^yovq koX tol onXa. 85. 1. Cyrus sent gifts to the generals. 2. He led the horse into the river. 3. The general had ships of war.2 4. We are sending the wine to Cyrus. 6. The generals sent horses to Cyrus. Notes. — 1 A neuter plural subject in Greek regularly has its verb in the singular. See the Rule of Syntax in 802. — 2 ,rAoTa ,iaKpov • 87. The aorist indicative expresses the simple occurrence of an action in past time; the imperfect (68) expresses its continuance. 88. The future adds 7r-a), Tre^yjrQ) (7re/i7r-o-(w), eTrefiyjra (eVe/uTr-cra). 2. A Af-nuite (k 7 x) '»"ites with or and forms | (!)), as Bkok-o), puntie, Buo^(o {SicoK-aw), iBiw^a (eSitoK-a-a), 3. A T-nuite (T 8 9) l)ef()ro 6s, ov, 6, brother. PdpPapos, ou, 6, barbarian. No. 57. )ti(r06s, oO, 6, pay. iroX^fiios, a, ou {cf. Tr6\e/j.os), hostile; as noun, oi voXi/xioi, the enemy. TdTf, adv., then, at that time. i£'-'.:JSmS »; I f 24 FUTURE AND FIRST AORIST INDICATIVE ACTIVE. 96. 1. e^ovcTL. 2. TjOpoKTav. 3. Tre/ii/zeTe. 4. cKcXeu- cra?. 5. eVt^ovXeucro/xe^'. 6. eStw^are. 7. r^yayoyiev. 8. afere. 9. eicr^^es. 10. rjpirdarafjLev. 96. 1. I shall pursue. 2. We shall have. 3. We com- manded. 4. He will collect. 5. They led (second aorist). 97. 1. ov StGjfoj Toix; 7ro\e/>ttov9. 2. to, Soipa i^ofxev ,' 3. ra? aKiqva^ dpTrdaovaiv ol /SdpfiapoL. 4. /ceXeucret toi/ (TTpaTrjyov tov<; dp6p(0TT0v.^ 7. Tots dv9 p(tiTTOi<; Tore €7re/ii//€ Kv/)09 fiicrdov. 8. 6 8e (TTpaTr)yov\aKrjv or TO) crTpaTTjyoj oTrXtrd? rjyayov et? K^iidq. 5. 701^ Wipciqv 7)yay€v et? 7171^ 7oi) aTpaTicoTov arKrjvyjp, 6. 06 (TrpaTLwraL iv (jivXaKYJ e^ov^L tov<; Ilepcrd?. 7. 70j/ EvcftpaTiqp noTafjLOP ei^ oegta e^et. o. o oe crrpaTrjyo^ ovre roqoTrjv et^ez^ ov7e TrekTacTTrjv. 9. (rui^ 7019 (Az's) 7reXTacr7at? i^LcoKe 701;? To^6Td<^. 10. 6 8e aTpaTrjyo^; TpidKocrLOv^ 677X17019 /cat 7re\7acr7a9 fX^*" 104. 1. The general was not leading the hoplites. 2. Both the targeteers and the bowmen were brave. 3. The young man was in the village. 4. They sent hoplites and targeteers. 5. He will send beautiful gifts to the Persians. XoTEs. — 1 Proper names may take the article. — '^ iv Se^ia, on his right (handy LESSON XII. Perfect and Pluperfect Indicative Active. 105. The perfect and pluperfect, in all the moods, have a ^* Reduplication, which is the mark of completed action. j 10(5. Verbs beginning with a single consonant (except p) ; are reduplicated in the perfect by preiixing that consonant ' followed by €, as Xvco, \e-Xvica. A rough mute (7) is changed | to the cognate (8) smooth, as ^uw, sacrifice., re-dvKa. 'IV E. I ^ Kvpoi. . eVt Tov Tovq avv '^ Yiipcnqv rpaTLCoraL TTOTafJiOV IX^^ ovre ji)K€ Tov<; Ltrct? /cat 2. Both lie young argeteers. fta, on his is, have a / 111. j except p) ; consonant ,' ; changed j PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT INDICA FIVE ACTIVE. 27 107. In verbs beginning with two consonants (except a mute and a hquid), with a double consonant (| i|; J), or with the reduplication is represented by a simple €, as arparevc^ I make mi expedition, iarpdrevKa. 108 In verbs beginning with a short vowel or diphthoncj tlie reduplication has the form of the temporal augment (67, 2) as apnaim, rjpTraKU. 10» Wlien the reduplicated perfect begins with a conso- nant, the pluperfect prefixes the syllabic augment e to the re.luphcation. as X.'Xv.a, iX,XC.^. ]„ other cases the pluper- lect generaly keeps the reduplication of the perfect without cliange, as rjpwaKa, ^pttokj;- 1 110. PARADIGMS. FIRST l'KKFf:CT. FIRST PLUPERFKCT. FIRST FIRST PKRFKCT. I'LirPERFECT. I). 2. XcXvKarov ti. XcXvKarov tXeXvKeTov eX€XvK€TT]V lipirdKOTOV TJpTrdKtTOV ripirdKarov TJpTraKcVtjv 3. X.Wa,t, Me;, Sa». a.XWav, tte,, tei ^p^^^j^ T ' loosed / , TjpiroKao-i TjpiraK«rov 111. The first perfect adds Ka, the first pluperfect k,,, to the reduplicated theme. ' 28 PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT INDICATIVE ACTIVE. 4 t| 112. In vowel verbs the stem may not be affected by adding Ka and kt^, as ^ovXevo), ^e^ovXev-Ka^ i^e^ovXev-Kt]., KeXevo), KetceXev-Ka^ iK€K€Xev-Krj. a. ex, 8t,-apird(rti), Si-'/jpirao-a, 8i- VjpiraKa, plunder completely, sack. 6va), 6var(i), c6vo-a, t^Ovku, sacrifice. No. 9. o-TparcvM, afa9 o£ ^a>;ga/)ot hir^p^dKe- (Tav. 8. r/)ta/coo-t'oi;5 Sapet/coi)? eVe7ro>(/>e/xei. rol? OTrXtVat?. 4. K\ea/,xo9 8^ ine^e/BovXevKei toIs Hepcrat?. 5. o^ arpa- TL^raL rhv dvOpcoTrou ^x^aav irpo^ Kvpov. 6. oijK iKEKe^ \€VK€L 6 KX^apxo^ ro»^9 aTparicord^; Oteiv. 7. eVt r7)i. r^^ iTo\ep.icov x<^pdp icrrparevKare. 8. XeXvVacrt ro^? (^A.^V) OP/.OV9 ol crr/,aTT;yot . ot^ ydp redvKdcTL roh SeoU. ^•-ndpoLKa^, CO Kv/)€, eVl 70^9 ^ap^dpov, roh, neXracrrd, Ka. Tov, roS6Td,. 10. ol 8^ crrpar.ciirat rd, df^d^d, eXeXvK€CTai^ Scd rhv (their) j^v iroUp^io^v ^6fiov. 120. 1. We have broken our oaths. 2. The soldiers had sacrihced to the gods. 3. Have the peltasts sacked the villages ^ 4.1 he soldier has plotted against Cyrus. 5. His brother had ordered Cyrus to send gifts. 0!ML No. 9. Sacrifice. nwmil ii ^^..W....»,:,-..j-fp,,.....««.»^ 30 THE ART OF HEADING. LESSON XIII. K 1 The Art rf '^ ■<\(\mg, 121. In reading an inflected language, such as Greek, the knowledge of three things is absolutely necessary: flrst, of 'Words; secondly, of fonns ; thirdly, of eonsfrncfions. 122. The acquisition of this knowledge is gradual. The pupil should commit thoroughly to memory the meaning of each new word as it occurs ; he should learn ihe forma of the different cases, tenses, and numbers so accurately, the first time the paradigms occur, as to be able instantly to recognize these forms thereafter at sight ; and as he reads, he should care- fully note the laws of construction, especially those which differ from the corresponding constructions in Latin and English. 123. DIRECTIONS FOR READING. 1. Read each sentence aloud in the original. Pronounce each word distinctly. In reading^ a. Obserre sharply the forma of the words, so as to become at once aware of their (jrammatical relations. b. Make the utmost effort of memory to recall the meanings of loords already met. c. Follow the Greek order strictly in arriving at the thought. Observe care- fully the order of the words and the 7na7'h of punctuation. 2. If the thought expressed in the sentence is not perfectly clear, repeat the ivhole process. 3. Translate the sentence into simple., idiomatic English. inrT" Greek, the y: first, of inipil should as it occurs ; I numbers so 3 instantly to ^ should care- ffer from the lounce each It once aware ivords already Observe care- >t perfectly glish. 124. THE ART OF READING. VOCABULARY. 81 apxn> ^y- ^7. ride, province, satrapy. Aap€ios, ov, 6, Darius II. 8€iv6s, T], 6v, terrible, skilful. l?9 (D^vyta? /cat r^? KaTTTraSo/cm?. X-P^a S^ l.^,pd elx^u eV rfj dp^y 6 Kvpo, Kal nXola 5 f^aKpa eu rrj 0aXarry, Kal crrpar.^ra. 8^ avr^ eV rii X-pa ^crau dyaOol, hnXlra. 'EXXrj..Kol Kal .^Xracrral Kat TO^OTai UepCTLKOL. Xe^.o, ,,., rare S o.V. eWp^reue. .V airo. oire S.^pnaC. vco, 8e ro„ A^p^^ov ■ .We i>6^o. el^e. 6 T.<.<.a^e>l TTpoc: Kvpov. T r n I oyiiiax m 804. — 0. «, avrtv : a case of e(«,„„ (16), mrmmm shtm^rf- -:* 32 ADJECTIVES OF THE VOn'EL DECLENSION. ^ m: .. , ii! k- m i r I LESSON XIV. Adjectives of the Vowel Declension. 12(>. liCiirii ilio (leclonsion of d^aOds, (/ood^ and of (l|ios, worth//., ill 750. 127. The inasculiiic «iiul neuter of these adjectives follow the 0-l)eelensioii, tlie feminine the A-Deelension. They are, therefore, said to be of the Vowel Declension QU). 128. If €, I, or p precedes os, the nominative singular feminine ends in a, otherwise in t] (37). 12J). The nominativo, genitive, and vocative plural feminine follow the accent of the masculine, as a^iai (following the accent of a^tos, like a|toi), not d^i'tti (from the nominative singular d^ta), and d^iwi/, not d^iaii/ as in nouns of the A-Declension. 130. Some adjectives of the Vowel Declension have the masculine and feminine alike, as (iTropos, diropos» (liropov, impassable., impracticable. • 131. VOCABULARY. aYpios, o, ov, wild. agios, d, ov, worthy^ hecoining, right. airopos, ov, xoithont resources,' imjmss- able, impracticable. 'ApTog^plns, ov, 6, Artaxerxes IT. sTnT^Seios, a, ov, suitable, fit, deserving; rd iviTT^deia, provisions, supplies. 6voSf ov, 6, ass. dtpOios, a, ov, steep. ira£w, iraCo-w, ciraicra, ir^traiKa, strike, hit, beat. irdvw, adv., very, altogether, wholly. irio-Tos, tJ, 6v, faithful, trustworthy. 4>(Xios, d, ov, friendly. N. ADJECTIVES OF TIIK VOW EI. Dh'CLKNSlOIV. 33 d of (l|ios, ives follow 'I'hey are, ve singular ine follow the J, like a^toi), ) diidv as in I have the St (iiropov, (iraiKa, strike, ler, wholly, ustworthy. l.'J2. 1. ovoL dypioi KoX Irnroi iv r^ ttcSiw ^aav. 2. h opdid, 4. e?o/xei. Se, c3 Kv/ae, ra cmrTySeta; 5. 6 'Apra- 6 o-ar/jaTTT;? roi;? a-r/^arto^Td?. 7. r^z. TTo\ep.idv x<^pdp ^dpelo, ScrfpTTdKeL. S. c;Jo-t€ rai 'Apra^ep^y nduv noXefjLLos y^, Kvpco S€ 7rta-ro9. 1). ou/c d^Lou ^v {it was not rtf/ht) rai oTrXtrrj iraUiv rov^ lUpa-LKop ToS6rrjp: 10. ol UepcraL ovre (j)i\ioL ovT€ TTLCTTol yaav. Uiii. 1. The road was iinpassa1)I(;. 2. Cyrus did not send provisions to the garrison. ;i They will lead the men to stronoliohls. 4. Tlie lioplites were good and faithful sohliers. e). It was right for (Jyrus to send gifts to his soldiers. 1«54. Artaxerxes becomes King and arrests .Cyrus. Kvpo^ odp aarpdiry^ ^v rijs AdStd^ Kal r^9 ^PpvyCd^ Kal rijs KainraSoKUs. inel S^ eVeXeuVr^o-e Adpelog, *Ap- ra^epirj^ 6 tov Kipov dSeXc^o? i/^acrtXevo-e r^u Uepcr^Ju, Kal TLcro-a^e'ppr)^ ScafidWeL rhv Kvpov wpo^ rhv dhe\- 5 .csc„t. 1,0 t|,„ ,„ea„ms; of all word, not siven i„ tho previous voeal.u ar,es see the general vocabulary,.-.,. ^.. „,„,. For\;, ZZH^ zi.mA-'fM-JSK:-'-' 84 ANALYSIS OF PlilMAltY TENSES OF INDICATIVE. i'\' LESSON XV. Analysis of the Primary Tenses of the Indicative Active. 135. To the verb stem {'A) different Tense Suffixes are added to form the Tense Stems of the verb, as Xvw, stem XU, present tense suflix o or € (for convenience written %)» present tense stem XUo or XU€ (Xv%). 136. To form the complete tenses, Personal Endings are added to the different tense stems. These distinguish tlie different persons of the verb. The personal endings of the pHmary (50) tenses in the active voice are : SINGULAH. DUAL. I'LURAL. 1 -|W -|MV 2 •c{y reduplicating dings [XL and tri bo c. AcAuKacri a^YcXos, ov, 6, messenger, scout. &vtI, prep, with gen., instead of. dird, prep, with gen,, off from, from. drifjid^w (drt/naS), dTi|id(rw, TJTtfxaa'a, iirfftttKa, dishonor, disgrace. 8£kt], r}s, i), justice, punishment. iird, conj., when, since. iirio-ToX^, ^s, 7}, letter. Otjpcvo), 9r]p(vtru, i9i\ptwa, Tcd^jpcvKa {cf. O'npLov), hunt wild beasts, hurd, catch. No. 46. ^XcOpos, ov, 6, destruction, loss. oiirws (before a vowel), ovtw (before a consonant), adv., thus, so. irdXiv, adv., back, again. 4>£Xos, 01^, 6 {cf. (plXios), friend. 142. 1. 67r\tVd9 rixa.(nv avrl to^otcov. 2. rot? cru/Lt- /xaxot? ourw9 imfiovXeveTe. 3. Kupoi^ Se ijrt/xa/ce. 4. ^T^pta aTTO iTTTTov (o/i horseback) TeOrjpevKa. 5. ra? emcrroXas Treixxjjo^ev to2^ c^iXot?; 6. KX€a/oxo9, w o-TpaTL^Tai, eVet T0V5 o/)/cou5 XeXv/ce, ti7i^ SiVt^i/ exet. 7. r^i/ 8e x^P°^^ •qpnaKafiev Sua top okeOpop tcov arpaTLcoTCJu. 8. top ayyeXov Tre/xTret ttciXlv inl to laxvpov X(^p^ov. 143. 1. We shall collect allies for our friends. 2. He has hunted wild beasts on horseback. 3. The messenger will sacrifice to the gods. 4. I have commanded the soldiers to plunder the wagons. 5. Cyrus sends the general a letter. 144. Cyrus escapes with his Life, and plots against his Brother. ovTco 8r] (then) yTlfxa^e top dSe^op " XpTa^ip^y)^. oj hk lxyJT7]p (cf. Latin mater) Xuet Kvpop /cat aTTOTre/xTret irdXip im Trjp apxTJp. Kdpo<; 8e eVet ^k€p et§ ttjp AvBtdp, ^ov\ev€L OTTO)? /Jao-tXevVet (how he shall be king, to be king) 6 ai^TiTov dhek^ov' 7roK€fiLo<; yap airrai ^p. ol 8* cV Tij ^PXV fi<^pficLpoL Kvpo) (ftiXioi KoX ma-Tol '^(rav. 3G ANALYSIS OF SEC ON DA It Y TENSES OF INDICATIVE. \ i LESSON XVI. Analysis of the Secondary Tenses of the Indicative Active. 145. The personal endings of tlie secondary (oo) tenses in the active voice are : 1 SINGULAR. -V DUAL. I'LURAL. -|MV 2 -t -TOV -Tl 3 — -TT|V -V or ., 6v, sufficient, able, capable. Xoxa-yds, ov, 6, captain. oZv, conj., therefore, then, so (a post- positive). Togevo), €T6^«vpovpapxos, ov, 6, commander of a garrison. «S8€, adv., thus, as follows. M a A Tl VE. ANALYSIS OF SECONDARY TENSES OF INDICATIVE. 37 :ive Active. >()) to uses in XV , first aorist, 705 (i'Xuov), It stem (138). iling tlie tense ;ie first person t stem (140), as K7/, KTf, K£l. plur,, truce. V, to^6t7jj), use imander of a ir»l. I. Tov (fipovpapxov iire-rraiK^a-av. 2. Kvpo<; oZv t(^ dBeXfjia) KaKop ' efiovXevev. 8. ol vedviai rofa /xa/cpa ^;)^e- arav koI acfjeMvas dyaSa^. 4. koX 6 crTpaT-qyo^ icTTpd- Tcvaei/ inl ttjp tov o-arpdiTov x^pdv. 5. a-vveTrefxTrofxev tcj o-TpaTTjyo) dkXovq aTpaTimd etxere lKavov<; ras /cw/xds hiapirdt^uv!^ 153. 1. I had collected hoiilites and bowmen as follows. I 2. Tliey planned evil for the others. 3. The hoplites with Cyrus were plundering the wagons. 4. Botli generals and captains had sacrificed. 5. He bade the satrap send gifts. Notes. — i KaKov, evil, neuter singular of Kaxo's used as a noun. — ' Dependent on tKavovs, enough to plunder. 163. Cyrus begins to take Active Measures. ^7171; Se (TTparidv ttjv 'EXXrjvLKrjp cSSe '^OpoL^e ■ tov^ Twv (fivXaKwv (l)povpdpxov<; KeXeveu dOpoit^^iv o-TpaTLcords UeXoTTovprjo-Lov's • ivoixi^e yap, W9 {as) iXeye, Tio-aa- 4>ipv'qv^ impovXei^eip rrj dpxrj. Kal ^ fxh aXX-q 'iwvid 5 t6t€ tw Kvpco (l>LXLd Kal TjicrTT) ^v, MiXr)To? Se TroXe/xta. Kvpo^pvTiv ^7riPov\tv«v : translate, that Tissaphernes was plotting ayuinsi. — i. ^iv: see the general vocabulary. — 6. iroXiopKci- by contraction for TroXto^Kc'et, present third singular of 7roAio/,Kc'f^rj dvaofxev, we will offer sacrifice in that village (yonder). ^ DEMONS TEA Tl VE PRONOUNS. — avTO^i. 39 ! ouTos, this, 160. In all its cases avro? may mean self; when preceded by the article it means same; in its oblique cases it may mean him, her, it, them. Thus: avrk 6 (TTparrjyb^ (\e^e ravra, the general himself said this, but 6 avTos (rTpaTr)y6.''.«r.. eXef e KXea/)xo5 -^ o^ 8^ o-rpart^rat, o? re^ airod' Ik^vov /cat ot aXXot, iKcXevov avrov dycLv rrjp crTpaTidv. No. 10. trfXraffT-ffs. 1 1/, raura 40 1 I * DEMONSTRA TIVE PRONOUNS. — avro^. 163. 1. These soldiers were friendly. 2. Cyrus sent these soldiers their pay. 3. But the general spoke to them as follows. 4. They conduct him to the same general. Notes — i rh. alrk raSra, these same (plans), a cog,7ate accusative (833). - 01 re, hoth the (soldiers). The proclitic ot receives an accent from the follownig enclitic. —3 Agrees with eVctVov, and =ips-ius. ^^^' He hoodwinks the King. ovTO)^ ovp ijnMiX'qTov ttjv dTpaTiav riOpoiiev 6 KO/oo?. 7r/)09 he Tov^ ahe\(f>hv dyye\ov<; enefi^e /cat eXefe raSe • " imOvfiw, c3 *A/)rafe/3f77, /cat (also) rrjs 'icoi^tds (rarpa- neveiv, Ti(T(Ta(f>ipvy)v 8' e/c 7179 x^/>«? e/c/3aXXet^." /cat ij 5 ft>;rt;^ (TVfxnpiTTeL avr^ radra. cocrre o^x viroTTTevei ^ ^'^pTf^i^^piv^ n^ ^ov Ki/aou imiSovXTJv • dTrcnefnre yap avToj T0V5 Saa-fxovs iKeivos, Notes. — 3. ^meu^ai: by contraction for iiriOd fiio), I desire. —'lotvlas : the genitive follows verbs signifying to rule (847). — 5. onj^t-irp^TTci : t/oe^ ^. 2. oiK afio^ e;^^ s/ ^.iSp.oi 8ap««o.«o., /. feVo..V^eV,.3Kvpe,ra;<.arpe«o.-5. 'ApCarcn.o, Se 6 OerraX^; I-ud verb cannot go/u:;^^^^^^ The accent ot a com. oo...act.n .. w4 -.-a'^urLxr^zr :^^^^^^^^^^^ :: LESSON XIX. Present, Imperfect, and Future Indicative Middle. lact;^; '" '''' '''''"*' ^^'^ ^''■^? «^« -l^-' i« -presented a« ;-^; ....... .„.l: s"2j:r::r"^^^^ —> J7«. The pergonal endings (136) i„ the indicative ™iddle Primary. ^ I 1 -Hai ^.g^ SINGULAH. DUAL. PujRAL. -TO .O-0TJV .VTO I 44 PRESENT, IMPERFECT, FUTURE INDICATIVE MIDDLE. \ § m 176. Learn the conjugation of the present, imperfect, and future indicative middle of Xuo), in 765 (Xuo|JLai and k\'^6\Lr\v) and 766 (Xijo-o|xai). 177. The present stem, found in the present and imperfect, is \v% (138 and 147), the future stem is Avo-% (139). The forms Auci, t\vov, and Avo-ci, are the shortened forms of Auc-crai, eAiJc-o-o and Auae-o-at. 178. dYOpd^w {ayopaS), A-yopdo-o), T|'y6pa(ra, TJ-ydpaKa (cf. dyopi), frequent the market-place, buy. dX^Ocia, as, ij, truth. PopPapiKds, ■>?, 6v {cf. ^dp^apos), barba- rian; t6 ^appapiKdv, the Persian force of Cyrus. 2roi|to$, 7}, ov, or pj, ov (130), ready, prepared. licra-ir^liiroiJiai, send for, summon. VOCABULARY. ircCOb), irc((r(o, circio-a, WirciKa, per- suade; mid., obey. ir^pHv, adv., across, beyond. iri(rT€v«, irioTTtvo-ft), iirlfrTtva-a (cf. TTiards), put faith in, trust. iropcvoiiai, iropcv(ro|Aai, ircir(ipcv|AC.., proceed. , little, small; plur., few. oXos, 17, ov, whole, entire. iropd, prep.: with gen., from beside, from; with dat., beside, loith, at; with ace, to the side of to, near, by. iropo«rK€«^, Tj,, ^, preparation, equip. ment. irAp-eim, be beside or present. irav«, -rratio-o), iVavo-o, ir^iravKa, -iriirav. I*ai, cause to cease, stop; mid., cease, desist. trivTt, indeclinable, five. 4pvy)<; Se iiropeveTo irapa tov ^ Apra^dp^iqv • ov yap eVo/atfe ttjv 7rapao-K€vr)u ravrrjv cli^at eVt Ilto-tSd?. kol 'Apra^ep^-qs, eVet raur' eXefe Ttco-ac^ep^'T;?, dvTLTrapaorKevd^eTai. 5 Kv/jos 8e exwi' touVou? tou9 a-rpaTidrrd^ i^eXavveu dno Xdph^oiv 8ta ttJ? AuStdg (TTaOfxoix; Tpeh (tres) inl tov MaCapSpov TroTafxou. iwl Se tovto) yi(f)vpa iwrji/. ipT€v6ev i^eXavpei 8ta ^pvyids ets KoXocrcra?. Notes. — 1. SdpScis : Sanlis, accusative plural. The genitive plural SapScwv occurs in 6. — 3. dvai : to be, present infinitive of ct/xi'. Translate, that it teas, etc 5. i\uv : having, present participle, = with. — {|-cXa6vu : the verb iXavvui here means march. Use the map in following the route of the expedition. — 7. Iir-fiv : imperfect of cTr-ei/At, be on or over. No. 14. Theseus fighting with Amazons. INDICATIVE PASSIVE. 49 gins. eXavvet. dno es) eVl Tov ;enitive plural ii'. Translate, ;. — J|-cXai)vii : g the route of I LESSON XXI. Indicative Passive. 102. In the passive (48) voice the subject is represented as acted on, as Xtofiai, lam loosed, iXvd^irjv, I was loosed, etc. 193. Tiie present, imperfect, perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect have the same forms in the passive voice as in the middle. The first aorist and first future are different. 1J>4. Learn the conjugation of the first aorist and first future indicative passive of X6a> in 770 (cXvOtiv and XuOiiaofiai). 195. The first aorist passive uses the first passive stem, formed by adding the tense suffix 6, (lengthened to G^ in the indicative) to the verb stcnn, as \vOe (XvOrj). As a secondary tense, it has augment in the indicative. It uses the active secondary endings (145). 196. Before the suffix Be a labial mute (n p <»>) becomes (or remains) «}>, as e-7re^<^-V (verb stem 7re/x,r); a palatal mute (k v X) I'ecomes (or remains) X, as y^-erjv (verb stem ay); a lingual mut. (x 8 9) becomes ), i-ypdct>v-u. These are called t5EC0Np aorists passive. 108. Tiie iirst future passive uses the first passive stem with a'/ added to dri, as Av^ V- It uses the middle primary endings (175). 50 INDICATIVE PASSIVE. I ! ill ^n 199. The Principal Parts of a verb are the first; person ) singular indicative of the following tenses : prese^it acthra^ future active, aoristjictive, perfec-t active, perfect middle, aorist I passive, as XCco, X6a, y^- •ypannoi, 6Ypd<|>Tiv, write. No. 60. 8^, intensive postpositive particle, now., indeed, accordingly, so, then. ctKoo-i, indeclinable, twenty. ^vT€v0€v, adv., thence, from this place. eirrd, indeclinable, seven. t|Kw, Tjga», come, be or have come. irapttu. 3. \A,„at ayycXo, ^kuv napa Adp.iov. 4. oJro, Sr, ,.ere,reV^^«v ra oirka. 8. cVl ro; ScficS^ fTTo Kvpov 6t? ^pvyidv. ,I,''*1" o" ,^'^''7'y '^«'''^y-^™>«'l m«n were brought' from thia .laee.^ 2. i he bndge will be destroyed. 3. He was persuaded by the general. 4. Five targeteers on the right (wing) were shot. 5. They will be hard pressed by the soldiere. Notes _ i Used as a neuter noun. _ ' on the righ, (wi„„). _ . See 17 -' Lse ay<„. -eput the Greek word for this phrase fl«t. Cf. 205, 9. 207. The Palace and Park of Cyrus at Celaenae. o e^rraXos onklrd, ?^o>p Kal TreXrao-ris. eWC^^e., e'fe- Aoum ■wapaa-dyyd's ilKomv eU Ke\aii/as. eVraC^a Ki$pa) ^ao-a«a ^^ Kal napdSe,cro,. eV S^ 6 Tovr^ ^^ ay/,.a ^,p.'a- raCra eW^05 e'%c«^ a^6 Twou. 0.™ yap iyi^^aU roi, .V„ot,,. S.a hi roC .a/,a8e.Vov pa o Ma.a,.8pos 7:oTap.6,- al Si „r,yal airov ,la^„ i^ Tu," /3ao-iXaW • /5« Si Kal Sia KeXat^S^. 52 LABIAL MUTE VERBS. \ ' } LESSON XXII. Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future Perfect Indicative Middle and Passive of Labial Mute Verbs. 208. Learn the conjugn.tion of the perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect indicative middle and passive of XetVo), leave, in 775 (Xc'XciiJUiai, 4XcX€1|1|jltiv, and XeXeixj/ojiai). 209. The concurrence of consonants in the stem and endings (note the forms in parenthesis) occasions euphonic changes, according to the follow- ing principles : 1. A labial mute (ir p 4)) before ji changes to jt; with o- it forms 4^; before t and 9 it becomes (or remains) respectively ir and <|). ^ a. When (ifiji would thus result, one i* is dropped, as Trc/nTro,, send, imrefi-fxai (TrcirefXTr-fiai), Treirefxij/aL, TrcTrc/XTr-rai, etc. 2. &> {yeypaufiai, etc.). VOCABULARY. 212. 4no, adv., at the same time. dpi6|i6s, oO, 6, number^ enumeration. S^vSpov, OK, t6, tree. Kard, prep.: with gen., down from; v.'it,h ^co.^ doxon along, over, by. Kara.-\(lira, K«KO|ji|jiai, €Kdirrjv, cut, fell. \€(ir« (\t7r), XeCtj/w, cXwov, X^oiwo, X^\ci|Afiai, 4XcC()>0t)v, leave. Ilpoliv&s, ov, 6, Proxenus. TpioKovra, indeclinable, thirty. XtXioi, at, o, 1000. LABIAL MUTE VERBS. 53 Middle Jrfect, and t>, leave^ in gs (note the ) the fol low- it forms r^; ■efiiTd), send, !t is a com- ple and elal indicative of ypda, fell. IV, X^OMra, ye. irty. •■» 213. 1. KaraXeXet/x/xeVot etcrt rptaK-oi^raroforat; 2. afxa 8e ineirefixljOy co Upo^eve, inl rr^v yicfivpav. 3. KaTaKeKonTat Tol<; TToXe/Atots^ rj (Tt par la. 4. oTrXIrat x'^tot Treire fifievoL rjaav Kara OakaTTav. 5. oXtyot rwi^ Kvpou (fyuXcov Kara- XeXeifificvoL ^aav. 6. XeXet/x/xeVot 170-ai/ ot o-rpanwrat. 7. e/c TavTT)^ T^9 KW/XT7? ayyeXo? i7r€TT€fjL7rT0 irpo^ Kvpov. 8. ra 8eV8/)a /ce/coTrrat. 9. Ki)/)05 OLTroTreTrefnTTaL^ top ayyekov. 10. rov? birXtrd^ /xeraTreTTC/x/xe^a e/c 7775 i^pvyid';. 214. 1. The army had been cut to pieces by the satrap. - 2. Twenty bowmen have been left behind in the plain. 3. A letter had been written at the same time.^ 4. A messenger has been sent away to the satrap. 5. For a thousand soldiers had been sent to the stronghold. Notes. — 1 The agent (203). — 2 Middle. — 3 For the order, cf. 213, 2. 215. A Thirty Days' Halt, and Enumeration of the Troops. eo-Tt 8e KoX 'Apra^ep^ov /SacrtXeta eV KeXaivals ipvfxpo. iirl rat? ir-qyaU tov Mapavov iroTafiov • pel 8e /cat ovto^ 8ta KeXati/wi/. ivTavda p.ivei Ku/509 'r}fi€pd^ TpiaKovra • koI ^Ke KXe- 5 apxos €)(0)v oTrXtrd? x'^^^^^^ '^a't TreXracrTa? /cat rofoVd?. a/xa 8e /cat Soc^atVero? Traprjv excov OTrXtrd? ;)(tXtoi;9. o^ /cat ivTavOa Kvpo ,.A.-.. \ ^ ^> lviperfeet •luperfect Idle obey., >re OP it is luperfect €u, adv., well. €vwvvnos, ov (I.'IO), of good name or omen, ouplieuiistic for left, on the left side, as contrasted with 5e^i6y. fitVos, ft, ov, middle; rd iiiaov, the mid- dle, centre. •rrapao-K€vdS«, iropoo-Kevdo-w, etc. (rf. irapadKevi)), (jet or make ready, jne- pare. viXoxo, irc({>v\a-y(iai., ci{>vXdxOT]v, guard, watch, defend ; mid., defend oneself against, guard against. 223. 1. TovTov hr) eu 7r€(f)vXdyiJLe6a. 2. ^KTau rj (TTpaTia Kara {against) to twv iroXefJLLCJv fxecrov. 3. ol 8e TroXefiLOL r}dpoLO-fi€POL eto-t kol nvvT^Tay pivot. 4. *A/)rafe/ofry? et? paxnv napeo-Kevaa-To. 5. ovtol ol crrpaTtajrat ev Teraypivoi etVtV. 6. Tw 8e Xoxdy^ ^ tovtco rjhem Treneio-paL. 7. cVe- TaKTo Se eVt roJ evojpvpcp'^ ovto<; 6 arpaT-qyos- 8. ol oTpa- Tryyol rjypevoi ^aav e*§ ttju 'Apra^ep^ov (Tktjvtjp. 9. /cat ra onXa to2^ o-r/jartwrat?^ eVt dpa^Qtv tjkto kol virolvyicov. 10. at 8e o-KYjval Trec^vXay/xeVat etat rot? fiapfidpoi^.^ 224. 1. The fellow has been led into the presence of Clearchus. 2. But we had obeyed Cyrus. 3. The men on the left (wing) had been posted at the bridge. 4. Yon have prepared yourselves against dreadful foes. 5. The horses and the beasts of burden had been led through a hostile country. Notes. — i Verbs signifying to ohey take the dative (8G0). — 2 ^„j ^j^^ i^ji (wing). — ^for the .soldiers, a dative of advantage (801). — •• The agent (20:i). 5G READING LESSON. iia5. The March continues. Review of the Troops. rrjv ohov Kpy^vy^- eVl hk ra^rrj Xeycrat MtSa"? top tdrv- pov 6r)pevcra.. ipreWev c'^cXavVa eU Tvp.alov, Ka\ J^eraCei ep rw neBico r^v crrparLiv. iK^evae S^ roi,, ^raxd-qcrav ovv eVl rerrdp^v {four deep) • el^e hk rh ah Se^cou MeVo.. Kal ol crhv avr^, rh 8k eicouvf^op KXeapvo. Kai OL eKeCpov, rh Sk fxecrop ol dWoL cTrpary^yoi NoTP^.-_3 e^p.v.rat: to have caught, aorLst infinitive active.- 5. ravefl- vat : first aonst infinitive ^vassive, to he drawn up. - Anrcp : as if. No. 16. Si enus the Satyr. 4'. rUEFOSITIONS. 67 T^v napa TOP Xdrv- aiop, Koi ^r) jxdx'nv. Se TO jxcp KXea/3;^o9 — 5. ra\9fi- J if. LESSON XXIV. Prepositions. 220. Prepositions are used with the genitive, dative, and accusative. Some prepositions are used with only one of these cases, others with two, others with all three. 227. The prepositions dvTi, ifistead of, dird, off from, from, Latin ab, €§, out of, from, Latin ex, and irp6, before, Latin ;?ro, take only tlie genitive, i^ signifies from within, out of, airo, off from, away from. 228. ^v, in, Latin in with the ablative, and avv, with, Latin cum, take only the dative. 221). dvd, up, and cts, into, Latin in with the accusative, take only the accusative. 2.30. d}i<|)i, about, 8id, through, on account of, Kard, down, |i€Td, m company with, after, and vircp, over, Latin sz^^er, take tlio genitive and accusative. 231. cm, on, upon, irapd, alongside of, beside, ircpi, round, about, TTpds, over against, at, to, and iiird, 2*7i(;?er, Latin sw5, take the genitive, dative, and accusative. 2.'J2. In general, the genitive with prepositions denotes that from which something proceeds, the dative that iti or by which sometiiing is or takes place, the accusative that towards, over, along, or upon which motion occurs, as : ayycAos ^M-..«m.l i,Mvo„.- ,1,0 p,x-p,>.M,i,M, s!,,.„l,.s ,„r „„„ „„„, „ „„j,,^ •-•••M. l',V|Ms„,o„s n,V „s,.,i ,„ |„,„,i„,r „p,„„„| v..,Ks,!WV >l..uM M,„lv ,1„- .„„„„.„„„ ,., „„. ,.,v|.,.,„„n „i„, n„ „„„„, „„„,. , , l!a%. VOv AlU I AKV. *♦»♦». r»Vp. : with jiXMV . .J.Nn.- ni)h ;hv.. ,)^^w/. nn*M.r /^*'^' jMVp. XViJh ;UV.. >,p. „j, .,;.>»}/. 4fX«». ^^a^>, ^p^. ^PYH*». ?P\<»nv (^ VVi^K V.*>v.*/. r?NV. frj,;?) ,i)vi'. ,'om- fira, ;uiv.. Ihau (harupxni. IffHV IMV1> XNill, pMl. V;>»Y. Oijhmt iNirrfp. p,vp . x\i(|, i>v„.. oivr. .j/miv. n, M.J, .\.:„ .•,;,.<^, „■„„, ., ^,^-^^ /^<»\V>-- '>. /ur« r„;T,> ^o,>„;,„T«. .'.rra ,rra(>f,o^s ara •0, K,.,„,, .„., ..,,., ,v; r.o <;.s.x^c;;, .:xx- „-f,.;, ,Vn. ilions {»i"x» luusi h() »'»»♦/.• Willi . «>» /Void' )() D/s- s' ara rafjLov. eVnr rnKrasi /70Y.S Af» ovro, y av rT,)o nmov \\f}ntlrf>lov irntyfirrm f)nav. S. KvfU>^ fVf'XriMrf roi- K\f„/.y.r nyMojor firr nirrur nn^ .rr,..irin'.rfiv. rfni »Sr' ayrw cSin rop /rr.Siop, \) ,', ,Sf^ .rur/)fi'frvv mv)fi;rrm nW-v rr,t,Mi r^r 'A/)r.iir),^,r. ^,,1 ,rr,,arM,;rav r\r., •2.*»7. 1. I'll,' m«\MM(Mig,MH will |.iu.mmmI fVoin llio ininKol I*'"''' <" "" '"'"<^- '-V <'MiiM Ml..! l.iM Ml.HT* |.i ,mI nmno '''"^"'> ^" ""' l'"l'"'''- -l. •!<' liM.i .1 Mli..M,rliu|.| „l...v(' iUo \\\h\y;v. I. n,.|',Mv |lu> l„i((l,« til,' pmmmiiIh himm illi-,',! in ||hm,. ((Mils (,) (|u> g'Otl.S." ,Mi( i,,n. a.'lH. Thp OiPPkn innphP Hip nAibnii/tnn wHh Vvn\ oj (Sf n^«/)fX,n;»omrt reray/ucVot H-drri TXav rrra (Sr' tovs aX\,MN' [ cS^ rmmi e^Ar^a/^ rrnv «rr/)(tno'>raK Kal tVct oraXn-iyfu' o (raX;rtKTvv/7r^)oy«ai^ Aorrai ra orrX^JKat ,rpr K/>apy^; Tp^x^waw cVt rriv crKryra?. roOro St r()t\ l-^afifUfmt.^ ijn^-iiw mtfmx^. N«>Ti.:.s. 'J. ot 8r- „m/ (f,n,, Mm ,„lir!<. JM'ii,,; „h,.,| mh m, .I.M.HmHl,n.l,ivo. Titav^ivoi: /,„rmr/ hrn, ,/,„>,'„ „/>, prilrH pnHsiv,. p.llM,«i|.|,.. kotA tXaf % .".H.7/.,rmr.v (Uv). (i. ,) 60 LABIAL AND PALATAL MUTE STEMS. m m LESSON XXV. Labial and Palatal Mute Stems of the Consonant Declension. 239. Tlie Third or Consonant Declension includes all nouns whose stems end in a consonant or in i or v. Tlie stem may generally be found by dropping the case ending of the genitive singular. 240. The case endings are : Masculink and Pkminini: singular. N. -s or — (-S or — ) G. -OS (-is) D. -I (-4) A. -a or V (-em) V. -s or — (s or — ) .€s (-es) a. The corresponding forms in Latin are added in parenthesis. 241. The dual has n.a.v. -c, g. d. -oiv, in all genders. 242. Learn the declension r.f kX(&x|/, thitf, (|)i3Xa|, ffuard, <|)dXa-y|, phalanx, and 8icopu|, canal, in 743. 243. In the nominative singular and dative plural s unites with a final labial (,r p +) in the stem to form ,|., with a final palatal (k ^ v) to lorm g. i V I A.y vy 244. Monosyllabic stems of the consonant declension accent «ie last syllable in the genitive and dative of all numbers. The endings olv and (ov are eircumflexed. J'KMININK. Ne UTER. TLURAL. SINGULAR. I'LURAL. -tS (-es) - (-) -a (-a) -dXa-y5, (pdXayyos, 17, /ine 0/ ha<«/e, phalanx. v\a5, oKoj, 6 (t/. 0uXdTTw), ivatcher, guard. No. 17. Alexander the Great. 246. 1. KXeapxo? etxei^ OTrXtrd? x^Xtov? /cat TreXraoTas ^XaKe<;. 6. dXX' eV /xeW2 i^^ej, toG Trora/ioO /cat 7^9 8twpt;xo9. 7. ot ya/) TofoVat rou9 /cXw7ra9 i^ioi^av. 8. to 8e evcu- I'u/xoi/ T179 ei. eVopevoi^ro eVt tt^v Stwpuxcf y€(jivpaL S' inrja-ap. 62 LABIAL AND PALATAL MUTE STEMS. 247. 1. This thief was dishonored. 2. The Cilicians have horses. 3. He sent Thraeians (as) gnards. 4. The heavy- armed men had l.rea.ipiates. 5. The canal is long and narrow, and upon it is a bridge. XOTKS ^at dnyhreak (literally at the same time with the flay) The dative IS used with words implying umon (804). — 2 iv ^/4pvr)v, ^oivIkkjtt^v f^aaiXeiov ine/SovXeve yap 6 avrw. ^ ivTevdev elcre/SaXXou ei? ttjp KtAi/ctdi^ • oj 8f etV^o^ ^p 6Sb^ a>a^-tT09, opOid Kal aTeuyj • iXdyero 8^ Kal Xv€j^p€(TL<; o KtXtf ehai inl twv aKpcov, (jyvXaTTcop rrfu elo-fioXijv. Sta TovTo efxevop rjfxepdp iv rw TreStoi- XoTES 1. Study the route ou the map. _ 5. clWPaXXov : the^f tried to enter, imperfect of «'o-/?AAa>, expressing attempted action. — G. dniaMs : cf. dfxa^a. — 7. <|>v\dTT«v : (juarding, present participle active. No, 18. ttAtt/. |.^. LIN a UAL MUTK STEMS. 63 ians have lie lieiivy- d iiairow, fill/). The 'ween. VKaoviav TjV. ^V TTOKTCLVeL eve yap t' • 77 Sf eyeTo Se ^T(t)P TTjV they tried cifia^iTds : LESSON XXVI. Lingual Mute Stems of the Consonant Declension. • ii4J). Learn tlie declension of vv|, riiyhf, dcrms, shield, opvis, binf, Y^'pwv, old mmi, ;nid apfia, chariot, in 744. 250. In the nominative singular and dative plural of the first three nouns the final lingual (t 8 0) of the stem is dropi-Hl before s. vv'^ there- fore stands for vv/cr-s, vvk-s, ks beccjuiing $. So vv/cr-o-i, vvK-ai, vv^i'. 251. ^J'he fourtii noun ye>(ov rejects «r in the nominative, and length- ens o to ca. Fmal t is dropped, since this letter cannot stand at the end of a word. In the dative plural both v and t are dropped before o-, and o is lengthen -d to ov. 252. In the accusative singular most masculines and feminines add a to ronsonant stems, but nouns in is, except oxvtones (25), drop the final T 8 e of the stem and add v. Thus 6pyU (stem dpvlO), 6pvlv; but danc,, oxytone (stem da-TriO), dairtSa. 25.3. The vocative singular of most masculines and feminines with mute hiems is like the nominative, but the vocative singular of stems in 18, and of those in vt except of oxy tones, is the mere stei. Final 8 or t is dropped, since aeither of these letters can stand at th end of a word. Thus, vocative dcriri, yipov. 254. The nominative, accusative, and vocative singular of nputers such as 5.ppa, are the simple stem. Final t is dropped. In the aative pluT- il T is dropped before «r. 255. VOCABULARY. opuo, aros, r6, chariot. No. 26. d«nr£s, ibos, ij, shield. No. 34. yipav, ovTOi, 6, old man. tXir^s, Idoi. v, hope. vtKT], Tjy, 7), victory. vv{, vvKTbi, i}, night. 6pvis, Wos, 6, 7]. ' ird. o-Tdjia, aros, t6, m.^nth; of an army, van. crrpdrcvua, aros, rh (cf. arparid, arpa- T£ii-rt;j), army. XApis, £T09, i], grace, fav ,-. gratitude; xdpiv ^xw, be or feel grateful. 64 Lisa UAL MUTK STKMS. 2r»<>. 1 . iv Se rah (TKiqvaU rjaav annrih^^. 2. cVrt Se (TTpdrevfia WepaLKou iv rw Tra/aaSettrw. 3. rot? oui/ ^eot? Xo.piv dxov TTJi; vIkt)^} 4. 7171^ y^vpav ravrrju \i\vKeu 6 o-aTpdnr]'; rrj^ pvkto^.'^ 5. tw Se ycpouTL tovtco €K€luol TToXcfMLOL ^j-au. (>. inopevouTo 8e eiy^u? tVt to toO Trorct- /xoC (TTOfxa. 7. crui^ rot? ^coi? KaXal rat (TTparevpLaTL cXttiSc? cio-t vtKT]<;. 8. cV Se rat? otVtat? ijo-ai/ opplOt^. l). exo/ici/ /cat oTrXa /cat dpfiara /cat t/cai^a ra eVtrrJSeta. 257. 1. We feci grateful to the old man. 2. At night they ceased from battle.^ 3. Cyrus had twenty chariots. 4. The bowmen shot birds and wild jisses in the plain. 5. The army was cut to pieces by these barbarians. NoTKS. — 1/"' I'icfon/, a .t^'cnitivo of cause (851). —2 Genitive of the time within which (854). — » (kniitive of separation (849). 258. Cyrus reaches Tarsus, which the Troops destroy. rrj 8' vo-TcpaCa rJKeu ayyeXo? Xeyojp otl Tret^euye SveV- vea-LS. Kvpo^ ovv dvafiaivei inl rd r'xpa, ivrevdev Se /caTa/3atVet et? TreStoi^ Kakov. Sta Se tovtov iXavuei wapacrdyya^; irevre /cat euKocriv el<; Tapaovs, €v6a rjv 6 ^ao-tXeta. eV Se ttj vnep/BoXfj rfj ei? to ireSiov /care- KOTT-qaav, oJ? Xeyerat, iKarov oTrXtrat tov Meucovo'; o-rparev/iaros vtto tcjp KlXlkojv. ol Se aXXot eVet rJKov, Tapaov^ ^t^rj pir aaav Sta tov oXeOpov tcop aTpaTLCDTOiv. Notes. — 1. rfj v» . The fcmiiiino of Adjtintives of Uw, r nn^n.Hn.f Dechm- A- DecluiiHJoii. Its iioininiitive singiihir ends in oT^sh^" 2<;(). I.eam tlio deolonsion of xa£i€is, , eMv, (Sj/tos, 6, Xenophon, an Athenian, author of the Anabasis. 6p(i.dM, 6p|i^(r(i>, ete., set in motion, rush; mid., set out or forth, start. iroXXdKis, adv., ofte^i, frequently. Tip.d«, Tin^a-d), etc. {cf. d-Ti/xdi^u), value, esttem, honor. 276. 1. ivlKare tov^ fxera Kvpov (f)v\aKa<;. 2. plKcofi€0a VTTO T(ov KlXlkcov. 3. 6 Sc B€vo(l)(ov avTOP rjpuyrd, " Tt {why) fioa^; 4. Ki)/)09 Se (opfjiaTO dno Trjq KcofjLjjf; Trjq vvkto<;^ fieta Bevo^Q)vro<;. 5. ol dfi(j)l Kvpov Xeyovcnu on tol Trdvra^ PLKcoo-i. 6. Kvpo? KXcapxop TroXXct^ts ireTlfJLrjKei' 7rdvTa5 rw KXeap;)^a> efiod dyeiv to arpd- TevjJia /caret fieo-ov to^ t(ov iroXefiLcov. 277. 1. He conquers the enemy. 2. And he honored the general with other gifts.* eS. But the soldiers were shouting to the guards to stop, 4. This man asks whether you admire the army. 5. When Cyrus set out,^ I proceeded ^ at once to Phrygia. Notes. — 1 Genitive of the time within which (854). — 2 Adverbial accusa- tive (835), are completely victorious.—^ Note the position of the article (812). — * Use the dative (866) ^ u»e the imperfect. VfJt, by I READING LESSON. 69 278. The Speech of Clearchus, and its Effect. I' ai/S^e? (fellow) crr/DanJirat, ifiol feVo? iaTLP 6 Kvpos /cat iroWdKLS ^Sry TeTlfjirjKe. /3ouXo/xat odi^ o-vfxwopf^e- a-OaL avrai. eVel Si D/xer? €>ol o^/c e6>eX€re ireiOeaeai, iyy a-vv Vfxlu ^oiiai • ^/xet? ya/) e>ot eWe Kal i\oi /cal 5 (TV/A/xa^ot." ravra cXefci/. ot 8^ o-r/DarKSrat ol re auroO eVeiVov /cat lI dWoL iiraivovcTi - irapa 8e r^p dWa^i/ (TTpaTrjym' Sto-xtXtot exo»/r€? ra OTrXa /cat ra (TK€vo(f>6pa (TTpaTone- Sevo.raL wapa Kkcapxov. Notes. — 1. Iw)(: dative of the first r,ersonal pronoun ivi!,, I (Latin ego). For the case, see 862. _ 3. C^cts : you (plural), genitive T,^!hv, dative mv, accusative v;i59. - 4. g^ojiat : future of eVo/xat, /.//««,. - -7. l,ratvovo-t • by contraction for iiratviovai, from iiraivtw, praise. No. 19. Greek Armor. 70 CONTIiACT VmiBS IN eco AND oco IN THE INDICATIVE. LESSON XXIX. Contract Verbs in €co and oo) in the Indicative. 279. Learn the conjugation of the present and imperfect indicative active, middle, and passive of iroUo), do, make, in 782, and of 8T]Xd(o, manifest, in 783. 280. Observe that (2) €-f-a)z=(o; € + ooroU:^OV; € + €0r€t=€l. 281. Observe also that (3) o+(o = a); o + o, €, or ou = ov ; o -f- €i =r oi. a. Review the rule for accent in 272. 282. d8iK^«, d8iK^o-«, etc. {cf. AdiKos), be unjust, do wrong, wrong, injure. &-81KOS, ov (d neg. 4- SIky)), unjust. opx«v, ovToi, 6 (cf. &pxu), ruler, com- mander. 8t|\6(», 8t]X«ora), etc., make clear, show, manifest. 'EXXds, ddos, T) {cf. 'E\\t)vik6s), Greece. KOK«3s {cf. KaK6i), adv., badly, ill. Ko\«to), KaX«, ^HtAXeo-a, K^KXtjKa, VOCABULARY. K^KXrifxai, ^KXVjeriv, call, summon, name. 8ti, conj., that, because, since. iroUw, iroiVja-w, etc., do, make; KaKws TToUu), treat badly, harm, injure, ravage. iroXcfi^w, iroX«nV«, etc. {cf irdXe^os), war, make war, fight. 4>i\i(XTiiXyjGt]v {cf. 0/\os, (\T||iai, love. I. o oe (f)ikovofio. nocovcrc rol, i^^o., rfj Kpavyrj.^ 8. WX.^ S^ 5 Kv/,0, ,,,^d,j- HS.VOV. ro^ £.epo.no.;" 9. S^Xo? S^ Sn anopou .a-n^ ay«^ ri ;8ap«o; arpar..^ Man. 01 8 epc.™,T. Kvpo„ d i, 6oo, p.aKpi. eVn^- 6 8' a^o^pt^cra, (««««,.,) «"„ 'A^^oKo^a^ c^^^^. cl^o eVJ 10 TTOpevia-rtox. NoiK.,. _ Uvai : ,„ ,„ (to fo-m), present infinitive of c?„, „„ on « J ,tL ■ .^T '• '""'"'' '■ ''y ^"■"'^""''n for «W«.v, and depe. lent ««^';/^;38V ;'fr''T"*"-*- ^'^^"^'^ <■/ 207,0.-7. .iw, y. ..38, i. _ 8. ^' -f- I'oOv), )ceU-di°'oosed H-vd, fivcis, ij, mina = $18.00. vovs, vov, 6, mini; cV f^) ex", have in mind intend. o-TptTTos, ou, 6, necklace, collar. No. 21. XaXKovs, rj, oOv, of bronze, bronze. Xpvuo-Ds, §, ovif, of gold, gold. 8. CONTUACT NOUNS AND ADJECTIVES. 73 ^203 1. eS,.o. 8^ Ktpo> ol ip^ovri, el,r,„. 2. ^.CXoc, ev.oc, Kvpo, ;r.<.r^, ,V. 3. „v\oC, ^. 6 roC ,^Aa«o, Wo. f- ra S. SS,pa ^.a. .rpenrol ^pi^ol 5. KCpo, oTrXtrg e«a,/,a neure ^m9. 6. n' («./.«Q i„ ,^ ^X^rt; 7. rdre eV r^ yg ^p^^^ ^^.^^ „r^„^ ^^^ ^.^ ^^ ^aXarri,. 8. al Si neXra. xaX^al ,Va.. 9. Si>pa 8' „iri e«-e;.^a/.e. „',,. dpyr.poC 10. ..oXe^« row e^^fl' .al ^ard y^. «ai .ard 0oi\arra.. 204 1. Each of the heralds has five mina.. 2. Cyrus sent ute.ul? 4 1. or Cyrus liad a short sword of gold. 5. The other generals are well-disposed to Xeuophou. Note.-' tvith Ihe Thraciam. For the case, see 864. 2»5. Cyrus promises additional Pay. Syennesis becomes friendly. I^l%-£anW^TO!^ oV aV« ^ph, 'Apra- i^piV, o^cos Se tTTO^Tat. TT/^ocraiToCo-t Si p.ccr06p. 6 Si Kvpoj ,W.««oi) rpca ^^.8a^e«a- on Se^ eVi ro. dSeX6u eV .^' /;^.« nope^Jff^ 6 e^rav^a a«ou« oiSet? (noMi,) cV ye .^(3 ^a.-epcS eV 8^^ TapaV,,,. XP^<^ovv. Notes. -1. rot, o^parLira.,: dative of ;,os.,mor (862), the .oMier, hav. thetr m,/„cwm, i.e. Ihcu .™,,/«rt. _ .1 rp!.: Latin /n„ 1 ™«.'°'*«" *a!"^ equals Latin .,.-,„,■- „ ;; .'..-._'. t"" '""---J- 1p8ap..K4 : ^^.. 8. +st^- 74 DEPONENT VERBS. CONDITIONAL SENTENCES. I m LESSON XXXI. Deponent Verbs. Conditional Sentences. 296. Review the indicative of Xvco in 705-770, and of the perfect and pluperfect indicative middle and passive of mute verbs in 775-777. 297. Majix_m:bs^alled Deponent Verbs , have no active voice ^t are used in the middle oiMn the mi ddle and passive in jji_active seiise. 298. In most deponent verbs the principal parts are the present, future aorist, and perfect of the indicative middle. These are cnWed'middle depo- nents. Thus, (lY^o^ai, lead, condurf, -rivVoixai, tiYT](rdHiT]v, iiYT](itti. 299. A few deponent verbs have the aorist passive instead of the aorist middle. Those are called passive deponents. Thus, PovXonoi, will, tvish, povX^(ro|iai, pcpovXTjjiai, 4pouX^0tjv. 300. Some verbs which have active forms are nevertheless used almost exclusively in the middle, or mid.lle and passive, and practically become deponent.-, as ,i€ToWjxTro|xai and crvo-rpoTtvo^ai, used as middle deponents, and iropcvonai, as a passive deponent. See 178. 301. In conditional sentences the clause containing the con- dition is called the protasis, and that containing the conclusion is called the apodosis. The protasis is introduced by some form of €1, if. 302. The supposition contained in a protasis may be either particMlar or gei^al. A particular ^supposition refers to a definite act supposed to occuTJiTrd^fimtrtim? A general supposijtipn refers indefinitely to any act, which may be sup-' posed to occur at any time. of the ■ mute active lassive future, e depo- of the It, will, almost )ecoine 3nents, 3 con- V usion form iither to a neral sup- \ DEPONENT VERBS. CONDITIONAL SENTENCES. 75 303. The negative of the protasis is regularly jii^, that of I the apodosis is ov. "• I 304. 1 €l irp^TTci TovTo, KaXcos €X€i, if he is doing this, it 18 welt, 81 hocfacit, bene est. 2. €l €7rpa|€ toOto, KaXcos c'xo., {/' /,, did this, it is well, ' St hoc feat, bene est. The protasis here has the indicative ; it states a particular supposition in the prese- or past, and in.plies nothing as to its fulfiln.ent. The apodosis ha i . verb in the present indicative, but it n.av have any forn. ot the verb demanded by the tiiought. ' . ^^^' ^^^^ the protasis mn^^l^ dates a present or past • pai-ticular sup position, imt)lving n othi.ur as to the fulfilment / ^^ -tjie condition, it has the indir^n.tiv. .vUb ^l. Any form of " / the verb may stand in the apodosis. 306. 1. d cirpalc tovto, KaXcos av €(rx€V, if he had done this. It would have been ivell, si hoefeci^set, bene fuisset 2. €l i'TTpSTTC TovTo, KaXcos CIV ctx^v, if he ivere {now) doing this. It tvould be well, si hoc faceret, bene essct; or, as in 306, 1, if he had done this, it woidd have been well. ^ The protasis in these examples has a secondary tense of the indicative • It states a supposition in the present or past, and in.plies that the condition IS not, or rvas not fulfilled. The apodosis has a secondary tense of the indicative with av. tiqn^mplying t hat tli ^eondition is not, or wmjiot fulfilled] the secondary tenses .of,t!]e.. indicative are used in both protasis' and apodosis. The apodo sis has the adverb avT" "^ 2. The imperfect here refers to present time or to an act a^ going on or repeated in past timii (of. S06, 2), the aorist to a simple occurrence in past tim.e. \ 76 llii: DEPONENT VERBS. CONDITIONAL SENTENCES. VOCABULARY. 308. dir-dY(i>, lead away or back, Poii\o)iiai, PovX^o-Ofjiai, P€PovXT])i.ai, ^PovX^Ot^v, will, wish, desire. TJ-y^ofiiai, TJ-yi^o-ofiiai, r\'>/r\ crr/oarev/iaTt^ rjyiqTai els to TrehCov. 6. e^ov- XtJOt] nefiTreLv dno tov a-TOfxaTOS OTrXtrd?. 7. roi^ Se o-rpaTiqyop i-rreLpdro ireiOeiv. 8. et iir) ySovXerat Kkeapxos avTovs oLTrdyeiv, dWoi cTTpaTiqyol rjyyja-ovTaL. 9. ivopeveTo dv em Tous noXefiLovs, el arpdrevfia elx^p. 10. aW ct /SovXovTau crvv tol<; dXXotq TTOpeveadai eis T7)v 'EXXctSa, TjKeiv KeXevei avrovs ttJs vvktos- 310. 1. If he has the money, he will send (it) to the army. 2. He attempted to cut the enemy's army to pieces in the night. 3. If this is so,^ I will lead the troops at once to the stronghold. 4. He would not have done this, if I had not bidden him. 5. He wished to dismiss all the guards. Notes. — ^ xP'^o/*"'* "*"^ (serve oneself hy) takes the dative of means (866). Cf. Latin ulor with the ablative ^ Dative of advantage (861). — » ovToi^ exu. s. SUBJUNCTIVE ACTl i i (iro^ Aa/ceSat/AoVto9, p^eTanefnTTo^ {,7ro Kvpov, eWa- Koa-Lovs €X(op onXiTdq - tovtcov io-rpaTrjyei napa Kvpa,. Notes. — 3 rjis: noiuinative plural of mSs. Cf. Latin nCiues. — 4. airais: refers to v^cs, whicii ^s feminine. — vavopxos: vavs + apxo>. - 5. «p^o«v: see opfxU — G. K^T-^ircHirTos: verbal adjective from /xcTa7re>7ro/xat. — 7. io-TpaT^Y*^ : c/: arparriyoi. The genitive follows (TTparriyeu) (847). LESSON XXXII. Subjunctive Active. Vivid Future Conditions. ^*^- Qlll:Lthe present, aorist, and pprf ect tense s occur in the subjunctive . T hej)erfect is rare. 313. The time expressed by the present and aorist subjunctive is gener- ally future, the present expressing the action as fjoing on or repeated, the aorist expressing simply its occurrence, as kkv K«\^tl, If he shall he hirulerinn or If he shall Under (habitually), but .^v kcuX^tt,, simply if he shall hinder. ' 314. Learn the conjugation of the subjunctive active of \tco in 7G5 (Xvco), 767 (Xucro)), and 768 (XcUko)). 316. The subjunctive has the long vowel « or i, in place of the final vowels o or c and a of the tense suffixes found in the indicative (138, 140 148). The form is « before ^ or v in the personal endings, elsewhere i,' Uie subjunctive uses the endings of the primary tenses (136). ^ I IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) V. / O / '/ >;>' c, .V 4? "^ .<$> *t ^' ^. Q- m< WJi 1.0 I.I IfflllM 112.5 L^ 1^ 12.0 L25 i 1.4 - 6" 1.8 1.6 V] V] -1 c": /. yS^ Photographic Sciences Corporation m 4 :\ \ '^. 6^ '^CN'^ ri.^ '^^ 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, NY. 14580 (716) 872-4503 ^ 78 SUBJUNCTIVE ACTIVE. E'. a 310. ^^v irpaTTXi (or Trpa|xi) tovto, Ka\(os €|€i, if he shall do this {if he does this), it will be well, si hoc faciet, bene erit. The protasis is liere introduced by iiv, if, and lias the subjunctive; it states a supposed future case vividly. The apodosis has its verb in the future indicative, but any other future fortn might occur. 317. When a supposed future case is stated distinctly 2,ndi vividly (as in English, if I shall go, or if I yo), the protasis has %J^'\ the subjunctive with lav, and the apodosis has the fut 1^ indicative or some other form of future time. • ure 318. diro-xwp^w, diro-x«pVw, etc. {cf. x^po-i X^pi-ov), give place, go away, with- draw. Pao-iXcvcD, Pa hold beside or near, furnish, supply, give, cause. iroXiopK^w, iro\iopK^(^e\>;(ret. 5. iav viKTJa-cofiev, ttjv X'^P^^ ov hiapirdaei. 6. idv ovv TrefxxprjTe tovtov irpos Kvpov, nXola efere. 7. idu 8e /jlt) nXola dyrj LKavd, rot? aWot? XPWOH'^^a. 8. idv Sk ol KlXlk€s rrpayixara Trapexcoai, Kvpo<; nopeva-eTaL in avTov^. 9. idv VLKTJaro), ^ao-iXevo-co dvil tov dSeX(l)ov. 10. idv to ilXTTopiov 7roXLopK7J(rr)iKevXdTTeiv. 5 8ta p^icTov hk To^^Tcov ^el 7roTap6,. Kal ^ 7ra>oSo9 ^^ (TT€pi) Kal ra Te^xv et? t^jv ddXaTTav KaOiJKev. TavTd^ ra\ TTv'Xa? o{jK ^riXaiep 'A^poK6pd,, dXX' inel aKo^.L Stl Kvpo, iv KiXLKla icTTL, Trap^ 'ApTa^ip^y^v aTreXavVet. Notes. -1. ^iiXas: the article is omitted, since the word is used almost as a proper name. ~ 2. iio-ov ?mv mn^i^iprj r.f 1 ■ .- . ^f .. ^ ^'^"'^- "^'^'^''''•''«^'^'«<^"/—T€txTi: nominative plural of the neuter noun ra^o^, wall. - .pd : /nclnrj. __ 5. 8.A ^^o-ou : between. No. 20. ipo^epii ^v i] fidxv. / 80 S UBJ UNC TI VE A C Tl VE. X^' Xnf- LESSON XXXIII. Subjunctive Active (coiitimuHl). Subjunctive in Exhortations and in Final Clauses. 822. Learn Uio conjugation of the present subjunctive of el^i, in 71)5. 323. 1. t6v I^vov Ti\Lr\(r(ii\iiVf let ns honor our guest. 2. |xii Xuupav, let us not destroy the bridge, lioth these sentences express exJiojMi<>n ; the verb in each is in the first person plural of the subjunctive. If the ex hortati on is negative, |aV), not^ is used. 324. The first person of tlie subjunctive (generally plural) is ) used in exhortations. Its negative is jjiii. ' 325. 1. TT^v 'Y€\)pav Xu(ro|ji€v, Iva (also ws or 8ir ., . . ■'^""'' ■''''<•' """''' country, he m 328. 1. ix^ rovrov idao,^eu ,^evy«„. 2. ^duras , .oc^ot- pIkiov. ivTavOa ix^uovaiu rjiicpd^ Ittto. • /cat Hc^'id? Kal WdiTiuw ttXoIov Xa/S();Tts' ^at to. \py]fxaTa azroTrXcoixn, f> ;^a\c7ratV(>;'re*; on Kp/)()s' tov \\\uip)(^iw eta rou? irrparut)- Tct? avTunf €^tu>. Kr'/)os' St irvi^eKoiXuri tol"? iTTpaTrjyov^ Kai tXt^'t racSe- " 'ATroXcXotVdcrtiv 7//xd? (hh) Hei^td? Kat lld(ji(t»r. dXXd jxa tov^ (Uov^; ovk avTov^ Stw^w, ot»Se auTou Kvpov dptTrjr, r;8eoi<; (rurcTTopeuoi'To. Nt>ri':s. -2. olKirroi : \yAss'wc, is in/idliitct/. I. \ap6vT(S : liariiuj Uikviit siH'ouil aorist. lU'livc purticiplf of Xafifjdvio, (Iccliiicd likci €K(i)»' (Ta'J), Au/iuii', Ad/ioDiru, XajJoy, tir. - S. Ocou« : ju'cusativt* in a lu'gativo oatli (H;J7). lu. No. 21. Darius III. tiiiiuvNcnvh: Mihiiij^: and I'Assivic. 88 vno ot- DTrXcoixrt, irrpaTLU)- f)aT7)yov<; (.vid^ KoX o^(0y ot»Se )yoL inel (). \riiui tdlcn, Ku)v (752), oatli (8117). LESSON XXXIV. Subjunctive Middle and Passive. Subjunctive after Verbs of Fearing. .•J.*n. Lcimi Mi(^ conjugal ion of M,(, Huhjiinctivc! middle, and piissivi* oC X,%,, in 7(ir. (\6a)H.ai), 7vpas Xuwcri, / J\ar that thy will (IcHtroif the /u'idi/rH. 2. 6c6oiKa|i€v |iii ov iriaTol ^tc, ^/v J'rm- that you ivill not he faithful. Th.^ Hiil.onliiiui,, clause, wliid, oxprcsscs l.li., tiling f<"an.,l and is tho ohjecl „r |,|„. h,uli.iK v.'i-l,, li.n, (ak.-s (,l„. s.il,j,ii„M,iv., ; it, is iiitnuluo..,! I,y \^-f\.llmt or /.,s/ (Latin m), or if n,.^ativ.' hy hH, oi, that not (Latin ul). The vtM-li wliicli ,|(. notes I'ear is in a, primary t(Mise. ;i:U. jUtor verbs done ►tin^r /,>,,/., mutton, or dantkoH tho sul)jnn(!tivo afU;r primary tonseM. 'IMie nmra- ^ live form is jii] ov. " •-i^ No. 22. Persian Daric. 84 li 1 9\ :.'! i.ii sriuuxdTiyit: Miinn.if! and iwssivk. VOCAIIlll. AMY. S^SoiKa, 11 pnf, with fort")' of prcM , anr. I8«i(ra ((;/'. (Uji'(iv),./"i'(jr, ol' ii'iisoiialiUi I'i'iir. J(-a7rardw, J(-a7raT/j«rw, etc., dci'viiw (/ro.s.s///, tiiinlf'itit. 47ri-K(v80vot, Of («;/". kIviMivos), idiUf/vroHH, K(vSOvot, oil, t\ (fitniicr, pnil. vo)i((u> (lotiii^), vo|AiA, ojUf)/)i), fviijhU'n ; t'ominnnly pusH, iu*. ■■t; JUKI. 1. naxnrwiJLtOa, w t\fH, rauVr;*? 7^9 fJLdxr)ttXayf ^Laanaa-Oy. 3. Ki)/)()s' roi^ (raTf)dn7)p (/)t\oi/" ou ro/Atct,' cai; eVl Ti)i' apXT?'^ TTopeur/Tat cVct»/o?. I. ySow(rt TraVrc?, ti/a ot ttoXc- /itot i^'aTr tVraJ' 6a 1/ irop^viqiTlk 8t* aurr/?. S. ScSotKa /Lt>) cTTra- (TT/rat TOV dKlvdKi]v. D. ^iVSuro? cVrt p.y) Trj<; vvKToq ol noXcfiLOL nopevMVTat in avTov^. 11117. 1. I four (hat (lio salrsip will ho Hont. 2. Lot us dolibonito about tliis. ll. Wo will (icslroy tlu« hvUl^o, (liat the iMUMuy may not simkI for Iho pcltasts. i. I do not fear that this man will W) made" sal rap. f). 'Phoro is no danger that Cyrus will wish to pui-suo theso L»HMHMals. NoTKs. — » A gonillvo of srpanUion (81!)). --'J A dative of ttwtiucr (Hm). — » A pmiirntf urcusativo (810). — ■• Kuturo third sin.milar. -6 Tliiid sin- gular of the future {iirofuu) of €t>i (for ^o-erai). - « IJ.so the aorist. ni'JADlNtj /./<;.s.sr;/V. nyartt^ con- l/.. tcr^r/Voui. 8^ ol rrr/>aTta>rru eV rru^ lla/>mra- A rt8o? KrVai9. eVrciVye^ c'fcXauVet cVl rcis' 7rr;y(i«; rof. Aa>8aTo, TTora/xor;. eVra.Vya i;jrra,. ^SarrtXeux Kal napd- 8.uro? KaXos^ K,>os' in 783. 340. Observe that (1) a-\-itj=zvv4s, dSoy, 6 ((/. 0eih'w), fugitive, accompany. exile. 342. 1. iav Se rou? crTpaTLc^dq dhiKr), ovk iOeXTJa-Ofxev eneadaL. 2. (^o^ovvTai firj tov<; Kvpov ^iXou? ireipaa-de KaKojq TTOielv. 3. eai^ Se toutov5 viKcofiev, 7rdvTe<; o^ovrai. 4. ipoTWfiev Tov dyyekov el to dpyvpiov ex^i. 5. (jyo/Belrai fxr) TTeipwvTai KaTayeiv Tovq (^yyaSa?. 6.(eV t<^ (jiavep^") Xjfet tVa TTcto-t St^Xoi ri (wAa^) eV v(^ ej^et. 7. eai/ to crrpoi- m^ CONTRACT VEItns IN THE SUBJUNCTIVE. 87 ibjunctive Eo) in 78-J, remaining ; le, summon, 1})} fugitive, :\7](rOfX€V jreLpaa-Oe €(jjOVTaL. TO (TTpd' T€Vfxa airoxojpjj 7179 vvkt6<;, ^jjovTai ot noXcfitoL. 8. rjv Be Toifs d\kov €ts BafivXSipa -qKcooTL. to fiep Brj 'EXXtjplkop ovtoj^ 10 eireLcrdr). Notes — 5. crrpaTtiYots : dative of indirect object after xaAcTratVoucri (860). — 6. 818$: give, third singular present subjunctive of BiSiofit. — 7. irpoTcpov : previously, an adverb in the comparative (cf. wpo). — 8. Iirfjv : whenever, followed by the subjunctive, like idv. 88 LIQUID STEMS OF THE CONSONANT DECLENSION. m LESSON XXXVI. Liquid Stems of the Consonant Declension. /Wrt. Loam (ho deca.M.sion of dY«v. conte^U tjvchkov, <,uide RV, month, and ^Tixtap, om/or, in 715. ., ''""•■''''." '""""""iv.. singular r.j,.,.t,, , ,v„,) |„„^41,„„s tl,. vowel „r ,l,e '■ . '': ™'':"™ »■"«"'-• '» "!<« 'I." .." ,u,,iv,. in „x^t,„„. i„ o er liquKl stem.s It is like the stem. JM7 Le,un tl>e declension of ^ar^p, father, v.i\rr\f. Mother, and oviip, »»««, in 7l(i. >- 1 ir- 'i 348. 1 w„. dv^ip .Imps . wherever a vowel follows «p and inserts 8 in its place o IS inserted also in the dativp nln.-oi 'in ... ^ in the genitive and dative ' """' " ""■""" '"'"'' '^^"'''l" •^^^* VOCABULARY. dYcSv, u)^,, 6 (c/. 0(70,), f^a^Aermr;, j.^, M..6., 6, mon^A. assembly, contest, games; dywm voieiy, hold games. dv^p, di>dp6s, 6, man, Lat. wir li^T^p, fi7]Tp6i, V, mother, Lat. mater. ol'KoSf (c/. o/Kid), adv., home, home- ward. •EXX,v, ,^„ i ,0/ .EXX,...*,, .Exx,,), ,.^p_ ,„^,,_ ,_ ^^^^^^^ ^^^ ^_^^^^ a Greek ilViicSv, 6;'os, 6 (c/. ^7^pTa ^KaXovp. 6. Kal dpiOp^hv t^v 'EWtJi^cop inoLTja-eu iv r^ irapahuaco. 7. ^y^i^avro U ol "EWrjue^: TTop^^eadai fM,Td Tov dpSp6s. 8. Kal irrefjLxlje Kilpo, neure M^<-^ ' /^tcr^oV. 9. cV Tol, 'EkkrjcTLu ^crau ^yjrope, dyaOoi 351. 1. His father suinmoiicd Cynm. 2. They voted to send iuen with Clearchus. 3. Cyms was made satrap of 1 hiygia by his father. 4. Eaclt man shall have five niinas of silver.4 5. Jle carried on war with the Greeks. rJar^'\7^' ^'f'''\ "^ ^''" '''"' "'''''* («70).-» Predicate accusative (840). _ 8 Genitive of meamre (811, 5)._M;enitive of material (841, 4). t353. Menon's clever Device to win the Favor of Cyrus. ^ Mivoiv hk irplv SijXop ehai tl iroi-qa-ovcTiv ol dWot E\\y)v€^, TTorepov ^ovrai Kvpca 1) ov, o-vueke^e rh avTov (rrpdrevp^a Kal iXe^e rdSe' "^Ai^Spe?, pdu Selrat Kdpos iirecTdai rohs ''E\krjva<; inl 'Apra^tp^r^^. iy^ oZv Kekevco 5 u/.a9 (i/ou) em<; SiafiaCpeiv rhv Trora/xoV. -fjv p^h yap ^ljr}cl>CacovTaL ^-rr^aOaL, ipd<; t^v dkkcop TrporipTJcreL crrpa- TLWTwp^ Kdpos • 17V S^ d7ro^rjLa-copTaL ol dkkoL, wopevcro- p^eda dnavTeq ot/caSe Trdkiv" « Notes. — 1. wplv 8f|Xov ctvai: before it was evident. ~2. ,r6T«pov . . , -R - whether . or. -KtJp,,: tiie dative follows eVo^at (864).-oC: accented at the end ot a sentence. — o-vv^X€|€ : see o-vAAcyo). — airofl : rf ^^7 4 7 ^«„ TiwTuiv: dependent on the preposition included in the compound verb (852). *90 INTERROGATIVE AND INDEFINITE F PRONOUNS. iltl LESSON XXXVII. Interrogative and Indefinite Pronouns. 353. The principal interrogative pronoun is tis, tis ti ti^ho? which ^ whatf (Latin qich). It always has the acute accent on the first syllable, except in the short forms rod, t«, and never changes the acute to the grave. ' ' ' 354. The indefinite pronoun h tIs. tIs, tI, some, any Latin ahqms), or, used substantively, somebody, anythmg (Latin quldam). It is enclitic. 355. Learn the declension of ti's and tIs in 763. 356. VOCABULARY. :| n 8^«, S€ifi?, ov, interr. pron., hoio much? Lat. quantus. a>ra ro. cr^euSourjrrjr. nocrou doyvp^o, exa.. 6. ea^ ^E/c^Scrt, rt^ Se? avroi,, Xietu r^v y4vpav ; 7. ev woiot, npayfiaa-LP Tjcrav ol ''EXXr^ve? ; 8. ipcord •TLi^o,' iarlv 6 [Wo9. 9. Kdpo, ina^aev d.Spa nepcrrju Kal erepovjLva tS>v rfyeix6vcov. 10. ^pa>ra tov dyyeXov ri, enaLUEL tov<; Mep(ovo<; o-rpartcord?. . ^T' 0^' 71^ """"^ *^' '"'^' proceed? 2. What does he say to this / 3. Somebody asks whether you said this. 4 Wh'it sort of men ought to take the field? 5. How many slinc^ers have you in the army ? .,r ^''''^%7il'^'^'f''^^ accusative, why? (8^6o).-^ Predicate genitive of possession (843). — 3 ^^o'? with accusative. 359. Cyrus is greatly pleased and himself crosses the Euphrates. olSk Meucouo, cTTpaTL^rai inel ravr ^Kovaav, TrdOovTai /cat hiapaivovcri tov noTafihp irplp tov, dXXov, Xiyeip TL nocyia-ovcTL. Kvpo, 8^ ^crOrj Te Kal tc? crrparcv/.an St ayyeXov iXe^ev • " 'Eyci ;.eV, c3 aVS^e^, ^^Sr; DuS^ 5 C7rat.a>. c^^^^ S^ /caL^/xa? e>^ eVat.eWe, >J (.r) ot^^m eyco Kvp6, et/xt." o[ ^.^^ Sij aTpaTc^Tai iv iXmcTL KaXal, Vcrav, MevcovL 8^ Kal S^pa Xeyerat Treyx^at. ;x6ra 8^ raSra bcefiaLve Thv TTora/xoV • elWo 8<^ Kal to dXXo crrpaVcv/xa aurw dirav. )P7JTaL. NoTES.-O. ^plv...X^Yav: ?>./.r« M. ms7 ,sy„V/. - 5. 4^^ ..,, accusative. See the notes on 278, 1 and JJ. _ 7. ^€uJ,a. : /. /.,.. ,,... „,,^:.. ,..- mnnitive.— 8. tiWcTo : for the augment, see 871, 5 D. avr^: cf. 352, l\ 92 OPTATIVE ACTIVE. I LESSON XXXVIII, Optative Active. Less Vivid Future Conditions. :»«•(>. T!e.s;,lo.s (1,0 ,,rosont, a„risl, ,i„,l ,,o,.foct, foun.l i„ the me ch«t.ncUon ol U.uo hetweou tl.e preset,.,.,! the .torist, .T«l. T„.arn the o.„,j„j.a.(.io„ „f u,o oplativo a« X.»„. 7.i5 (Xuoiixt), 7,i,i (XiScroi^tO, 707 (XiSaai^i). a (XcXvKoijii). tivo of uid 708 is d a, ,d V, . Tl t r'""'- ' ' ""■'■""' ""• ' "f "■" *■'" A.A,«„ ;,.,,,..,,l „f 1,/ ,, /^ ""f,"l.>,, ,>iit tlicy ui-o 111 (\ii,iiii„ii ||a„ ni.t.,u. „1 Av.„„, A„„ac, A.V„«.. Fo, tho amiiit, of Xfo, X«„, X,i,., .•««;«.. J TTp^TTOi (or ,rp^|«,) ToflTo, KaXffis dv i'voi, if he should ,/o thu, it n'onid /„■ „W/, «' /„;,. /„,,•„,, ,„,„,, ,;,. '^ '"^ The protosi, is l,c.,-o iiiti-o,l„ce,l iiy .1; ;/; ami lias tlio optative ; it states a s.ppos,.,l f„t„,. oase less vivi.ll.v Mian ..„. siil.ii.ne ive (^ 7 "t apoilosis has ,ts verb i„ the optative with the adverb &v. ^ '' " , an 1 ,.,,., to,™ (as „, E„„„,i.h, if j „,„„„ „,^, ,,^^ the opt^ttive with .t, a„d the apodosis has the optative with OPTATIVE ACTIVE. 98 s. ipen(lent on /xcarat', stored with. Verbal adjectives signifying fulness and want take the genitive (855). No. 25. Greek Armor. T C si h tl ti' thi he i he ivvia OPTATIVE ACTIVE. LESSON XXXIX. 95 Optative Active (continued). Optative in Final Clauses. Object Clauses. ^^^ «««. Learn tlie conjugation of tlie present optative of ,i^l 37(>. 1. TV YC(j>upav ^XtJcraixcv, tva (also s or 6ua>s) tovs liT' •^-^— f^-' - ^^estroyed the bridge, that we .^U cliecfc Vie enemy. ^ 2 TOVTOV duivoMv, W ,.*, (ak„ is |ii,, or 8ts, or 8ua)S, and take the ^optative after secondary tenses. The negative is (iii. .•J72 1. pouXcvcTai Sircos paonXcwei dvrl toO dScXcboi), A. plans that he may he Jang in place of his brother. tKaij!^'''^uTi^"'"'' pacrtXcvcrct dvrl xov d6.X<^oi), he planned that he might he king m place of his brother. 3. pouXcvcrai ottcos ,iii cVrat cVl t(3 a '.Xctxo, he plans that he may not be in his brothers poiver. he t .^fr^!'r' "T"^' ^^ ^'^^^' ^^^ ^^ ^^^^*^' ^^' P^^^^ed that he might not be in his brothers power. 96 OPTATIVE ACTIVE. The subordinate clause is here the object of the leading verb which signifies /o^/a. or ..-a. for (the leading verb may also signify "Ll I to effect yUns subordinate clause is introduced by 8.«s or, if negltie by 6,«s HVI, and has the future indicative wh.ther'the principal verbL"' a primary or a secondary tense. QIaect£klisesJeE ejiding on verbs si^^ nifviiKr /^ ./.,>,. , .^^^^f^r^i^- ^ct, regulaijy take the future indicative 374. VOCABULARY. Xtjitai, ^ir-cftcX^dTjv, exercise (:are, care for, give attention to, see to. 8pil|Aos, V, ov, and oj, o^ (130), deserted, uninhabited, deprived of. Ityriia, tlT^w, etc., seek, ask for. Xa^Pdvw (Xa^), X^4roiioi, €"Xopov, ctXt,- 0t)v, «aA;e, receive, get, find. irop£J« (TToptS), iropiw, etc. , furnish, pro- vide; mid., o6tom. TifiVj, ^y, .j^ (c/, Ttyucic.;), value, honor, esteem. rfnios, o, ov {cf. Tln.-fi), valued, dear. 375. 1 o yx<^^ roU 'EW^at^ ^ye/xoVa IWe/.,/,.^, Tm dia r,s ,roVias xc a^rov's. 2. rovrov top duSpa <^e\e.,^ cm <^ao^ ^oc. 3. „'s .VeXecrat oVo., oJ t). e^TyTov.- Tov? apxof'ra?, Tm a^rois av^LpovX^ouv'. 6 r'<3 7. ai,ocau.lre rl^,' ^[Xoc, el nopiCocre r^ arpo^revp^ar. on\a. 8 c_,r.^e\,V6rm 6 KCpo? oVa,9 o£ arpanSrm v<{m^ < 8. 1 con OPTATIVE ACTIVE. 97 3^. He too. e..e that ^e 'Zl te^o^/f H^ TlT,' this in order that tlie enemy mijrht not hear ^r . ? '' to get provisions. ?»» "ot hear. 5. Let us plan -;The genitive depend' on tZ^^'^S^^^'T "' ™'"^ («««)• — " Use the aorist. «ig"iljing fulness or M;anf (855). 377. Advance through the Desert of Arabia. :77. ^"'r"-" -' --• - ro4 se ™ .o47; n5rac .V.ore .■8.'.«o. a.i l.nZ it ^'"" " "'''"■ comparative of the adverb ra;^e'a)5, quickly. ' '"''' ^"'''^■^^' ^^^ No. 26. Chariot R ace. 98 OPTATIVE MIDDLE AND PASSIVE. LESSON XL. Optative Middle and Passive. Optative after Verbs of Fearing. 378. Learn the conjugation of the optative middle and l)assive of Xvco in 705 (XUoi)i.iiv), 70(5 (XUtroifiiiv), 767 (XU<7ai|J,Tiv), 709 (X€Xu|i.€vos €Xr]v and XcXUoroiiiiiv), and 770 (XvOcitiv and 379. The mood suffix is i, as in the active (362), except in the aorist passive ; liere it is ir\ in the singular and sometimes in the dual and plural, but the shorter forms Xwetirov, XvOttTTiv, etc., occur more frequently. In these forms the accent does not go back of the mood suffix. The optative middle and passive uses the middle and passive secondary endings (175), except in the aorist passive, where the active endings occur (145). 380. 1. €6€t(ra \Lr\ ras •Y€(|>wpas Xvoicv, I feared that they would destroy the bridges. 2. €8€icra|i€v jiii ov irwrTol cItc, we feared that you ivould not be faithful. The verb which denotes fear is here in a secondary tense (c/. 333), and the subordinate clause takes the optative. ^^ 1 .^After v^rbs dQWotiw^Jear, caution, Dv danffer. jLr^fha,t orJest^_t^^es Jhe optativejtfter secon dary tenses._Tlie_negatiye form is \lti\ ov. '~^ " — ^ 382. VOCABULARY. tia-ui {cf. els), adv., inside, within. ix9p6s, d, 6v, hostile; ix^pds, o, as €KaWp«0€v, adv. , on both sides or flanks. noun, enemy, foe. «vvoiK«is {cf. evvovi), adv., with good k«k\os, ou, d, circle, curve. will, kindly. kvk\6», kvkXwo-m, etc., encircle, hem in. OPTATIVE MIDDLE AND PASSIVE. 99 8|i«s, adv., nevertheless, yet, still, how- ever. ir\r\a-i&l(a (irXtjaiaS), irXtjo-ido-w, etc., approach. crrtpiw, (rTtp{\ inayop^^ovm. *■...../,,. „, ,■„„,,.,.„,,, ..„„ ,,„.. „„„ ; . „:'„::■-;;„ :tr"v c No 28 "rci?r 7d/> wr^pv^,, ^^wtp iirrfy ^x^^ro." (UiNTIiACr VKItUs IN I UK (il'TATiyfC, 101 Kal LKSSON XLl. Contract Verbs In the Optative. .'188. Olxsorvo tluit (t) a-f-ot = <^; (ii) c -f ot = 01 ; (3) 4- 01 = 01. ^^^^' VOCABUI.AKY. Ap«T^, f;j, i), qnodncMy courage, valor. ^ttAo^oi, *|TT^o-Of*ai, etc., pasH. (lop., he h(ferior, he dqfeatcd. XOir<«, \o,r^)c let to oneself, /Ure. 6vo\i.a, aroj, t6, name, ir&t, intriT. adv., horof rAxo, iuh.,(/Hickii/; ill apod, witli 4i/, Ttnttpfw, Tlf*«p^o-«, c/r., f/,«rw/7c; iriid,, awnf/r- nncseyon, take venueame on, punish. .■«>0. 1. ^^, d, ri,u ^dxvu ,rococt,r,„ ; 2. eU«ovVamt 102 (JONTHACT VEHIiS IN TUE OPTATIVE, Wac. G .aur^.^offovuro ^i, 6 KK.ap^o, rl^o,polro rov, orpar.^a, 7. « onXa i^o.p.,„, ,^l ,^ /J- .^ J. « Se ,t™,^o oc .^vXaK.,, ov6pov, Tdx' «V ^ccr^orro, d nopevoc.ro d, rf,. apXV- ' 2 "V'J' I *',?'' ""* "'"^ '"•"''' ^^'""'^'^^^ to "'« l"«t-s. f • ^ o ™^''^'' ""'''• '"'"'' the enemy would Ix, I might be of service to l.in,. B. The (J-eeks would march away t<, I'hryg.a, unless somobo.ly should molest them. .'102. March to Cor,ote and Pylae, Cattle perish in the Desert. ^ 7rop.„o>c.o. 8^ 8ea ravrr,, rrj, ^a'.pi, ^„. ,vi TO. Maovca. ;rora/.oV. .VraC^a ^. ™'Xc, .>,>,, oVo^„ e^av^a c,r.;?. Learn the declension of c^pos, breadth. Toiiipiis, tnreme, anu Kp^as, meat, in 747. ;«>4. The stcMn ..uls in €P VTTO \ f rj Tjv die ral No. 29. Kpikvoi. 104 STEMS IN a OF THE CONSONANT DECLENSION. •^^®* VOCABULARY. iiri\tl-irpo^t ovs, t6, mountain «upos, oi/y, t6, breadth, width. K^pas, K^pws and K^paros, r6, fiorn of an animal, wing of an army. •cpAvqs, ovs, t6, headpiece, helmet. No. 29. Kp€'as, /fp^wj, t6, flesh; p\ur., pieces of flesh, meat, 67r\(5« (oVXtS), (SirXwra, ^pvr,u, voc. TKTaacp^ppr,, of A-Decl., Tissa- phernes. ■^Pi-^P^s, oi/j, 17, trireme, war vessel, with three banks of oars. No. 8(5. No. 30. OTrXl^erai 6 peavlas. 397.^1. dxe S^ Kal rp.yjpu, 6 KCpos. 2. ro^ou rov ^ora^ov TO .Spo'9 eVn ndvre ^UBpa. 3. «„J eV.'Xet-e KUapxo" rov SefioC k/^o,?' ^ycto-^at. 4. ^ 8^ MeW,.09 kr,v ,nep^e 2a„cpar«. 8. roi), arpancord? 6 ^^k. aZroj 1 a T o ; tlM CO] t. mc V. I measure '•es, Socra- pher. 1., Tissa- ssel, with id. W TOV ciXeve ucovos wttXl- evOev LCTTO- STEMS IN a- OF THE CONSONANT DECLENSION 105 t^^v axe K.\..a>. ^vXaKij^ ^h hk^ ^Kpra^p^ov iXdyero MaKrj Marra.) 10. eVei 8^ ^,Va. inl rai, O^pa., U lto-o-a, which is an adveib of ;,/ace (856). -s Dative of imtrnment (866). -4 The predicate- ra.ra ,« the subject. - 5 ./., «., . . . ,,, ,,,,, See 815 _ a For the^Sn' of the genitive, see 812. _ ^ Dative (865). ^ ^^^- Great Hardships in the Desert. ^ ol 8' eV TouVoi to; roVo) a^<9/)a)7roi ^^ou? JXc'ra"? Trap^ Tov^ iToraixhv dpr^rrovre, Kal notodure^ el^ Ba/3vXwi.a ^yov Kai incoXovv Kal avTayopdt,ovTev crraOp^v irdw paKpoi,, ^Xavve Kdpo, • TToXXa'/ci? ydp I8et paKpdi^ TTopevecrOaL 7rpb<; xoprov. ^"^'OTES.-l o%ovs dX^ras .• upper millstones, which were turned some- times by hand, sometimes by a beasc. See No. 66. -2. ,rotoOvrcs • bv contraction for 7rou'ovr«. - 3. c>v : see ^c£a,:-4. ^v : ... no.^-n,. 1 -• -^oAAovs: many, accusative phiral masculine. The followin-^ uaKoot;. - ifies this as a predicate adjective, ..., oftkese marches tkat Cy^Z 'oere very lony. - 8. ^uKpdv : ... c'.SoV, a long loay. ill St? 106 IMPERATIVE ACTIVE. LESSON XLIII. Imperative Active. 400. The tenses occurrin.i. in the imperative are the present, aons and perfect, but only a few perfect active forms occur and these are rare. For the distinction of time between the present and aorist, see 313. 401. The personal endings in the active are : 2 3 SINGULAR. TO) DUAL. TOV TWV PLURAL. T€ VTCOV in t? A^x"'",*^' ^""'''"^ "^'^ ""^'^'^ imperative active of xU in 765 (Xv€) and 767 (Xv(rov). 403. T» the second person singular of the present, 01 is dropped The form Xvo-ov in the aorist is irregular. cropped, ihe 404. Learn the present imperative of €l|ii in 795. 405. 1. ualc, €t K€X€V€t 6 irals, strike, if the lad commands it. -. a7dvTo)v Tovs (TTpaxicoTas, let them bring the soldiers. thL ""^^^ ^'^"^ ^^"I^PovXeucrov avrots, in Heaven^s name, advise y 406 The imperative expresses a command, exhortation, or entieaty. 407. 1. jxi, 8t8a(rK€T(o (present imperative) tovs iratSas ' a6iK€iv. /e?5 7i2m /^o^ teach the boys to do wrong. Hriketlns].^:' "■""" •"' '""^' ^''""*' subjunctive), os, ou, 6 (7^ + \60oj, cres«, AJZ^, mound of earth, hillock, hill. 8vo, tioo. Ko,itt« ('coMtS), KOHidi, efe., carry away, bring, convey. |A«'pos, ow, t6, division, par<, share, portion. op7^, ^y, 77, temper, anger. irais, 7rat56s, o', ■^, child, boy, girl, son. TTj\6s, ov, 6, clay, mire, mud. o-7r€v8«, «r,r€vo-ft>, to-Trcwo, wr^e, hasten, be urgent. «JHnr€p, conj. adv., jw5< as, as « were, as if. 2^^, .oc,<^, ITT"' '^Z-^-- 3. Kip. ^aw ,^al WV9 Suo ar/cXovs ^e^^aWa,^ ^p6s ro mvo^. 7 L J 411. 1. Send the messengers to the hill. 2. Be loval to he Greeks. 3. Do not destroy the bridges. 4. I e friends and allies, soldier.s, to Cyrus. 5. FelloV -oldier d wonder that^ I am grieved. ^ ' " ""* NoTKs.- > Dative of maimer, in anger (806). 2 " '' OTl. 108 IMPERATIVE MIDDLE AND PASSIVE. 412. The Wagons get stalled in the Mire. Kal Srjnore iv crrcoJ Kal nrjX^ ral, a>a'fa.. Svcrno- ^^ec.roy fiapfiap^.ov crrparev^aro, Kal .vveKfi^^d^e^v rk, 5 opyrj .KeXevcre rov, nepl avrov Uepads ro^, .aXo^, .dya- XoTK. — 3. o-TpaT€v,iaTos : partitive genitive (814). LESSON XLIV. Imperative Middle and Passive. 413. The personal endings in the middle and passive are : 2 3 SINGULAR. (TO DUAL. em, sokliers, into the v.lhv. s 4 r l ,, ^""'''^ *'*'' eoUected in the market-pk of 5 Pro f ^■""■«<^"«'«« "^^ through the plain. °''^'' "'"^"^J" «oldiers, 41»- Splendid Discipline of the Persian Nobles Wo yap .0. A,.„f.>^,, in 7.1, <>[ ttoUo) in 782, unci c.f o'H^oa) 111 7s;{. 421. OhscMvo (liat (J) a -f € =: 5 ; a -|- or ou = (o; (-) € -f- € = €1 ; c -f or ou n= ou ; (8) -f^ €, O, or ou ::=: OU. 4*>t> dir-oiWo), ask- from, ((rmami. 8«0po, adv., /. 8i4)e^pa, ay, »/. fanned hide. Sp6(ios, OP. 6, r»/i, >•(((•(> ('(»«nv. ISiwTTjs, or, 6, prmite person or soldier, private. VOCABULARY. AaK€8ain6vios, 5, ov, Laeedaemonian. lon(jer. 8irou, n>I. adv., ?r//rrr, wherever. . .'Jl. ToXfidw, ToXfiVjo-w, c^c, r/.sA-, (fare. 42.-S. 1. f,^ noXe/^ure dSiKoi> n6\e^,ou.' 2. ToX^dra, Kal 6 evffv, neCr, a,ro ro5 ^^nopiov. 5. .V r5^ S,p,p^„ o-^,8ta. CONTUACT VKlaiS ,N Till, I SII-LmATIV K. Ill ^*- >. Ask ,:,,.„s f,„. ,u. 2. T,y U, ,1„ ..,11 Uy v„„, ■I'-- ;i. (ill ,„.t („ M,„ „,., ,„ i,,,.,,,;,. NoTKH -. 1 A ro;,nn„ .•.,.M,H,,,tiv,. (,S;{;n. _. . vVrl. two ()l,j,,ct ac(Mi.sii(,iv(..s (.s;{.S). ^ « MMiiifyiuK fo asl- |,jil<,. 425. Traffic with Charmande across the Euphrates. ^%l^ No. 31. Raft of Inflated Hides. 112 AlhlECnVK STKMS IN v AND ea. LESSON XLVI. Adjective Stems in v and ca of the Consonant Declension. 420. LiMiii tlic (1(.('I IMISK fi(H(ff<\ iiiid dXrieiis, frt((\ in 7r)L' '^" (>r liAas, /'Afr/r, €v6w|X(ov. .y;./-- ''^^:."z:,z.!::::^:'-' ^'" —•-'■• VOCABULARY. X«* t. Mi 42J>. ^Xne^, .. (^. ciX,..a), una,,....,, K«.a.^av^,. ., ,, ,,,,, .,,,,, da\y,s, ^s, free from dmuin- safv AuaX^o j , secure. ..•.x«/.. .• . " . "*' ""' ^' ?'^'^''^ l^^coc.' ' s^ >17 T€ I'l'^iisoNAL run NOUNS. ,, f.» J. . ""« was not true 1 r< '^"'i <^ Pn.k lull <,r wil.l 1,,.^,^^,; -^"^'"^ ^ ^''•"'^ '"'td a |,ul.(;o A Quarrel at the Ford »'S>iif.vii.g «,,,f,- («„„). • ■^^""'Xl.: tl,o ,|„tivo ol,j,.ct follow., virl™ lESSON XLVII. Personal Pronouns. 4 3' J Til 4;W-. Loam the declonvifn,, ^f n ■f "-p™„o„., i» e„;phau:;;,„''!:,::!:..t,''^ f f- '■ »- --«'ic. „„, •"■•^"l, ..„d i„ o,e fi,,t iKnon 41,77"' 'T ''''" '"■""""" '"'••"" U.oir Ill i'i<:i:s()NAL I'Uosoi'Ns. 4:MI. TIu' iiomiiiativcH of tlu> immsoiiiiI pnuiomi)^ iirii.Holdom used, <'\('«'|)( for »Mn|tliaHiH. 'riiUH. fiij €vyu>fuv, hi us tinl fhr : jtronouii «)|" lh(> (liinl |km\s()ii, ou, oT, 'i, rfc, is friMHMiilly iui iiidiivcl, ivlK'xivc in A (lie pio.se, /.<■. it is usimI in 11 (l('[uMi(l('iil I'liuisc to wi'cv to (ill' sul>i('i't of tlio ioiulitiL' vcrl). 'riiiis. ifntfioviTiu fui ()i fjiif}fjnfUH iT(f}iinv ov^ iTrutvTai, thty fmr that the harhandiis will nut Jotloir tfirm. 4ilH. To supply (li(> plan- of n protiouii of Mh> ilijnl person (ho oNiiiuc cases of v are used, l\evit>\v l(tO. A'Mh VOCAHlll.ARY »A{(vt), ♦;«, 1^, ajc. No. .'12. • Sairavdw, Sa-iravi^crw, etc., spvnd, (Wiwnd. ' <"yii, i^ioO or ftov, pers. pron., /, I, at in fj/o; alrongor form l"YWY*> I for nn/ part, \,iiih\ Ciiii idem. • Kara-o-K^irrofiai, etc., ricto riosch/. • |Ad, mlv., /)//, used in nej^aiive oat lis. . (vXov, .)«', r6, wood, piece (\f wood ; plur., wood, fuel. • oJ, tlat. of, pt'ns. pron., of himself, liatin sju. • oCiTw (01' + jru», !/et), adv., not i/ct. ' irpo(r-f\avva», ride totoards or on. » o-K^irrof&av (irNfTr). (rK^\)/o)jkai, etc., mid. dcp., ru'ic, .sjoy out, search. •o-v, (roO, pers. pron., thou, t/ou, Latin ffJ. > ^* •• -*-*«. I. f »M.VH((If sni.mion,.,! vou '> n i . No. 33. Bridle. llf) HKFLKXIVK, UFJUVliOdAL, AND POSSKSSIVK PRONOUNS, 442. The Life of Clearchus is in Great Danger. T]7 Se amy rjficpc^ K\eapxo<; ^K€u ct? rrji^ dyopau ttju napa no iroTapo). «Vet8i7 Se avrrju KaTea-Kixjiaro, df/.i7r- TTCvct ndkiv cVt TTjv iavTou ;k€i/, dXX* m rrpocnjXavue • ran/ 8e McVwi^o? (TTpaTKoTwp ivXa iTxiidiv TL^ KXeapxou SieXavvovra ireipaTaL /SdWeiv Tjj d^tvxi' dWo^ 8e XlOo) koI aXXo?, clra TraVrc?, kci? Kpavyi) T/t/ (fyofiepd. NoTKH._;i. iauToO: of fm„s,'IJ\ f,ls oitm.~7. &XXos : .sr. Trciparui ftd\- LESSON XLVIII. Reflexive, Reciprocal, and Possessive Pronouns. / 44;J. Tlio rellcxivo pro!iouns are 4jxauTo{), ofmysdf, ccauToi), ofi/oi(rsrlt\ ^auToO, iaur^s, 4auToi), of himself , heraelf, itmJf. 444. Losirii tlin (lo(dtMisioii of tliese proiiouii.s in 7(50. 445. Tho rcflcxivo i^ronouna aro compouiulod of the sttMiis of the lw>rson:il pronouns (75!)) luid avro^. Hut in tho phiral tho two pronouns aro docliiu'tl .soparatoly in tlio first and second persons. ) 44«. Tho reflexive pronouns refer to ilie subject of the \ clause in wliich tliey stand. Sometimes in a dependent clause they refer to the subject of tlie leading verb, — i.e. they are indirect reflexives. Thus, d<^i7r7rcvtt iiri rijv avTov (TKr)vrjv, he rhfea away to his own quarters; iKfXexHTe KPpos tov ' ApiijTnrTrov airoirefnJ/tu ttoos iavrov roix: fTTnuriMrtlc, ... - , — .J Cyrm ordered Aristippus to send the soldiers to him. i" OS (7r„o. ! " ''■"'^' '""' '"■" ''««1"'«<1 like ,.,ljo,:tiveH 44l>. VOCABULARY. o„« an../.., ''• ^""•' '^•^ *^'^' ^' ^^ (-0 448). po«. ,,„,, ,,, imjlert. '' V^Ttpo,, a, 0. (SCO 418), our. A+-t^.O«, d+H.,.,,„ (,^;, ^ '•7»«;;^ («- 446), reflex, pron., of ^"-K return on horsL, , '''"''' ^''"'•^^'•^• --00, ^,, oo («,, 4^,)^ ,.^.^,^,^ ^^^^^^ '<^*. -'J. -^^ (Heo 448), ponn. p,,,,, ,^y, of hhmclf, herself, itself. "' ^T WvroO, ^, («co 445), reflex, pron o^ ' . "* ^'^' "''°^'^^' •"''^■' ^'^'«'//- myself. ^'""•' '"^ "'*^-P««' «- o" (see 448), p„H«. pn,„. your. ' 4/)0 1 * ^ ^ » ^X^Ls /cat tt;!. o-eauroi) cipy^^ a-c6r,Lc 7n' ' "'"r ^ '^"'^ 118 REFLEXIVE, RECIPROCAL, AND POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. 451. 1. You have your own province. 2. They carried on war with one another.'* 3. He gets his own soldiers together. 4. They feared that you would neglect yourselves. 5. It is time for us to deliberate in our own behalf. NoTKS 1 Nouns with a possessive pronoun take the article wlien they reier to lefinite individuals (809). — 2 Yor the genitive, rf. VM), 4. » The genitive follows verbs signifying to neglect (846). — ^ Ugg tj^g dative (864). 452. Clearchus advances against Menon's Troops. 6 8e K\ea/o;^os /carac^euyet et? to iavTov crTpdrevfia, Koi evdv's TrapayyiWeL €19 tol oirXa • Kal tov<; fih oTrXtrct? avTov cVeXefcrc fxcvetv, ra? acTTTtSa? tt/oo? tol yovaTa €)(ov- Ta9, avro9 Se Xa^uiv Tovq 0/oa/ca9 ot {who) xjcrav avT^ iv 5 T(x} aTpaTevfiaTL, rjXavvev eVt tov^; MeVoii^o?, ^ctt iKelvoi i7rXtrd9 X €\0V- » '^ J .IfTCO €V iKeivoi L oTrXa. rCSas . . . ' in rest literally LESSON XLIX. The Infinitive. 463. The tenses occurring in the infinitive are the present ' S m\ ''"''''' ''''' '^^^^"^ ''-'^^'- '^^^^ -^^^ S '"" '" ""''"•' '^ '"'"^' ^^^^ - ^^- future and 454. Learn the eleven forms of the infinitive active, middle and passive of Xtco in 7Go-770. "'luuie, 455. The endings are in the active cv and vat; in the middle and passive o-eai. 450 The ending «v contracts with a preceding , to ctv (Xve-ev \Uv^ ^i:t !: i ^r;;^?;-^^r ^^^n^^'^^^^^^-^ ^^'^ ^^-^ -^^^ in fonn. ^^e^-vat). Ihe aonst active (XvuAaTTCii/, ///ese icere sufficient to (juard the vilkujes. 7. Trjv x^po-v €iT€Tptil/€. SittpTraaai ToX6T€pos, a, ov, both. avd-yKT], r;s, -q, force, necessity/. d()>-iKv^o|iai (Ik), d(|>-C|o|xai, d<)>-iK6fJiTiv, d(t>-t-y|i,ai, Come from, arrive, reach. Sia-aw^w, bring through safely, save. ^iri-Tp^iro), turn over to, entrust, allow. \6xos, ov, 6 {cf. \ox-ay6s), company. rpitria, Tp^t|/o;, ^rpcifra and crpairov, T^Tpo<}>a, WTpa|L)iai, 4TpdirT]v and irpi^9r\v, turn, direct, rout. ^vyfif Tji, t; {cf. ipfuycj), flight, rout. wit: ~4 to gi THE INFINITIVE. -^^j yap vp.a<; ^^T^,y q ^.y v //X^^^- ^. 'r)KOii^v '.To^. ".4fr "^'"'"'^ -^^ -^' ^'-- -^^-'- felS'oLSlr^^^^^^^^ - 7^7^ -OOP. ,. We, this man to ,]o l.ann 4 W I ^ ^"" ""' '" "''""^ Note 1 A genitive of sepwalion. Cf. 336, 1. 465. Pr„«nus i-terferes, and Cyrus comes riding „p. avr^ a^rero ... o.X.ro.. _ eiJ^i, ol. el, ro ;.^,.o. cJ^L ^eo-oi-, Kal Xeyet raSe. " ^ ° witrorT3%:!:: *: r?"™ '- "- -'-....pte,! «„„ i, „.™ed 122 THE IJS FUGITIVE. No. 35. rb^ov. LESSON L. The Infinitive (cojitimiod). 4««. Learn tlie conjugation of tlie present and imperfect indicative of (j)i]|j,i in 7.04. 407. All the forms of the present indicative of ^■q^il. are enclitic except rj principal verb, but in the first two it represents the words of an ori.t,nnal speaker and its tense corresponds^ in time to the same tense of the indicative (the speaker says : ¥.Xiapxo^o-«, ^Tjaa, «a//, declare, state, affirm. EXX,.„ .^r, e.j .. S.f..- 3. i^ol 8e ^,<.. ^^o^lai jm y..,Wa,. 4. H..o^5.n' oJ^y.-Co^o, .o/..^o.r., ro^eSo. 7. o/.oXoyer, oS. .epJ ^^^ „'8«o. yeye^J,,; 1 21 K: ti TtlK IIVI'IMTIVK. Xx^'l". r '"":"■ "'•"•' ^'■''""' -^'^'^ "'- "4 fTOLrjaovat. ' 474 I. AM ,..,„f,.ss l„u. (Vr,.s was l..v,.,l» hy (|„, ,;,,,„,<., -. II- .,,.,,,,1,1 M„„, „,„ i„,.,„i„,„,„„„i,„,, „,„ :,, , ■ ».™„s iw,,,„„.„..s. =.. Ti,.,v ,s,u,i M,„, „..„ „,.„„:, -"■""">-• '• M.. ..us 1,.. will st,u. i,,.ro,v ,,,,;;,;,, '"'I"'"-''- •'••'''->---•'- l,.,sUU. as to Ho^ ,.«,,,i,,.U,i,,.' NoTKs.- -.1 Til,. .Inlivo MlosxH ViH'hH oxmvs^\uir „„mr (H(UU -2 • :in ;,!i:' '"'.t "*• - ' ■■'"" -""■" ' ^'^ -'»■ •• ■'■"" '■•■"-"■' 'i-' 475. Cyrus makes a Successful Appeal to Clearchus. y-Huje .• c. yap nva dWyjXoc, /.a'^r,. ,r„„aVa «„«,;, ,V„ tn-auo-ai/ro ap^ftoTcpoi. t^s 6(Oy^9. N'oT»> - a. .,Ta»K4+.,e.. , r„i,,„,. |„„.r,.,(. i„ii„iiiv„ i„ uniu-oot ,ii, ;:; , ";ir - '•,"'°° '"••"- ^ """'■ ■ •^•'-,-,. ;„■ ,, ,',„„:;,;.,,ir,C; take (lio iroiutivtMS.iS^. -_(; |v lav-P ^-^ , ,• vi.u,^i(, ,^„,,,. V • ' • *a '.^ .T"cxn : ra;«c' to InmsrIJ recovered /us T€ (WT(i) (Ii(< licld iK'i.^'c ill ' (Mioniv I liiin. '^ in nirr, -n'n„.y 'MIOIlillllH o) Kal 'ot (lis- i iroXw : SThWlS IN I AND V, 125 LESSON LI. Stems in i and u of the Consonant Declension. Vti^ Uuu'u Ihn cln.I.nsion of ^6Xts, <%, irfjxus, ./•......, ddTu, fo,rn, uimI Ix^us. .M, in 71.s. 477. V0VV..I .slMMH M/As. ir«vT«Ka(8«Ko, in(|('cl.,,///7(;fin. irfjxus, fws, 6, forearm, ruhit. SdpSfis, fuv, al, SardtH. Td{i«, cws, i, (rj: Tdrrw), nrranffctnmf., order, arrai/, divLtion. zrora/.o\ eW. rh .Zpo,'^ ^XSpov;^ nXrjprj, 8' .';^^^.... 1. e. epj, the cities. 2. Tlieio are lish in the.e rivers. 3. V.v Cyru« .sent the tribute.s fro„. the.se cities. 4. lluMe he m.a.le a review a,ul cnun.eratiou „f the (Ireeks. o. if you make «.se of tlie Greek f„rce, you will easily con.mer these bjirhariaiis. ^ NOTKS 1 For the case, see 804. _ '^ Accusative of specifiauion (HIM). (8. .,)._« .l//,v/>./... g-en,t,ve of ,..«..,,, (841, 5).-_o ^he adjective. See the general vocabulary. •* *^*' Treacherous Proposal of Orontas. €«aC€ro h ec^ac ravra v ra, 'Aprafepfj, «ai 6 ra ^o\e^.„ Xeyo^e.os ,raV« dya^o, dvox, eVt^ov\.„'« K.V,^. ouros l\cf.^ o"n « „5ra; KCpo5 eVtrp#«e,. avbpa. , " lioiwinen implied n ,„ . "'"""'' "^ «» 8w8fKa, indecl., twelve. «{>voio, a J, ii (cf. cvvovs), good will, fidelity. oUiui, oIk^o-«, etc. {cf. olda), inhabit, dwell; pass., be inhabited, be situ- ated. VOCABULARY. ol'ofiai, otYjo-onai, 4ifir\v, think, expect. 'OpdvTos, a (Doric gen.) or ov, 6, Orontas. om-irort (oid^ + wori, ever), adv., never. irdp-eijAi, be near ov present; rd irapbvTa, the present circumstances. irpdcrecv {cf. wp6s), adv., before, pre- viously. <{>iX£a, OS, i} {cf (/>l\os), friendship. XaX€ir6s, tJ, 6v, hard, difficult. c OL 489. 1. Tpiyjp€L^ y^p i^ec 6 Kco\io-cop oj/ta?. 2. .. npoadep ^jpTiv^ fiorjeyjcraPTes rov^ SpKov<; XeX^KdaLv. 3. J dvSpes o-rpaTL^Tai, xaXcTra eVrt ra Tra/ooVra. 4. ^ero y^p Tovs KcoXva-opTa^ ehai rripdv tov norafiov. 5. wph? rro TTorafx^ K4Up.a elvai, Ka\ eKeXevcrep 'Op6vTdv Xa/./3aV«^ fxdpo^ ^ap iKcicrTov t^v WoVo)^. 6 8* 'Op6vTd, vofxtad, kTolt^ov, eha, avT^ rov, ar^Spa, ypdcf>u inicTToX^v ^apd 'ApTa^4p^y^v Stl ^V^a aTpaTLc^rd, ix^v dWd pdcTaL toIs iavTov cTTpa^ ncorat? eVAeve^ co, (as) ^t\ov airrhv inoSexeo-eaL. ivijv Se cV tt; imcTToXr, Kal t^, 7rp6cTdev ^,\id, vnofjLuy}f,aTa KaL mcTTeco,. Tai^Trju t^v cVtcrroX^ 8t'8a>o-t mcrrcS dvhpi, a>9 (peTO • 6 hk Kvpcp SlSoxtlv. Notes. 1. ra€ra : subject of ^SoVa. - ^i+^.^a : for the meaning, o/ o><^eAea>._2. t»v ^^^.^W : the commanders of Cvm.,', na^].. trooDs !! VT^V ''*''' *' Artaxerxes. - 6. air6v: i.e. Orontas.^Z. rfis^ipd. o-e«v +tX(as : their former friendship (811). _ 8. 8(8aMri : he gives i.no rAirncirLKs middu: and passivk. LESSON LIII. Participles Middle and Passive. 4J>2. Learn Mio sovon fonns of M,(. ,„i,l,li,. ,i,„i j,,,,^^;^,,, padiciplrs of \f,r.. 'riu> participle may delino the einnunHtanci's of an action, /v'.//. .* 1. To.\ (iap(iapovc^,.TO, /.-//rv/ ihni hwl t'on- qntinl llw harfxiridiis, t/ifi/ pronct/rd houir. •J. dhiKi^BtU ai^rhv iTTiumu I struck h'nn hvcnme f had been wronfjed. .*$. iiroptvovTo riiv x^^P^iy dp7rdCouT€<:, then (idrnmrd mrm/m;, the ro,u,fn,. 4. cVcpcu'ero cVi Tr)u ir6\ty nU crTrovSi, Troirjadfi.uo^, he procveded to t/ic rttif to niah' the truce. f). (r,.,^oT« tiv xdptv hfxlv ix^ifiev, if ,re should ho sared, we should feel grateful to i/ou, (J. fxuTou €'xo.v r^9 airov o-rparms r>p.u><: c't'o, iyivero rov K6pov ci J-^ ro., out t.. „ioo '. . V "'" ""• '" '■•'"• "-'• "-.V .sl„.„l.l ),. -n Ill 132 BEADING LESSON. 499. Orontas is brought to Trial. 6 8e Kvpo9 o-vWafJLfidvet 'Opovrdv, koX avyKakel els TTjv iavTov o-KTjprjv Uep(Td<; tmp wepl avrov eVra, /cat tov<^ T(t)v 'EXXtJvcop arpaTrj-yovs eKeXevcrev OTrXtVct? dyayelv, TOVTovq Se raxOrjvai irepl tt^v avTov o-ktjvtJu. ol Se Tavra 6 iiTOLrio-av, ayayoVre? a>9 (<«5o?^^) TpLcrxiXCovs OTrXtra?. KXeapxov Se /cai eto-o) Tra/oe/caXecre avix^ovXov ■ ovto<; yap /cat ai^oJ /cat rots dXXoLs eSo/cet tt poTlix7)drjv ai /LtaXtcrra roij/ 'iiiXX>/i/wj/. Notes. — 3. oYovetv: second aorist infinitive (iiidicative ^yayoj/). In line 5 the second aorist participle, dyayoVrc?, occurs. — 7. ovt$ : i.e. Cyrus. iVot only Cyrus but also the rest cf the Persians thought that Clearchus was the most prominent man among the Greeks. — 8. twv 'EXXVjvov : parti- tive genitive with ixaXnTTa (842). No. 37. Greek Armor. ALJJiCTIVE ISTEMS IN v. IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES. 133 aXet €ts cat TOU9 •e ravTOL )7rXtTas,hav., near, at hand. f^^^^^'^^Hcf-vSo^a.), sweet, pleasant »l|Aio-vs, ejo, V, half. •^P^vT), 7/s, ;^, spring, well. »*^Yas, MeTciX,, ^^a, great, large. VOCABULARY. iVio-etv, adv., behind, in the rear. ''°^<'^, -oX-K^.iroU, much, many ;^oU as adv., much, far. TKTjv^o,, o^KTjv^aca, 4 in 749 ^ ' ''^' '""'• a Short vowel. The genitive .„,„W ,„., :;, I 'rilS .T':.- ^^■'"^ 508. Air.*pxoHai, come or gro a^^ay, retreat, desert. "Aprejiis, tSoy, :^, Artemis. No. 09. PoOs, /io6., 6, :^, oa;, co..; plur., cattle, oxen. P«fi<5s, oO, 6, altar. No. 38. YPa«s, ypa6s, i, {cf. y^p^,)^ old woman. yvvii, yvmiKds, i}, woman, wife. *7ra-8^(,Ve/ + 5^),coni.,r,Aen,,,Ve. «PftTjv€vs, 4m, 6, interpreter. VOCABULARY. *PXo»tat (ip^, ix,o), ^X0ov, iXiiXvBa, come, go. cavalryman; p\uv., cavalry. No. 17. vavs, i-etis, 7), ship. No. 43. oOk-ovv (0^ + 05.), interr. particle, not then? not therefore? expecting an atfirniative answei-. o-rpaTouc8.t;o^at, rj 6 Kdpos, "ottoV aS iyCypcocTKes TTjp o-avrov SvVa/xu', iXdoju inl top ttJs 'Apre/iiSo? /Bcofiov Kal Trddd^ ifxk TTto-ra irdXiv eScoKdq p,oi Kal eXa^es nap" ifiov;'' Kal ravO' (ofioXoyei 6 *Op6vTdtj: said '' Yes." ~ ^ [uiriicipie, nceiineu like ckoji/. — v. tdtoKas : did you give. 00 in en( to do'i tJii did h RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 137 No. 38. ^w^6j. LESSON LVI. Relative Pronouns. Genitive Absolute. Numerals. 8.f/*" ^^'Z'^'^''^.' P'"'''""''' ""'' ^^' ^' ^' ^^^^' ^^'^'^^' and ^rj'fi' T^\ J'' '"' ^^"^^^^^^^- The latter is called the indelinite relative. 613. Learn the declension of 6s and Scttis in 764. encm c Tt9 (3o4) each part being separately declined. 2 „ is so written to distinguish it from 5tl, that, because. "^" c^o.?LlV7^'V"'^^^' ^^'^'^''^ -pax^YovvTos, ^A^. was aone when Olearchus was f/eneral. 2. (ierd raOra K«po« mX.^ovtos 'Opdi^av dirdvouaiv, «ft,r «'««, at the command of Gyrm, they lead Orontas away. 138 HELA TIVE PRONOUNS. <-! These participles are ctrcuM.tan,ial i^), and express time and cam-.; each luodihes a noun in the genitive; the noun and participle are no granunatically connected with the main construction of the sentence. r,l« A noun and a participle not grammatically connected with the main construction of the sentence may stand by them- selves in the genitive. This is called the Genitive Absolute. r>17. T.earn the first ten cardinal numerals in 7r,o, and the declension of els, 6vo, rpcls, and rcTTapes, in 757. 518. els, fila, ^v, one. ^l-tXavvw, drive out; intrans., march, march on. Z€vs, At6y, 6, Zeus, highest of the gods. Nos. 52, 61. KOTa-irpoTTw, do thoroughly, accom- plish. <5s, 7;, 0, rcl. pron., ivho, lohich. «}' a (TTparevofxai, Kard^^o ifjid, OLKaSe. 5. fxerd radra, (2 'Op6pTa, iarnp' S tl' ere yj^iKy^cra; 6. Kipox, 8k KeXev^av- TO, ApLo-TLTTTro, dneTTefx^eu 6 el^e o-rpdrevfjia.' 7. ivrevOep (O RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 139 iUiuova. Kipov arparriyovr^o, crra0po(>, rp.U i„l ^6. M/'ar,. ^ora^o., oS f,v rh .Ipo, rdrrapa r, 6 Kvpo,, "d8,Kr,0u, i^' if^ov vvu ro o.8e. aS«^^e., e..^o„Xeve. ^,^.e. 6 Kipo, „^oV, _ 0/.o\oyet, o«^ n.p, if,^ dS.Kijaou;" -O^oXoyS," .>„ 6 o 0/,o.ra, "a.ay«, y„>." ,-, ,„„Vo. ^a'Xc. i<^„I! o K.,o. -En o5. „V .r,, ™ ^^,- ,S.X4.^ I'J I e/.o. 8e^,^.Xo5 .„! „,^r6,r 6 8^ dno.piuerac, "OiS" «t €4,,^, 0, Kv/,e, 0-06' / dv wore in So^cufi,." 4.dS«W: infinitive in ind.Lt di !: f /^o" 7:: "" T"'' " 140 CONDITIONAL SENTENCES. No. 39. /3ai}, /3oi5/ LESSON LVII. Conditional Sentences. General Suppositions. 522. Review 301-305. The suppositions expressed in 304 are particular (302). r>2.-5. 1. €av Tis kXctttxi, KoXdJcTai, z/aw«/ one {ever) steals, he is {always) punished. 2. €t Tis kXc'tttgi, CKoXdJcTo, zj «%«/ ori(3 {ever) stole, he was {always) pu7iished. Here the suppositions are not particular, but general (302). In the first example, the supposition is present ; it is introduced by iiv, if, and has the subjunctive : the apodosis has liere the present indicative, but it may have any present form denoting repetition. CONDITWNAL SENTENCES. _ 524. Present general suppositions liave i&v with the sul> junetwe :n the protasis and the present inUicat v (o . ^ other present form denoting repetition) in the apodosis! but it .„a, have Ly past ^J:^.^^^^ ""'"*°' ""'"''"™' 525 Past general suppositions have cl with the o,,tative the protasis, and the imperfect indicative (or some o£ for denotnig past repetition) in the apodosis. 526. Review 306, 307 ; 316, 317 ; and 303, 304. in m 627. VOCABULARY. ocC, adv., always, ever. ' «K.wo8(6v ii^ + no6s), adv., out of the way. ^iriKovpTjua, arcs, t6, relief. €p7ov, oy, t6, work, deed. Ky^TTW (KXeTT), kX^^«, *"KX«,|,a, K^KX0«f>a, K^KXt^^ai, ^KXdinjv (cf K\ci^), steal. KoXdS« (/coXaS), KoXdo-«, ^K6Xoo-a, k€k6. Xao-noi, €KoXd(ret|v, punish. ov-iroTs (oi5 + TTOT^), adv., never. iror{, adv., once, ever (enclitic). irovs, 7ro56s, 6, foot. iTTHo-xv^Ofiai (cre;^), {.Tro-o-xVio-o^at, W- «^XotiTlv, itr-^o-XTj^ai (^7r6 + e-;^^), AoZrf one.se(/-M«(fer, undertake, prom- ise. Wo-X!J«, ;oose ftenea^/i; n.id., nntie one's sandals or shoes. 'I'cvSo^ai, t|,«^flro^iat, 4+cvo-d^r,v, i'^.v- o-jAai, ^ie, c/iea^, rfecei?;e. 528 1. e. ry v.oaou9. 8. aVS/3e?, idu /xot ireLCTdiJTe,' rodrou Tov avOpajTTov iKiro^t^v Troirjcreo-ee. 9. et ifiels idiUre. opfxaadai, i7T€o-eaL Vfilp fiovkoixai. 10. /cat €t n? a{rrS SoKoirj Twu^ irpb^ tovto to ipyov TeTayfxdva^v crxoXatoi? TTOielv^ TOP inLTTJSeLoi/ iirauv. r,2J). 1. He is uhvays enraged if anybody deceives him. 2. If they caused us trouble, we punished them. 3. If he promises anybody anything, lie never deceives him. 4. He beat his soldiers if they did not obey. 5. He never came to my house,7 unless he was sent for. JfoTEs. _ 1 /.e. TLVL (763). _ 2 Second aorist optative. — 8 ^«,,w the niyht, accusative of extent of time (8;3G). _ 4 /.e. Kal idv, even if. — ^to be superior, to outdo (uim). — 6 With the force of the niid.lle, obey. - ^ rraph ifi4 530. Clearchus advises that Orontas be put to Death. The Others concur. 7rpb9 es him. '. If he He beat 3 to my — ^ to be rapa ifxe. » \ J^ avrjp 'pMTO^iy ■■ eXefe OP TTOL- (T)(oXr) Lt rou? Oo-iv : to iarchus, lESSON LVIII. Conditional Relative Sentences. to.KUt.on.l force, ond ,s allied a coiKlitional relative elause 11. s eondumnal relative clau«e elands i„ the relat on o a l-rotas. to the antecedent clause, which i« its a; ol It^ negative is always ^Lr\. H'^uoms. its 533. Review 304,'30o; 30fl, 307^ 316, 317, 363, 364; 523, 624, 525. 533 A conditional relative sentence differs from a con- di lonal sentence not in force, but only in form. Jt snijitn es for the ordinary conditional particle .1, ./, a relative pronoun adverb, but with the added idea of the pei«on, thing, t m place, or manner, contained in the relative. / should be doing whatever he wished. '^fi<^TTov av, he lil^ "" ^"'^''"' ^= "" " ''''"^'™" 3>7) '"^^-^ ' "■'■« '^''«""« -• ' """"" "" «"'"- 5. 5 T. S. ^„A,T,„. (=«. r. /J„A,ra,, 524) .parr., / („/„■„,,,> „„ r.ha>e.er he w,she. ; S „ ^„^A„.ro (=^^^V, is used in the same 5/o/> until 1 bnuf, you home. ' r>3($ irpiv, />./.,,, is followed also by the infinitive (471), but only when the leading clauye is aflirniative*. 537. VOCABULARY. im, conj., as long as, while, until. Jdfc), tVjo-w, live, he alive. l&vri, 7;y, i^, belt, girdle. No. 44. Odvaros, oi;, 6, ciea^/t. Kaip„„e,i i„ a c„,n„ou,„. vl ^ r.'' " nt "^f' .ollows ve...,s si,„if,i„, . ,„,,, ,„„ „/(,,,,^. _ , ,.; J;;)- - J •-_^«™u,ve ^*^^' Orontas is led away. e?,yo. avro. oc, npo.rerdx0v, xal oi np6S"'IVK. COMPAKATIVK. SUl'KRLATIVK. Triaros (Tnaro), faithful 7na-T6-Tepo^ Trto-To-raTos 7ro\/.f.io<: (TToAe/xto), /,o.«///e TroAc/xioi-repos TroAc/xioi-Turos daaXris (dac^aAca), safe daaX4a-Tepos da^aAcV-raros 642. When the penult of stem* in o is long by nature, or the vowel of the penult is followed by two consonants, the stem remains unchanged; otherwise o is lengthened to «. For the declension, see 750. 643. Some adjectives, chiefly in us and pes, are compared by changing these endings to iv ireXraaTwv roi,^ layvpoTaTov^. hn sevd'^ *}>- of^^^^^^- of the light infantry. ^ 9. orni the IVE. ITOq ttTOS he vowel changed ; mpared Jiiitive. than the by the ?/* Genitive of the time within which (854). _ ^ xi,e ™nitive follows veri« .,,,„iryi,„. ,„ ta.t. (840). _« .w.,,,^ accusative (88.5 Z the ^shnrtest roaU 'AU.cHual .accusative, >,,//,._ 5 .<„,™^,VoL , i^ Wa, ,.u,le,.»too,l, the .sul.jcct of ™p.„Wfc._.,„ ,„/ (%,„W0 ^ greater security. ^ kju.uiuhj, m ^^^' Advance. Midnight Review. racTLv noLelrai r^v 'E}Xy^vcov koX rQ>v Bap^dpcop iv r<2 7TeSCa> nepl f^ead, v^Kra, • e'SoWt ydp rfj av>to^ ^^eip 6 PacLkea crvp tco arparevfMarL ixaxo^ixevov. Kal iKiXeve Kkeapxop fih rod SeftoD Kdpcoa r^ ^/.6>a ^Vo^reg avrSfMoXoL napd fxeydkov NoTE8._4. «6Ka: y^g /Aou^^^ _ xfj aCp.ov : sc. ^f,4pa (811), the next 4954 TlTJ' r 7'''- 'f''' ^"^^^^^^'^' -pressing ;,..;... the lelt of the entire Greek force.-8. ^^^^p^ : the dative follows «>« (SU4) I ■I 11 No. 40. f/0or. Hi :y faithful ir I'o-dd. i^ersiaiis genitive (885), by us limits tion), in OS efe- KeXeve Se Tov >e TTjV yoKov arta?. lulirect imrpoae 'ov) on (SU4), PRESENT SYSTEM OF VERBS. I49 LESSON LX. Present System of Verbs. Indirect Discourse. by m...^.. It will now be developed by Tense Systems. 553. The following tense systems liave been presented • 2. F..ur. system including the future active and middle. Ter.se suflix - A, tense sten. A.cro/,. Thus, A^.., AW/.at. Cy: 1:50 17^'""^'^ 3. /'„•., aori,t system, including the first aorist active and n.iddlo I-se su,hx .„, tense sten. AvVa. Thus, l-A.Va, e.A.Vc£;; ,y HS,- pl«tA.A.;"\^.:^l:^ -W (first tense stem AeAu (future perfect AeAuo-"/ ^ Tl.n« :k.':k • x w '^' AeAvVo-/.ai. C/:i85, 18G. '''''"^ A> ^J'"^ AeAv-/.ai, e-AeAi;./.^,, Tel ^;];!x TlJt "' ^'t"^r.*'' '"* ^^'-'^^ ^"^ «-^ ^"^-- P-slve. lense sufhx ffc, lengthened to Or, in the indicative (first future nassivp €-Av6/jy-i/, \vdyao-fMi. Cf. 195, 198. ^ ^ ' hrioflv'/'", *'r r'"'"""'S '«"«' «y«tems have also l,oen n ay con,sKlere,l, the second aorist («,), second perfect (114 llo), and second passive (107). In the followino- lesson- thp- will receive fuller treatment. ' "" •*' ir>o /•A7';.s7c\v7' srsTh'M OF vianis. 'is HI ««ft. «'or,juK.U,> ll„. |„,.«.„(, nysU;u „( \U in 7(ir,, ,,ivi„j; (|,„ '«- » M. ,„..l,.,, ,,„„„. a,- ,.„/„„„M, ,i,.,st i,. ,,„. ...iv.., aL i„ tlio ini(i<||(> jiikI [.jis.sivc. nr.«. Tlu. Synopsis <.f any systo.n of m, v,mI, ..onsisls „f (h, ^-•st .>nu n. ond. tvnso in each n.oo.l of (i..,,, syst.n,, u.ntn.M.l Hccordinsr j,, voices. ^'him^mi Thu^ Mu« synopsis on ho prosonl, spl.,,. of A.5o. in M„. adiv. is Xtf. JfXD^ in lli« middle jiiid 557. A ,hn;i quotation ,„■ ,,„„,stio,, gives tl,o ox,u.(, woi.ls "I tlio o,,s,„al s,uM,k,.r .„• writer. 1„ „n Mhurl .|,.ol.,.lo„ or .l"os„o„ tl.,. ori,^n„„l «„nl,s ,.„nl„r,„ to (l,o ronstruclio,, of tl„. si'iKi'iico III wliicli tlii'y ai-o (iiiotwl. nnH. In.liroi't .|.io(a(io,i.s may 1„, i„ti„,|,„.,Mi In 8ti or tho pari ic I pie. «r..». Iiuliro,., ,/„,.,,;„„., follow tlio .same j,ri.i,.i,,l...s ,us i,i,Ii,,.ct qiiolatioiis will, 8ti aii.l .bs, in rosar.l to tl.oir iiiooiIh ami teiisos. n. 1 . Ypd" 4iriaToXiiv, /„• ,„,,/, tl,„l. he U writw., a /rtlrr. -2^ Tl povWe. ; ,r/,„l do ,,„m wa„t ? 4p«,T^ t( (or 8 ti) Bov- Ato-Bt, /)<■ luhs ir/hit i/oii want. ( I" ll.o«. ,.x,„„|,l,.s „ ,;„,|,1,. „,.„|,„„,v i» ,,,„„,„,| ,■„,,,■,,,.,/„. Tl.iK i,n„lv,., " '■'"■ "-' «-"Pl.' u ,.|,„n,,,. ,„.,..,„„ ,„■ „,„ ,„,,, ,„. „,„ " , ... ""■.... or not ..,,„.,„ls on ,1„. ,i ,„ i„ ,,;,„,,,,. ,, „;,,^,^,^, ^ of III VUKSKNT SYsriat OF vmiis. 151 r»aX//s), adv .v*////;/ -« /» . , . S'X"!'"', 8<{«C«', «.£AfLi,v, 6«.Yn«i, irnin; iitlniit. f/'7/;(r. Tp/4.», »p<+„, jep,^a, Trtpa,.|»ai, (rpA- <|> ^ au <.u™ , «a2 ,1 ^^^,^0a. Se'o. .„Xc5, ^.a^o^^k. 152 PitBSBxr srsTnu of vehbs. .nlf ^'^ ^' ^^"'" "™ <"''""'ti"g the Greeks not to flee 2 Hp alls h.s s„l,l,e.s together to consult, about the jo. „," 3. He onlei-s the exiles to take the field vviti, (/ ^' 4. I'ut" tliis fellow out of tl,e w.v r/ , "' ,'^''-''"'<^'"'«- Meuon's soUliers was splitting wZ.' " ''" ''''' '"''* '•"^ °^ For the dative t ,^;. f'",,f^'•'''"^ "■'"«/- '-«'^^ vvv. — 6 Imperative 7 ,' , ,; 'roTa/xos Stu^ar^? ey^Vcro «' ah « U.e the .ui ::« ;- ;';*;;:..'■'''■"' "-V"'« '-"■■«- auestio,,.!! Use the subjunctive in a final clause. -» Use the jsent. 564. Council of War. Speech of Cyrus. Ta>. EXA^..^ crvue^ovXevero re n^, aV r^. uavr,. ^2 ' ro..o .,o. U^o. .We oS. „V8,« a^oc 4 e' W pS K0TEs._2. 4v«»tTo: the ;>mon changes. C/-30n 1 q verbs signifying »„, take fhe ^J^~'- "-."'"'T ^"'"''''"' ^ expresses cau,,. (495, 2). S„ .0^,^. in the n„x tlii^e "' 1 '" ''"'■'"''''" accusative iilnral masculine „f • - , ~ ^- "O'vov, .• Srai-^r, ^^ -.0 ... !.esu,nes r^ I' tz:^::^: zt"'-' "^ ^^"*°'- - imperative iX.vQtpia^ • fl,. .... -f f ^^''' '''" ''^ ^''''•*' ««^^«"/.— 0. .Vt«: .-itive of .... ^^:^r S^;:-T'^'-^ - «^-^^ -%, is the relative is assuni,,e, to the'cL'f ^ZZ^:^!^^ ^"""- ''^^ ol cau.. (851) with ciS«,^onta>. '" ^''^'''"^'''^ (^-^)- - ^^ = genitive in fin ini< (50 verl suit FUTUIiE ANIJ FIRST AOlilST SYSTEMS OF VERBS. 153 No. 41. \byxri' LESSON LXI. Future and First Aorist Systems of Vowel and Mute Verbs. Indirect Discourse. 665. Keview 503, 2 and 3, 274, and 90. r.6«. Conjugate the future and first aorist systems of \U . in 760 and 7G7, giving the moods in order, down the columns, hrst in the active, then in the middle. Give the synopsis of the future sy.stem of Ado, in the active, 'in the imddle, of the first aorist system of Xi. in the active, in the middle. 507. Review 560, 1 and 2. (50), and there .s no change in either the mood or the ten.e of the quoted ..f^j' /; *'''^"' *" ^"^ ^^^ '"'^"^"^ ^"^ Wi*") i^^oX^v. he saia that he was writing a letter. 154 PUTUUJS AND FllMT AOItlST SYSTJiMS OF VERBS. i is in a 8eco,„lary tense (30). ' ™' ■"" "'" 1"-"">'I«1 clause 0 After a primary tense, an indicative (witliout Hv) in .nd,rec quotations after Srt and 6s, and in indirect Jl^ retoins both .ts mood and it« tense. After a seconda.y te, e it |. e,ther changed to the same tense of the optative o/^ned m the original mood and tense. 2. \i^,i, Sti (or tiv, 6Mry. ktjpiJttco {kvpvk), Ki,ptJ|«, ^K^pvga, «k^. pvxa, KCK^pvY^ai, lKT,ptJx0T,v (c/. «^- P«'f), proclaim, make proclamation. VOCABULARY. Kpvirr*, (.pu0), Kpii^«, gKpv+a, K^Kpv^- Hat, eT,v, r«6. Xi-wv, 6vos, 7), snow. yap Kv/)os r,f«^ (Sao-iXeii crw tcS o-r„„™' ! 156 FUTURE AND Ft, 1ST AORIST SYSTEMS OF VERBS. 575. 1. Orontas, thinking that the horsenion were reiMlv wrote a letter to the king. 2. J «aid .„.r. »-,. „ad ma, L>.-< Future optative of .,V._M)n,. of the two object, of iv «Vy,i.a.ro (saO). _ « U»e <,«W„^, J^ ,,, ,„ „ \n 676. "You need not fear the Coming Struggle, and Success will bring Reward." €n,pxo„raL- av S^ raCra ivd,Txn, 7 /'!"■■'•- 'I*! V'' f""^^-'-- «■'»«-• "Z^- (partitive geu.tn e, 84.-) ,,/,«« „.„./,. For o fiovX6f,.yo,, see 487, 3 aud 4. - «. L„riv • an object of envy. ^ j/^wtov , 1 cor I // UlKUULAlt (J0MI>AR1S0N OF ALJECTIVEH. 167 No. 42. Ancient Pe rsians. I.e. LESSON LXII. Irregulai Comparison of Adjectives. 577. The following are the ni<,st compuiison : p8 IlilihUn'I.Ali COMI'AUiso!^ OF Mui'jrnvKs. 57H. VOCAHULAkV. I dXXdTT« (,l\\a>), AX\A|«, i>tr, rlaim, demand. dir-aXXdrrw, r/iam/c i\0\ nhnfulo,,, rid omstifof; mi.l., dt'iutrt, ijn iiHuiy. Sia-T«X^a>, jiniiift, <'t>ini>l(ie. dVi, coiij., >rA»'». iroi8«««, iroi6«wo-«, /Yr. (,•/. rarv), /nij»j, vduciUc. ^tTTTU. (,W0), ^l+„, Jppi^a, J[ppi4,o, Jp. plH»*ai, Jpp(<|>eT]v ami ^pp(i|.Tjv, f/,ww^ hiirl^ nittt (tuidf. o-K«uo4)oprf«, op/iT|v ami <eijv, fitrn, tirisf; \iHriim.,(.uni,/arv nftnuf.. T«X<«, T^Xa, o, i(p. •tjv, tlir(tu\ lo-Tpo^a, an: nhoitt. TO 9 Se ^ iari ctcrrot fWTOL crrpa- UcrTOL I \ fl€P tcrro? lAO rtHO. 1. I- <»!• il, is iiiiii'li «')iMi(M* I Im' wmlli i„,„„r. if ^y„ hIkhiM I «> K<) uvvuy. li. VVo hIioiiM vmy many" wiM u,sh( I :iv(! our iirriiM. JJ. '|'|„,,. "t '" ^''•' i'l'^i". I. K, is |„,s|, I V wr.ii) .. I . . J •• •" 1"^ ocsi, mr MM to ■"; ?""';:'' " ' "' "- i'-'i»fi",. r,. K,,,. „„ „,„ „„„ „,. „ ix'hU-M, l',„»mi,H uh. ,.,l,„.,.l,..l „|, (|„, |ii„^,-„ „„„.,^ K.M.iMvo will. K,.irurrov fH "m 4 A • "'"7 '""'"' '"'""-' " '''"""- .vpirurTos («l.)._4 ^,.,,„„„,,^^, P ^' ' '"'■ '"11— «..« (sr,;i,. . - s,„„.,-:,.,iv„ (517)! ^' '"''*'• Objection of G.iilite.. Kvpo, ^^ S,^ ra^ha „a,,f,.u rot. ,rr,>ar,y,H, .al Xoxayo... ,'„„Xf„,, 8^ ,„,,„V ,/,„y^, ^<-^„^_ ^,^^.^ g, moc 8e^.,u Xey,„„„. ,Tr. oiS' ,i ^o„'Xou, old, r aV dr,, ,> //m/ 1 . 7/ . *'^""~ t*«f*v/io-.cTeai : fhaf you will not rr.mi'mher . o«8 .1 . . . ol6, r &v .t,. : not even if yon skoul4 wisk, ,„oul,l yon Ue nl.le. No. 43. War Ship 160 FUTURE ANU FIRST AORIST SYSTEMS OF VERBS. i LESSON LXIII. Future and First Aorist Systems of Liquid Verbs. Interrogative Subjunctive. Indirect Discourse. r>32. VeAs whose stems end in a liquid (X p, v p) are called liquid verbs (273). 58?, Conjugate the future system of <|>aivo), show, in 771. Give its synopsis in the active ; in the middle. 584. The future of liquid verbs is formed by adding the tense suffix eVe, instead of .o/e (553, 2) to the stem; c is contracted with thTfo Iw mg vowel, as in the present of Tro.e'o, (782) Thus u.Vo r. . T 585. Conjugate the first aorist system of , sho2b, in 772, Give its synopsis in the active ; in the middle. snffi?^* J^'\ "If "7\'' '^'*'^ "^ ^^^"^^ ^^'^^ ^^^^«*'^ - °^ th« tense uffix .a_(oo3, 3) and lengthens the stem vowel in compensation, a to , (but to a after . or p), . to «, t to l, v to v. Thus, Tr(oji€v Toi»s TrcXrao-T^s ; ./m^/ ..;. not send the peltasts f Each of these sentences is interrogative ; its principal verb is in the fir... ppr.son of the subjunctive ; if negative, it takes ^\ 3S. ogative i called 771. e suffix follow, remain, in 772. J tense O to T| ), show, ? ith? i the in the FUTVBE AND FIRST AORIST STSTBUS OF VEBBS. 161 S88. The first pei-son of the subjunctive may be used in wnai ne is to do. The negative is jai]. junctive may become optati" ' ' '"' ' "'^"'"'^ ^^"«^' *^^ -^■ 690. After a primary tense, an interrogative subiunctive when mdireetly quoted, retains both its mool and tens ^ a secondary tense, it is either changed te the same tens ot th optative or retained in the same tense of the subjunctive. 591. &yyiK\,o (dyyeX), dvYeXfi, ^j^veiXa, "l7Y«^-Ka, TiYY€X^iai, r^yyiKBriv {cf. dyyeXos), announce, report. atr-ayyiKXia, bring back word, report diro-Kpfvo^ai, mid. dep., give a deci- sion, answer. diro-KT€Cv«, kill off, put to death. &iro.ep6i), bring to light. Show; mid. and pass., show oneself, appear. , I 162 FUTUim AND FIHST A0IU8T STSTmS OF VEltHS. 592. 1. norepop ravra dirayyeXa ij /.e^Te; 2. cri) 8^ o. a\W EX\,^e9 inoKp^volvro. 4. a^opoG/.,., eJ «a«'o-a>ue^ 6 e«^a\«. 6. e^ou\£v'o^o « rois aVS/>as icrct'ma^,' a«'.'' 7. o„ /.e,r)v^ ^„Wa .rarpanevovcrcy oi roO aSeX-^oC ILrs'n I ^■■•J.;»d a genitive of the ^r»on I.eard fro,,, as the Z if^U ~. ; r ""','""'"*• "■* ^'"'' 2-<>''=' ^ dative of ai.an- ' '■- '» '^" p"^'" *-. ne t; LESSON LXIV. Formation and Comparison of Adverbs. 595. Most adverbs are formed front adjectives and end HI (OS. llius ; i51 ADJECTIVE. STEM. GENITIVE PLURAL. ADVEHB. SlKaiO KUKO a(rdia\f(r OIKULWV KaKdv OtKttt'oJS ^Svs, pleasant ySv Tjoeujv utr^oiAaJs r/Se), happily. lo-xvpm (cf. laxvpbs), adv., strongly, vehemently, with severity. VOCABULARY. Kiv8iJv€ii«, Kiv8Uv€i5o-«, etc. {cf. KlvSvvos), he in peril, run a risk, encounter danger. 'rroviu,, TTOv^o-w, etc. (cf. yr6uos), toil, labor, undergo hardship. irdvos, ov, 6, toil, labor, hardship. irpoedptas (cf irpddvfios), adv., eagerhj. XaXaralvio (xaXevap), xaXcirovw, ^xo- X^irt,va, IxaXcTrdverjv (cf xa\67r6s), be severe or violent, be angry. ^-M^r*/- FORMATION AND COMPARISON OF ADVERBS. 165 6 oi'^'^PW ' J ^- , t^T^/^artwrwi^ vno Kvpov. 0. 0. 8 EU,.« a9 eiropevopTo. 60O 1 Most gladly would I hear the herald's name 2. Clearchus always punished with seyeritv S Tf .* proceed, let us proceed slowlv 4 w i* , / '"^^ "''''^' Pnnl.1 cof 1 i' "'^feci SI0WI3.. 4. He asked whether thev could safely remain in the villflo-P« ^ t^i j- 1 -^ greater hardships^ than theliTthetSZ.'^''' ""' ""''^^^•' x- ^y. 0/ J, .:/. _ 3 /oj/ „if)j,g (ttAcov). He promises Great Rewards. NoTEa -_ IS U* i■ / , v; " ■'" ' /■ ^"" «'io.]Uiietive after a verb of fenn'nn n'\4.\ a r' ^ e^t// rrwe, future of 8t'8a,m —7 o-Ar^ „ • ^y^'^'".n'J-i4).-~4. 8«o-«: loto/xt. — t . a-4,C(r.v : indirect reflexive (437") 166 SECOND AOltlST SYSTEM. LESSON LXV. Second Aorist System, Indirect Discourse. 602. Review 554. 603. The second tenses differ from the corresponding, first tenses in/.m, but have like meaning, Wlien, however, a verb has both tenses, they may differ also in meaning. Compar- atively few verbs have both forms. 604. The second aorist system includes the second aorist active and middle. 605. Conjugate the second aorist system of Xeiiro), leave, in 773. Give its synopsis in the active ; in the middle. a. Note the exceptions to the principle of recessive accent (53), Ac.ov, sJ^U5^%tV' "I' r"""" Tl'' " '""""' ''y "^-^'"e *■«' tense A.>r / In a few second aoriste, . of the stem is changed to a. As a seconda.7 tense, the second aorist has augment, in the indicative it the inflect on of the imperfect, and in the other moods that of the present. 607. Review 60S and 468, 469. Note, further, under the rule given m 469, that : 608. Each tense of the infinitive with &v in indirect dis- course represents the corresponding tense of either indicative or optative with av. W "VtT!" "- *r?^'/'-' ->'.«• »« .'/»" r '-"'"^ ""•' ' skouU be in Honor, i llie onoinaWliniinhf i^ ~>„ ■,,,?. * » j on SECOND AOltlST SmrEM. I 167 609. Of the three common verbs meaning to >ay, — 1 . +W( regularly takes the infinitive in indirect discourse • tak!s "'rorlr ""'^" ''°"*™""'"'' '"' "' "'" "^'"'^ ™- '* Senerally «. Note also that 8«<„ takes the infinitive in indirect discourse HI in rts common n.ean.ng of seem, appear, both when used personal yTdPhe^ r:; i-l^ndiiTdis'::::::^'"' "'"' *"-'■ °' "^■"' "'r'"«"'"™ ^'^^ ^""^ 610. VOCABULARY. atp^ta {aipe, A), otp^o-«, clXov, fj'priKo, fipijfioi, Tip^0T]v, «aA;e, sei^e, capture; mid., take for oneself, choose, prefer, elect, side with. diro-evtioTKo), die off, die., be killed, fall in battle. ctirov (elw, ip, /Je), ipfl, c^p^j^a, «i:pT,^iai, €pp^eTjv, say, speak, tell, order. i\i-irtiTT"*«"- ■» *»« following ^ «n. 1. rot, fiapfidpoc,' eVeVeo-e ro 'EX\,,^t«d^. 2. cTtto^ ort a. ,^„^ot... 3. „rir,r., „i 4,C\oc Xeycrat dnoffau.Xu /^a^o^c^ot v.c^ K.^ov. 4. e\oC «a.. ro«, ..„.a, a;n/X„.... 12. «„i ,,^J ,„„v.. i.eax.ro ^o. povK^xjocrOai. • «.2, i Wit!u„ the nigl,t fear fell also on the Cxreeks. -. lu« he dul that he .night inspire = all „,en with fear. A. J he .,«te oi the king ,s said to have fled. 4 Thev s.v t at all lea; the road and fled., 5. He preferred the fL:i hliip ot the Persnuis. NoTKs 1 The dative follows compound verbs (860). ._ 2 For the - J. or the «e,„t,ve depending on v,^„,, .,ee 8ofl._«U.o the .aorirof Tap.x«.. -' Aor,st participle, „« „„„„,, left «e ™„rf.^«,. "' "' «13. Cyrus is confident that the King will fight. ^ ^ap«cWo.ro 8e Ki$/,o. W.r., p.i, ^dx^aOac, dW arrc^e.. .avrS,u rdrr.aOcu. eV U r^ .acp^ rovra, KX^apxo, <«Se no,, ipoyra ro. Kipou ■ " Oc'a ydp croc paxe^. W^v : after the adverb Cv „^ ; /^T'- ^''''\;;'"' "■"f'*'-™- '« »-"" unexpressed intin.ation 01 L^yiufe, n /nit : uo you think, etc 4 N« A/« . v / r, in an oath (837). ^ ' ^''' ^'^ ^^"*'' ^««"«ative NUMERALS. 169 LESSON LXVI. Numerals. .Mlveibs m 750. Commit the first . ive in .-i,.! i,. .nemo,.y, and review the declension of .U ; ".i; T€TTap€s in 757. ' ^P^''^' '^^i'' ^^*^- VOCABULARY. 6pA« (6/,a, /5, 6ir), A'^o,*ai, .l8ov, IdpSKO and «,ipaKa, l^&pa^iai and i^j^ai, ««|>eriv, see in its widest sense, behold, airo-W|xv«, CM^ o#, intercept. €Y-K^4.a\os, ou, 6 (r/. ^60aX^), brain; of the palm tree, crown, cabbage. ^^•''''^^*^^*' dy, ^ (c/ 67r\/fa,), s^a^e o/ 6emfir armed; iu ry i^07r\,alo\^, ^s, i], head. Kp^s, Kpr}T6s, 6, a Cretan. look, observe, perceive. i«|.«£\« (d0eX), 64,ci^o-«, « //"'7^> '<^a«' TTpocreKtfaw rjparrva-e • ^o.... 5. 0.V. 8^ ^r,ii;i :r;;ir!r^''T 170 NU ME HALS. ^apacrayya, a«ocrc «„J S.'o inl rhu MaiauSpo. rrorau6u- ro.ro. ^.ro .Ipo. S.'o nK.Vp.. 7. .al .vf KXe^X". 6 iv c.ra.^„ ,^«.„,. ^f,,'pi, SeVa, «al .'f.Va.rc, .V rri «a. o.. ,,,, „,8,<,. ^., ^,,„,^ ,^^ ^.^ ^^^ ^ ^^J (ptAiai' u\of.nf)v. ' '^ No. 45. Darius goes Hunting. «» 7. 1. The army ,iskc(l Cyrus for four months' pay. 2 He —a':.."''''' ^';r^ ^"'-'P'- - '- force, a. LL.no. gtnctl also was there ou board the ships with seven In,n,he,l ^- tit piotceiJcd thence three stajres, fifteen numehals. 171 Notes. — » \\o a ^„r. * "^ imlicativo of ,Wu) J^«„ «„i : ,• .J "«'••>'■'? 'Ii.! m-ond aorst i Hi,,,.,,,, r„r.A. .:':'t ;:;::;*•"■ '""•■'™ ''«°"- '■"• ^ >' «„„,., ,.,.,W„r,>„,„ „^; ,„,;,,■'. ,', '', ""-'"I've „„„„(,,.,„.ti„„ «'«• Numbers of the Opposing Forces. . rxx - r'^- wa^^d,a 4, fair: '•' rerra/>.., rp^i^oura ^vp,dho,v ^«aaro9. i"-r ■*•'■'■"' j-^ a» „.,. «,; ... ,,„„„ ,- , ::^- :;~- ''•-■•-"y. <. av: moreover. — S. toO • wifl. ^-. - ^°^ * ''^''^'l^^s. — ■ ^°"- with Ka. 624. Monosyllabic liquid stems change c to a, as o-re'AAo) ((rreA), send, co-raAKa ; cftOiipu) {<\i6ep), destroy, icfiOapKa. 625. V is dropped in a few liquid stems ; if not dropped, it is changed to Y nasal, as Kptvco (Kpiv), distinguish, KCKpiKa; rctVo) (rei/), stretch, t^tIku (324); (f}aiv(ii (av), show, 7rc<^ayKa. 626. Some liquid verb stems suffer transposition and become vowel stems, as ^dWo) (/3a\), throw, fie/3krjKa (formed on stem f3ka for /8aA); OvrjcrKU) (Oav), die, TtOvrjKa ; Tifivu) (refx), cut, rirfi-qKa. 027. 1. TovT(g Kvpov €iri(7TpaT€vovTa fi7"y€i\a, I announced to Mm that Cyrus was 7narchmg against him. (The original announcement was, a-ol KO/oo? iTriarpaTevei.) 2. iJKOvo-c Ki)pov Iv KiXiki^ Svra, he heard that Cyrus was in Cilicia. (The report was, Kvpo^ iv KiXiKia iari) 3. 6p(o Ujids ouT(os av Tropi5o|i€vous rd cirixiiScia, I see that you could in this way procure supplies. (The original statement was, ovTcos av TTopi^oia-de ra eTriTijSeia.) n vowel 3) verbs. 8. ise suffix, t\), send, changed i, TcVaKa ae vowel or /8aA); wunced )riginal was in iee that tement FIRST PERFECT SYSTEM. 173 628. With many verbs the participle stands in indirect discourse, each tense representing the corresponding tense of a finite mood. Each tense with dv represents the corresponding tense of either indicative or optative with dv. Such verbs are chiefly those signifying to see, hear or learn, perceive, know, he ignorant of, remember, forget, show, appear, prove, acknowledge, and dyyeXXo), announce. 629. VOCABULARY. al0c(p(i>, destroy utterly, ruin, corrupt. liri-orrparciicD, march against. 66pvPos, ov, 6, disturbance, uproar. irXffios, ovs, t6, fulness, extent, number, multitude. a-T(Kkecpw, c<|>ecipa, c(t>OapKa, c<)>Oap|Aai, c<{>OdpT)v, destroy, lay waste. Give the original forms of all the indirect quotations in the following exercise (630). 630. 1. TpiT]p€L<; yJKOve tov CTTpaTTjyop exovra. 2. (rrpa- TL(OTd<; io-TaXKafxev top ^^^o^ KavcrovTas} 3. ret napa tcdv EWyjvcov'^ fiao-iXiEL (jyrja-Lu aTrrjyyeXKevaL. 4. navres 8e ol Trap6vTe<; avaTeroLKaan tol^ X'^^P^^-^ ^- ^OdpKare ttjv Xfopdv. 6. cVei §€ TOifs ^apfidpov<; iatpajv"^ ol "EXXrjve^s ovx eauTois im(rTpaTevovTa<;, yja-Orjo-av. 7. eV M'lXtJto) 8e i 174 FIRST I'EltFBCT SYSTEM. uovj. 8. rous £,r,rca-s avi«roV « fiov\evo^,,'^ov,, i\9ocp., aV ^p^, ^/,59. il). ^TeraKea-au oi rroXi^ioi ttoXX^ n\rj0a' ««! Oop^fio,^ duo, Trpo, TO opo,. 11. «al &a ye Xoxdyhu Z^PapK&ra, cvTov, a«o.oA.e.. 12. gV^o^ro roi>5 y„;..^ra. rci, Ka,^.d, 7)07) OLTjpTraKOTa^. 631. 1. His 6 wife has persuaded him. 2. He says that thev have sent many hght-armed foot-soldiers. 3. I have judged these men to be in the wrong. 4. For he heard that Cyrus was dead. 5. I saw that you were suffering harm. NoTES._i The participle expresses purpose (495, i).-U.e. their answer ZfTrr 7 """! "^ '^''"'^' ^^ '^^°^ '^ ^'^"^^^- - ' ^-P«rf««t of 6p^a>, with both syllabic and temporal (G7) augment. - « Dative of manner (866) — " use the article. ^ ^ 632. Not all the King's Troops were in the Battle. To>v S^ noXefXLcoi. irap^yivovro iv rfj ixaxo ^v^vt^Kovra fxvpLaSe? Kal ^pfxara Spe7rapr)6pa eKarov Kal rreprrj- Kopra- 'APpoK6p,d<; 8^ twp TeTrdpcop apx6vTcov cUv icrri- PW^ rv^ H'dxvs Vf^epais TrcWe, eV ^olvIktjs iXa^vcov. 5 ravra hk ijyyeXXov irpb, Kvpop ol airofioXyjcraPTe, rrapd, fxeyaXov ^acrtXeo)? Trph rij, /.a^T??, Kal ^era r^ fidxrjv ot vcTTepov iXyjcl>eriCTau r^p noXefiLcop rairSi ^yyeXXov, ^ax,;. follows wrep^.e (c/. .Vrcpos), which implies comparison (850). ^/.epac. ^evre, ^.^ /;^. space of/we a, p^pXo^pAi, ipx'5 €o-^«^ o^t ^fta? ou PefiXd^danv ol TroXe/itoi. 3. ctVa^o*/ T17J/ xtoVa TeTr)K€uaL^' kol heTrJKeL 8ta fcpifi/T^i/ 17 irXrjo-Lov ^v iv vdirrj. 4. elTTOi; on Kvpov direKTovoi ^ao"t- Xeu9. 5. ^vyfi^ i(^trj/ eS^ot. 8. eV Se rrj TToXefiLa^ hiaT4Tpi(t>ev rjfiepd^ TroXXa?. 9. Xd0pa Se rdv (TTpaTioiTOiv^ i7r€TT6fi(t)€L Kvpo) dyyeXov. 10. roig Tre^oC eVt ral? ©x^ats Tirax^v dvca tmv Imreajv.^ 11. Kvpo^ ovT€ dXXov 7r€7rofi(f)e (rrffiavovvTa^ o rt XPV Troteti/ ovre avro9 Tr4i/. 640. 1. The enemy have not escaped. 2. He has sent many gifts to Menon. 3. But the satrap had written a letter to the king. 4. He said that he had sent a guide to the army. 5. He announces that the guide has stolen the money. roper prep. fifw), near; near. V, give the 't)Ka, IrdKTjv 'ans., thaw J T0t5 OVP rroXefiioi. tprjviqv rj 01 ^acrt- . fjo-dero Tr6fJL(f}d(TL » o > « ei/ oe tt; e rail/ » Tre^oC . Kvpos €Lv ovre SLapird- nt many )r to the . 5. He SECOND PERFECT SYSTEM. I77 Notes. — 1 Infinitive in indirect discourse ar.o^ " n *• (866). — 8 .sv. Yoina 4 'vu^ "'scourse (40J). _ - Dative of manner expresses purpose (495, 4^ — ^ Th^ ;..«. •,• ^ ^* '^ participle ^ / V ^, ^,.— -^^le infinitive expresses;;ur/>(«e (461, 7). 041. Advance. The Great Trench. participle in indirect discourse (628). No. 48. Assyrian Soldiers. 178 FERFKCT MIDDLE SYSTEM. h ' LESSON LXIX. Perfect Middle System of Vowel and of Mute Verbs. «4U. liuviuw ^)M, 5; LM)!), lMO; 217; 220. CJ4;J. (^onjiijraU) the perfect middle system of Xvm, loose, in 700, Xciirw, leave, in 775, (170), lead, in 770, and irciGw, persuade, in 777. (live tho synopsis of each verb, first of its perfect aiul pluperfect, then of its future [)erfect. (•»44. VOCABULARY. diro-o"rd(i), draw off, separate. ^K-irX'^TTi*, strike out of one's senses, terrifi/. 6(i>paK(|^(i> (OupoLKiS), l9 ((U»'a)» livVjerw, c(iVTf "^^ (<'/• XP'^*''"'^*)? P^cce 0/ pass., remember, with perf. as pres. gold, gold. 645. 1. ot E\\T7i^epov T(a Tj^eo)^ TeB(ji}pdr Iv vvktX )(rot T(tiv PEUFECT MIDDLE SYSTEif. I79 dpSpanoS^oi. i^TToXeXetVo^at; 9. Kal Scrrc, Vf^^u ^oAfrat oiKaBe aneWelu, f.e^.rjcrO^09 crrparta>rd9, cuVr' c'/cetVov^ iKnenkyxOaL^ Kai Tpe^uv inl tol onXa. o9 b elnev, " O^^ a>a irt fiaxelrai, el iv ravrat? ov /.axerrat rat? ^/x€pat9- ea^ 8» dXride^cry^, vmcrxvovp^ai crot Se'/ca raXa^ra." roGro r^ x^^orto^ roVe ISa>/ce^, eVel Trap^X^o^ 10 at oiKa rjfxepaL. NoTKS._4. c'ScKCv: .ya.. (hhn).-.5. iVt: ^>.c«M.e. _ d,r' I«£vt,s : ^e ie/or. //m/ (day). ^6. ^.p^v : the //;.. ..V/./n n^hich, but ^^xcpa preceding/ o. oAtjetvoTjs : ,/,«// ^;.yi,e /y i,^ speaking the truth. 180 PKIiFKCT MIDULK SYSTEM. LESSON LXX. Perfect Middle System of Liquid Verbs. iUH. \Ai\nn\ voibs sulTor in the main ilio siuno (iliangos in tlio pertVu-t, niiddlo systcni us in tlu, iirst porfoia systoni ((iL'.'l-OL'd). Thus, .lyycAAo. (.lyyeA), .JyyeA^.xi ((iL'iJ); <^,v>/mt (d'Jl); K^^vo. (k^i.), K.K^t/xat ; r.A... (rev), r.Va;x«t ((ILT.); /^aAa, (/:;«A), /^*/^Av/x.u ; r«>.co (re^), r«r/.r//xat 0I-H5). . (\)njuirii((i (ho perfect middle systems of (ttAXw and a{va> in 778 and 77!). (Jive thoir synopst's. (J50. If V is not tliopivd ((5L>5), it is chai.go.l to «r before ^i, as «^atVa> (t^tti/), ir€(f>(urij.iu. 051. In tho in, ir&pa^a, Tird- poYfioi, 0). as ifiaivo) a, Harirap- 10 abouty ago, Tird- , disturb, 2. TTa- Tavra a«o,;,ra, .Tapaxffv 0a\p.o^.;.'' 9. roir? 8^ Kp^ra^ (',/„? aTreora'X^au ^ 10. ,r6/,t ,rayrr,pid« T..i (S(il) rok ^^#„Vo«. 1„ tl,o pasmvo the , at.vo beco-nos the „ul,joct a„d tl.e accusative re,nai„8. Cf. olo, T), and tho note. -^ i^ No. 49. Wheel and Axle of Scythe-bearing Chariot. m 182 Fiii/iT PASisn-E sy6ri!:M. 055. Cyrus advances with Less Caution. cVct S* inl Tjj Td(t)pqi ovk €Ka>\v€ /JacnXci)? to Kvpov (TTpdT€vixa Sia^aCveiu, cSofe Kal Kipco Kal toU dk\oL<; ov p.i\\eiv p^ax^ldOai- worre rjj vaTepaia KC/oo? irropevero rifiekpfx€U(os fiakkov. rjj Se rpLTj) em re tov dpfxaro^ 6 Kadrjfiepoq ttjv irop^idv iwoLelTo Kal okuyov^ cV rafct excov npo avTov, to Se irokv airro) dvaT€Tapaypi€vov iiropev^To Kal T(op 0TTk(i)v ToU o-T/Dartft^at? TroWa eVt afxa^wu yj-yero Kai vTTol^vyt(t}v. Notes. — 1. U!>Mt : iniporfect of attempted action. — 2. t^o^t : personal construction, tlie subject being a pronoun referring to I3a(n\€v<:.~ 5. Kae^,i«vo«: sittmr/, participle of the vovh KdOrffxai, sit. Koth Ka^T^/xcvos and «>v are participles of manner (495, ;}). _ (]. a«T$ : dative of disadoan- tage (8G1); orpaTialTttis, in the next line, is a dative of advantage. LESSON LXXI. First Passive System. Complex Sentences in Indirect Discourse. 656. Review 553, 6. 657. Conjugate the first passive system of Xuco, loose, in 770. Give its synopsis, first in the first aorist, then in the first future. 658. Liquid verbs suf¥er in the main the same changes in the first passive system as in the first perfect system (623-626). Thus, dyyc'AXo) (dyycA), ^yy iXOrjv (623); rciVo) (rev), ^niOr^v ^624, 625); KpiVcu (KpLv), iKpiOriv (625); ^oAAo (fia\), ifSXrjOrjv; rifxvm (rea) iTfxrjOrjv (626). FIHHT PASSIVE SrSTEM. Kvpov l\ot9 OV OpeV€TO ipfjiaTo^ op€V€TO V rj-yeTO personal ■iA,cvs — a$T^fX€VO "^ ^'""^ ^"""^^^ ^^^^' ^'"l-' ^-^' «""]>!« sentences (.^ .'^ 0.2, rm 460, 608, 628), but its dependent verb or ve 1 e subject to the Jaw illustrated in the following ex.unples : Tovs KaxaYaYT, otKaSe, ^. ;...^,-,,, them not to stol untitle hnngH them hack home. ^ ^^ M.^ /.. n^ai hring the guides whom they sent for ^ 5. X^va 8ti KaXcSs av ^crxcv ct ^irpa|av to«to, he says that It would have been well if they had done this, ^ 6 <|>Ti(rl upd$at av S ti povXoivro, he says that he would do whatever they might wish. Each complex sentence is here ouofPfl nffor « ^ • ™-. of Us ,.;.„,.„, e,a..e ch^^.Tet: t^o '21 ::: ""- "'^ Convert each quoted complex sentence above into its origi,::, L.,n. (W3. 1. ,tu.v 8ti .t,\„apo£,i Sans raCra Mvoi (this mid.t nonTeZ ^'^"^' '" '"'' *'"" "'"'^"'^'- "^''^ ''«' '«'^<'<^ 2. KaXas i'|«v 4-\|favTo (this could not he ovs li^Taircfixj/aiVTo), he said that he would bring the guides, whom they had sent for. 5. €X€|€v 8x1 KttXws dv €Ti TTpalai av (J Ti povXoivTo (no change is possible), he said that he would do what'^ver they might wish. Here the dependent clause follows a secondary tense, but its verb (originally a secondary tense of the indicative or an optative) retains its mood and tense. 663. When a complex sentence is indirectly quoted, after piimary tenses the dependent verbs retain the same mood and tense. After past tenses, dependent primary tenses of the indicative and all dependent subjunctives may either be changed to the same tense of the optative, or retain their original mood and tense. When a subjunctive becomes opta- tive, av is dropped. But dependent secondary tenses of the indicative and dependent optatives remain unchanged. FIRST PASSIVE SYSTEM 185 ^^- VOCABULARY. .t^Xt5v« («/.,..), at,x.v«, ,-^,,a, ,reat, ho. many as Bcrxwenv (c/. a/^;8ao-t\eruaYero-6'aL2 4 ., ratrvtVew re Tac miX^v »i . ^ '*"A"<^'7at. 4. ko- III 1 m 186 FIRST PASSIVE SYSTEM. 666. 1. The soldiers were drawn up^ and forced to proceed. 2. But the enemy flee in fear^ that they will be encircled on both sides. 3. You will be forced to open the gates. 4. If these should be worsted, nobody would be left. 5. He promised him that if he would come he would make him a friend to Cyrus. Notes. _ i ^o-w . . . to(tovtw, by how much . . . by so much, i.e. in English, the . ^ . the, datives of the degree of difference (867). — 2 Cyrus thought, oo-o) Aj/ BaTTOv ikOui, ToaovTia dTrapa(TK€V0T€pa) /Sao-iAci fiaxovfiai. — » The passive construction after a verb signifying to teach (888), in which the accusative of the thing taught is retained. — * The genitive fol- lows verbs signifying to attain (845) ^ i,, the original Siv Tijxotfii.— « Cf. G16, 5. — 7 as safely as possible. For ws with superlatives, Latin quam, see the general vocabulary. — s Slv belongs also with fiaxoifxtOa. ~ » Use the aorist participle. — 10 Use the aorist participle of SeiSw. 667. "The King is coming!" /cat rjSrj re ^v dfi(l>l ayopav irXridovdav koX nXyjaiov Vv 6 (TTaOfioq evOa Kv/oo? e/xeX\e KaraXiuv, r)ULKa durjp Ucpa-rjs Trpo(f)aiveTai i\avvo)v dvd Kpdro^; /cat evOits ndo-Lv oh ivETvyxavep i/36d /cat fiap/3apLK^<; Kal 'EWtji^lk^^ 6tl 5 ^ao-tXeu? crw o-rparev/Aart noWw npoaepxeTaL cJ? (as if) ct9 P'dxnv 7ra/)eo-/ceuao-/AeVo9. €p6a Sr) TroXtr? rdpaxo^s iyiv^To- avTt/ca ydp iSoKovv ol "EXXt/i^c? /cat TraWe? 8e araKToi^ o-aTt(ura"? UTTO roi' //7A IJ/^i c/cttX 188 SECOND PASSIVE SYSTEM. a. Sca^0apr,.a. noXi, roC crrpar..;/.aro5. 11. ,al iSov- meT^'s^' J^^T'"' "''P'"'''' ''^'''" ^'* * *«"«-»d horse- men. J. The barbarians turned « and fled. 3. The soldier, came togetherS and deliberatpH 4 ci, f soldiers brave^it nf tl,« " "^liberated. 4. Show yourselves' the No. 50. apAio VERBAL ADJECTIVES. 189 VCTTCpOV ''qcrav oi iyevero, ■' OpflTJ- 'TTO TWV Wyjvcop I horse- soldiers 3s7 the ittered, ®'^^* The Order of Battle. Ka\ Kvpo, idcopdKliero koI tSl rraXra el, A, ^,2pas cAa^c rot. re dWo., nacr. TraprjyyeXXep i^07rXlCecr6au ..ea 8rj cry. noXXrj anovSfj eVaVro.ro, KXe^apxo, ^.h rh Bei^o. ro. EU,..oO i^., .p6, r^ E^pdry .ora;xc3, 5 n^ofe.o. 8e ex6t.euos. ol 8* dXXoc p^er^ rovrov. Uivcv k Kac Tocrrparevpa rh eic^.v^o. K^pa, icrxe rov 'EXXrf.^Kov. rov 8eJapfiap.,ov innels ^.kv UaXay6ue, el, ^a.ov, napa KXeapxov irdxOrjaav iv rp.^ ^ Kp,al6, re 6 Ktpov 10 UTrapxo? /cat r6 (?X\o ^a/o/3ayot/coV. Notes. -For the disposition of the forces, see No. 56 -5 iv. 9. TH, cAcaviO^s, : of the entire Greek force. ^ ^' ~ literally ^ Dative pursuit. )osition. LESSON LXXIII. Verbal Adjectives. 677 Verbal adjectives are derived from verb stems, and are generally equivalent to passive participles in meaning. Thev are formed by adding rds and t^os to the verb stem, which generally ha. the same form as in the first aorist passi;e (with the change of .j, and X to ir ar.fi K before T). Thus, .oU., do, ino.ri»,r, ,„,,,^„, . „^,„- ^ JTopcureosi wt/j.ww. send. iW„A/)^., _., .'. . /, ,. P'^varjv, 190 VERBAL ADJECTIVES. 678. The verbal in t€OS has both a personal and an impersonal construction, of which the latter is more common. 679. 1. aXXai vt]€S jJi6Tair€|jnrT€at €ledva), anticipate, contains the leading idea of the expression and is usually translated by a verb. The aorist participle here coincides in time with the verb (unless this expresses duration) and does not denoL past time in itself. 686. VOCABULARY. diro-iropcvonai, go off, depart. Jt]X«tos, ous, t6, sword. No. 40. <|>Odv(i) {0a), e^7j /cat ra dWa. 3. /cat ol linreh iXdvBavov avTov^ eVt ToI yr)\6(l>co y€v6fX€voi.^ 4. ovk dv eir) OavfiaG-rhv el Tvxoiev ravra tiaOovre^. 5. o^TOteTaVe/>i7rT09 vno Kvpov. 8. /cat dvTj : there was seen \p6v' ^"" "' 4. Tl.e optative has the n.ood su-fiH , J "", ^''"^• only before active e„,li..g,,. The mZl ! ,B ' ?^' ' '"■ ""• ''"* "'" ''"'«'• »te„. and contracts withlt. J. «,! .," "'"'"' '"''■""^ "> "» ™1- the ,nood sufHx. ' ""^ ^"""» "'« '-"^cent cannot ,m, beyond .» ^''^^'rtilf :o:rt::tair'"™r^^^ ""- - --" tense suffix Ka for o^a (148). ^ ' '''*''*' ^^^•**' ^^''"•ed with the 7. The active participles I V ^ "''"^:^^^ ^*-- '^^^^'^^ -)• 1 Ttocts diid 0,fs are declined like Xvdci^ (754). 695. alxi*AX«Tos, 0., c«pj!,,red; aa noun, oi '^ixt^d\o,roi^ prisoners of war, cap. tives. Avo-Tfetijii, set up, dedicate. avTofi (c/. air6.), adv., i„ ^e «eny place, here, there. PaKrrjpfa, «,. ^, ,^^^ ,„,^^^ ^^^^.^^_ s^icAr. Nos. 1, 30, 36. Y^Ppov, ov, t6, wicker shield. yivv, y6paTos, rd, knee. 8' t*"^*" and agreement/ they proceeded to tht rivlf " ''"' '""■ "^^^ *is "we^vo,. *■ ""'P'"- - Tawa (e„^„a,e accusative) 698. Tk, E„„y,, ^„^^ ^^^_^^ ^„ s< . . ""*"'« Persian Centre. Vrrpanre Kal at Xo'vyac «ai ' • %^ ^"^'"'^ "^ ToXc/*.'a,^, ^y<;„e^o, s; '"^ '''' "" ^i'•<'«<'"<' i'"Jioativo activ. 80 is lengthened to 8«, and the third jH-rson phual ends in Ho-i. 'u.guienea 2 In tho in.perfe,.t, in.li.^ativo active. «(8o«v, «£8ov,. 48(8o« are formed as if from a contract verl, 8i8«V (^f ihrWoL Jfi'x """ 'J'^^ '"""*'^» «i.nilar,y 8C8ov in the present in,.erativ;fa!!t ;;'l^ZS''" ^^^^^>- .J. For the formation of the snhjnnetive and optative, see m '{ and 4 but here in the subjnnctive + , = v, not ot (.-MO)! ' ' '^ '"^^ ^' ;!• The singnhtr of the secon.l aorist in.lieative active .Iocs not occur .H Bupphed by the first aorist forn.s »8«Ka, l8«Ka,. ««k.. fonn d . it h tho tense siUhx Ka lor avos, ov, 6, crown, lorcath, chaplet, garland. No. 51. Xpv have second aorists 01 the fii-form. 702. 1. dvayuovs ttjp imaToX^v IhcoKe XcoKpaTei. 2. KO- po9^ Se iKeipcp SCSoj(TLi^ iTTTTOv XP^^oxdXlvov /cat Kdvhvv, 3.^ rip(;,To}v iKdvoi el Solev du tovtojp tol maToi. 4. tfi^p 8^ TtSi/ 'EWyjucou Kal (rr^avov iKdcrra) XRvcrovu Sc^a-oj. 5. Kal SovvaL Kal \afidv Tncrrd iOiXofxev. 6. koX ehOh^ ^yva^crav irdpTes 6tl^ eyyi;? icTt ^acrtXev'?. 7. eVt tdpSa^; o{, nXev- aovuraL, ikp /.>) avroU XPVf^oLTa StS^rc. 8. Kal liriro, y)\o,cTav et9^ ^Ikoctl, Kal ij iXia XPwOai. 11. rrph^ S^ ^acriXid wepncop ^ftov Kdpo^ d,SeXh^ c^v^ aircw Sodijvai oP ravVds rks 7r6Xa<; pdXXop r) TL(r(ra) _ 6 See 487 and 435. ^ ^' ', abandon, th, chaplet^ >ld + x^ BBGULAU VEUBS IN MI, JVt,^,. 199 704. Cleatchus refuses. The Barbarians' Advance. ^«r, «arep.6'e., r. S K^^. a.«pf.„.o on aL ^iXo. av._ra, .avro„ ,.rpare.;^„n npoaip^^ra., rb Si 'EXX^.^^. m e. ro, at^a, ^.Vo. ,Te anofi\,„u>u et, r. roi, ^o\e^tov9 «ai ro.>s -^tXovs. o B^a a °"f-f r':"™"" '" «1«- ««»«- : al»„ co„ce ,,ive.l LESSON LXXVI. Regular Verbs in MI. Io-tthjh. systems li'Z ""rf '^'""" "^ '^^ P''"*'"' '^"-J «''«''"<» "0"«t systems of i,7T,,^i ^.rra), ,et, make ,tand, in 780 and 790. Read and note the following in explanation of the paradigms : III 200 REGULAH VERBS IN MI, '{arv^it. 2. In the sin,n>lar of tl.o present and in.porf.ot in.lioativo active, ) 4 For tlie forn.ation of the s.ibjunctive and optative, see '«!)!, ;{ and 4 but^here ,u the subjunctive a + , = ,, .., a, and a + ,=,, not , (;M„). ' o In the present inoperative active, W-n^ (for ftrru-^o reiects Ot -LnH lengtiuMis the final vowel of the stem. ^ •" '"'^ ^ 6. The lengthenino. of , and infinitive active 7. The active participles terras and ^rt, are decline.l like Adcra, (751) H. The second aorist middle of tVrv/ic does not occur. 707. dv-fo-TTjiii, make rise, rouse; inid., with perf. and second aor. act., intrans., stand up, rise. diro-SiSpio-Kw, rim away, escape by stealth. Pt'Po^ai, ipdOtiv, (JO, walk. 8ia-Pa(v(i>, gfo ouer, cross. 8i8pd;a-a^ ol ^EXX>;^e9 Kal cIttoz. oVt aipd roh, Aa/ca9 .rrnea,. ^6. dXX^ Kal rovr6 ye eVtVracr^e. 7. rovro^ 6e ouSe^ aWo Svi^arai ^ ^iro^pava^. 8. e'ySovXev'o^ro oVa>9 a. /caUcara S.a^are.. 9. cVeWr; 6 Kvpo. cr^. rol^ ^ep\ avTov ap^aroi,. 10. 6 hk €>m/.7rXa\ a7raVra>^ t>)^ y^c.5;.^^« aTrenefxneu. U. crrdprcou ol oTrXlra,. 12. ciXV e5 eVtcrra- o-e/wi^ ort ovK dno^eSpoiKdcnv. 7m). 1. He lutlted his men. 2. Xenophon rose and spoke as fo lows 3. He was not able to rise. 4. They made those who had been wounded^ rise. 5. You must cross the river, that the enemy may not escape by stealth. ,' J'"''''';"' ""^f '''''''''' ^^^«"*' disregarding the contraction, r/. tive of the thing filled and the genitive of inaterial (848). -8 Second aonst of the ,u-forn.. - . Refers to a course of conduct. - « Ln. _ « '2 funuj the destre.-^ Use the perfect participle with the article (487, 3 and 4). 710. The Sacrifices are favorable. The Watchword. tSoi^ hkKvpov dirh Tov 'EXXriuLKov Bevocf^^u 'Aerjualo,, neXacras ojcrre xrvpavr^aaL -Ijpero el tl irapayyeXXoL - 6 8' €7nC.vr, Xeyc^v dop^ftov ^Kovcre, 5 Kavripero rL, 6 Oopv^o, ely^. 6 8^ KXeapxo, elneu SrL crvj^uvi^a napepxera, hevrepov ^8r) Sea r^j. rd^ecv. Kal edavp^a^e Kvpos tl, irapayyiXXet, Kal ^pero 6 n etrj rb i u It, ■ 202 liKADiNii ;,a;.s.syw. K.po, a.,,^.,, ^^',^Xa Se^o^a.' re," i^r,, " .al Wo 10 ecrrc.. ravra 8 «W «, r^. airov ^d.pdu d,rrj\av.,.. ,e W -t ""•";■"""""""■'• '■'"'■ ' '""iv 1,1, Ih.,.,:t ,,,,r»l,i.,„ :. ;„,":,';; T""'" T-"" """•''•■■• -"" ««-=^- kUx« .tv. No. 52, Zeds 2wt},p ^a( N^/ct;. liEGULAU VEHlim IN MI, Bcifc 7- o oe U TOVTO — TJpCTO ; 'liit'sMon, /lov.sc). — . iO% tlirtv : (jiving it VVflL. 203 LESSON LXXVII. Regular Verbs in MI, 6€iKvii|ii. JL\!T) '^"- '"'J"^^'-^^"'"' ^'f ^J'^' l'^-««-»t system of 6c(. 1 ^;, ••"-- ^^ -^^ 6 The active participles 8«kv^s and 8t5s are declined 8aK..\ 8e...C.„ 5«K.w, genitive 8«..vVro., S«K.1cr,., 8...,,Wo., efc 7. The second aorist middle does not occur. 713. VOCABULARY. appoint; mid., «e«/yr0evTe', Kal ov bvuap.evo, ^ipdv to akXo crrpdr^vij^a dn^kovro. 4 Kal o.7roT,j,6vT., Tk, K,4,akk, rS,„ v,KpS,„, ineSecK^vaau rols .avro>^ TToXe^coi^. 5. rol, ^acrl^- iZ^Uvv^au o n S.o. "T": J",- ''''^""^" '^'V^^"' 'AtoWo,.. .VSer,,ac Map<7vaV Kac ro h,pp.a Kpip.daau 7. Ko. n r,^ <^a'Xayyo,, .6 ^.oXc. 10 EXX^.c., c^oc. S^ aXX.'Xot, ^^ Bel. Sp6^., aXxCv ra'fa - r • ;jr:r:.™:^- ^ .t ;vr ".?;™'> -" following dative, ,,ee 8o7^t« L """' "', "" "■""'""■ l''"'' '>>» ™-/.-/ (genitive '.b.o,„,t 5. «T,f;;;;r,r:;v' "■' "'^ ''■'•"■''"■"■ ^««.>.V.), literally /,,//„„. ,,„„; / ^^ M ' T """ •""■'"■" ■^"'''""-" <™« See .87. 3 and 4. - n, KafX-Ts /^l^T'^T l'''™f ''' '" °' '^'"'■ ;«-(«««).--7.wo..dativeof.,,„i„4:„,;,^r':p;^''-;;;^? at ill 206 SECOND PERFECT SYSTEM WITHOUT TENSE SUFFIX. LESSON LXXVIII. Second Perfect System without Tense Suffiz. 717. A few verbs have second perfects and pluperfecte formed without tense suffix, after the analogy of verbs in ;.., the personal endings being added directly to the verb stem. 718. Learn the conjugation of the second perfect system witliout tense suffix of iVtihii in 792. 710. 1 The indicative singular does not occur. lo-rcSs (for k^ara-^.^ BaL ?R^T ^^^I;^ jr« f^'-"'^ i" the second perfect without suffix. Thus, Pa^vo, (^a) r;o, fieftaac, the, have gone, participle /?e/?oi. ; Ov^Vku. ^Bav), di reevaa. ke,are dead, participle re^.eci. ; 8^8.a (8e),fZ (c/. 8c8 J) 8cSia(7i, //i^y /ear, participle ScStoij. ^-^ oeooi^a;, 720. Here belongs also the irregular verb in /.., otSa (IS, e^S) know, a second perfect with present force, formed without reduplication, the pluperfect (as imperfect) being rjSrj or jjSeLu. 721. I^earn the conjugation of otSa in 793. 722. VOCABULARY. ApKds, dSoi, 6, an Arcadian. KoCirip, conj., although, used with the concessive participle. fii«reo.<()opi, ay, i, {cf. ^Liaeo-.ot ov« .V„V,' J xa.nep «8or„ 5„ .VI ^aWro. aVo.ro. 11. oj a^ IxXo 8e.8^o., e<.r„.a.. 12. <.^.o.8a ydp ^^av.^ ;.aWa' #J ^^A i '^'"^^ '"''^ *"* *^ S™«™ls kne,v this. 2 Be assured that they will follow you. 3. They were standi! among the trees. 4. Whether, then, I shall do wh t tfust^ taS r* TA ' ^"^ ""' """"^ '« s«' ^-"'g ti"'^' - ™^;^ take me and inflict punishment on (me). "^ JrX2tl\^' T' ^.''?-^ ^'-- -^^ ^«- Promsea (487, 3 a ^;. some (815). Here m the second member we have a fnlL expression ot' AotTrot', the rest, for oi' Se' other. 4 v-.ri-.oJ - I course <^fios\ Tk • • , x, ~ i'articiple in indirect dis- course (6.8) The original thought was Kvpo, r^OurjK. (;?r.sv perfects « Infinitive in indirect discourse MGO^ Thpir th il .T}'~ o;X- ^ .„.a#.,.„-, „ .,42. J^ D tive t' owZ ' '''"""' r ,,.:n _/,.,, /o/.n\ - . ' i-'ativt. lOliOWlIlir Trein-nnni ^ itnc Obey ^oQOy—- Accusative oi specification r834^ 8 m^, r ." —--/-«*, The participle i. in i„aireot di^eouL («.'8). i'o ^^.T^^;;' ^VsoT''' 208 HKA 1)1 Nd LKSSON. No 54. Persian Charioteer. 726. The King's Chariots are useless. Cyrus on the Alert. povro, rd 8^ Kal 8ta r^v 'FAX>;Va>., Kei^d y^v,6xc.v. ol 8' ene^ npotSoceu, hdcrravro- Kal KareXrj ; Orj re, a^anep iv Lmrobpo/JLO) e/cTrXayet? • ^at 5 ovSeu fiepTOL ovSe tovtov iraOelv i(f)aa-av, ovS' aXXo? TU)v 'EWrjvcov dp ravrr) rrj ixaxx) enadev ovheU ovSei, nk-qv inl TO) evcovvfio) ro^ev- 10 Orjpai TL6^o9 Kal TrpocTKvvo^ e^VX^V ^^coKeLp, dkXd iTrefj^eXelro S tl nocyjcrec fiaac- 15 Xcv9. Kal ydp iJSa alrhv 6tl /xeVo^ ixo^ rov Uepcr.Kov o-rpaTevfjLaTo^. ""oZl^m ^; '"'.^r*™' ■■ '■'■ "' ^e enemy. - rd ,iv . . . rA « : some uianusl? -Vr' Zr- «•""*"" f°"»«ng the adjective signifying want (850), _ o. 8< : „„,; rt.y, ;.,. the Greeks. - 3. «w.l wpot6o..v, iXrra.ro ZZ1,T-: "'"'"•': fj ■'""' '"""' "»"■".'/ o>,, optative in general supposii on(5a8,o>_Kar.X^+e,.«,^^,i, dfxi, el/jLi. 201) a>9 some LESSON LXXIX. Irregular Verbs in MI, <|>ti^i', dj^f, cThli. 72Ti|iC (0o), TiXvap£a, ds, 7^ (c/. \vap4w), nonsense; plur., 6osA. XaX€ir»s ((/. xa^c7^6J), painfully, with difficulty. 720, 1. dXy iyc;, (^^^t raOra Xvdp[d<; elmt-^ 2. Trapi Kv/,ou o^8el9 aTrry'a 7r/>^5 ySao-tXea. 3. /caUVeU'o-aXmyfe^,^ li 210 IIUiKai/LAIi VKHns in mi, (l)y^t\ elfJLt, elfii. injjea-ap. 4. ovto) yap dmovTes da-cfiaXw^ dp dnCoLfiev. 5. c>ot, c3 dpSpe^s, Odofievo) Uuai ^ inl /3a(nXea ovk iyiyveTO Ttt Upd. ^ 6. dvhpe^ o-TpaTLwrat, firj ^au/>tafere on xctXcTTw? (t>€poj Tols wapovo-L irpdyixaaiv} 7. Sta /licVou Sc tov napaSeto-ov ^el 6 MatapSpo^ Trora/xo?- at 8^ 7rr;yat aurov datp cV r^i; ^acTiXeCcou/' 8. t^ 8,^ TrXoIa oi^ro? Trpotoii/ Kar^- K^vorep, Lpa fiT) KOpo? SLaftaCr] top worafiop. 9. i/Ci^ fiep oZp dmre:' KaTokiiroPTe^ roVSe top dpSpa - varcpop Se irdpeo-Te npos ttjp Kpicrip. 10. /cat ov (jida-tp leWt,' eaj; /^^^ rt9 ^ai^ot? XPW^ra StSoJ. 11. oi 8^ i^TraJTrrcuoi. /cal Toi?rr J 5/6/ca auToi/ Xeyeti/, o>9 fi^ ne^jj idvres t^v tS^v jSap- fidpv. — s For two accusatives after verbs of doing, see 839. — » Use the genitive (846). 731. The King begins to move, and Cyrus charges. #cat TTdpT€<; 8* ot T(op fiapfidpcjp dp^oPTe^ fxeo-op exoPTe's TO avTo^p rjyovPTat,, vop.il^opTe<; ovTm ip da-(t>aX€(rTdTa) elvai. /cat ^ao-tXcvs 8t) t6t€ fiicrov €x<^v Trj^ avrov arpa- lTLOl,fl€P. yiyveTO e Tov I avTov >P KaT€- 'VV fJL€V pop Se 7 '^ tt, €.av fou /cat •1/ fiap- attack ghf to leard a ntly to — 2 I.e. )t favor- e (8G6). speaker itive. — 38 after liEA DIN a LESSON. 211 (OVT€ai9 efw eycWo toG Kupou €va)uvfiov K€paTo<;. incl 6 8' OuScU aUTW €>aX€TO cV ToC duTLOV ovS^ ToU aVTOV T€Tayfi€POL^ ifXTrpoa-Oep, incKafiiTTev m ct? KVKXaicnv. ivSa S17 KGpo?, Scto-d? /iT7 omcrdev yev6^€vo^ /caraKoi/zctc TO 'EXX>^i/tKoV, cXauVet ai/rto? • /cat ifi/3aX(hp aw toU efa/coo-iot? ^t/ca tou? tt/oo /BacnXecoq Terayixcpovs Kal ct? 10 (l>vyrfu iTpexjte tov^ cfa/cto-;^tXtou9, ,cal diroKTelvaL Xeyerat auT05 T]7 eavroO xet/Jt ' Xpraydpa-qv tov dpxovTa avTS>v. NoTKS. — 1 . ,ivt« t^ airoi,/.— 4v d«r<|>oX.«rTdT4,: m the safest ( posit ion). ~ '.]. Kal Pao-i\«is . . . Ji^«s ; /Ae king acamlinrj/i/ (Srj) on this occasion held (concessive partieij.le, 495, 0) the centre, but stilt, etc. — 5. aiToO : with tfnrpoaOtv, in front of him (80G). — 6. M- Ka^irriv . . . KiiKXcoo-iv : he wheeled ro«m/- (literally aryam.sO, as if to encircle {the enemy). See No. 50. — 8. iXavvii dvrtos : charyed to meet (him).— 11. oiris Tfi JavTO« x«ipt : himself with his own hand (806). No. 55. The Trumpeter, 212 IRREaULAB VERBS IN MI, f,^., «e?^a,, ,>.. LESSON IXXX. Irregular Verbs in MI (continued), l,^^,, K.t^ai, ?i^ai. 732. Learn tl,e conjugation of ^^,, send, Kri^ai, lie, and Kaeniiai, sei, in 797, 798, and 799. **• VOCABULARY. *"•*'' <^^ ^*^»> 1»«tt, «lKa, €lftai, €Vetjv, send, onapTovw (a>a/)T), d|iapTV]-ftjni, send aioay, let go or depart 8i-«\avvw, drive or ride through. ^■irC-K€i|ioi, He upon, attack. be situated. XWos, ov, 6, stone. irpo-ttj^i, send forth; mid., give one- self up, entrust, surrender, abandon. r 7°- t' TI S'"^--"'-"' ' eW«Vo.ra. oJ ^oX<..o. oman6s mp^o, ipr,^^ou p.4ya, nph TV ^^o\a Ke.p.„ou. 8. r5. 8^ Me.a>.o. .rrparu^Zu ^^Ka .> > eiTa iroAAot, KpavyrieaXfihp ygtatw?. /cat ipTavOa ijidxopTo /cat fiacnXevs /cat Kdpos /cat ot a/i(^* a{n-ovp fxkp dfifi fiacnXed dnSp-DcrKop 10 TToUot, Kvpos 8^ auT09 dnSape /cat 6/c7w ol dpiaToi tS>p Trepl avTop €K€lpto in avTw, ovt(os ovp iTeXevTrjo-e Kvpos, dpTfp (^p Uepa-wp twp {xeTd Kvpop top dpxalop y€POfi€pa)P fiaaiXiKcoTaTos re /cat dpxeip dftw7aro9. NoTL^. — 2. cts t6 8i(iK€iv : in pursuit. Cf. 674, 8. - -.rX^v : here a conjunc- tion, except. — 4. o-t£<|.o8 : the king's immediate attendants, who now rallied round him in a compact body (o-7i0ov) for his protection. — 6. airiSv : i.e. Cyrus. — 12. Utpa-Qv . . . ycvoji^voiv : the Persians meant are those of the royal line born (yivofievtav) after the time of Cyrus the Great. 214 PLAN OF THE BATTLE. 1 --^ 3 III IV " nimiEEEiiiEHii] n 11 -_18 ZD 10 I. -First position of Cyrus facing down stream. II. -First position of King facing up stream. III. -Second position of King facing down stream. IV. -Second position of Greek Troops facing up stream 1. Paphlagnnian Cavalry. 2. Greek light-armed Troops. 3. Greek Phalanx. 4. Native Troops of Cyrus. 5. Position of Cyrus. 6. Cyreian Camp. 7. Position of King. 8. Troops of Tissaphernes. 9. Troops of Gobryas. 10. Troops of Arbaces. 11. Hill. 12. Cunaxa. The dotted lines indicate the scythe-bearing chariots, posted in front of the Persian forcas in both armies. No. 56. Position of the Troops at Cunaxa. APPENDIX. Containing Materials for Use in the Preceding Lessons. Contraction of Vowels. 737. 1. Two vowels which can form a diphthong simply unite in one syllable. . ^ fj Thus, cv^^eV, cVt (747-749); Kp4ai, Kpia. (747); d\r,e^i, dXriOct (752). 2. Two like vowels (i.e. two a sounds, two e sounds, or two sounds, without regard to quantity) unite to form the common long (a, T], or (o). Thus, f^vdd ^va (742); ^oUr}re, uo.firc (782); 8^X6., 8,,X« (783). Exception : Kpcaa, Kp^a (747). ^ ^ a. But €-f-€ gives €t, and o + o gives ov. Thus, -.^cre noulr. (782); .v>ce, ««p«, rpcrjpee,, rpt^p^.s (747-749); aA,^ce, aX,0a, oA.^ec., dXr,eas (752); 8,A » 3. When an o sound precedes or follows an a or an e sound the two become «. ' (747); 8,X„^.,8,Xar.(783); W., ,..4 (782); rp.,^.W, Tp.,pa. (747); cu\,i;f€a)i/, aXT|9ov (752). ^ 216 CONTRACTION OF VOWELS, a. But 0-f € and €-j-o give ov. Thus, S);AocTc, 8tj\ovT€ (783): vo'e, vov r74o\. ^„, ' 4. When an a sound precedes or follows an e sound, th& tot (m order) prevails, and we have o or i,. Thus, Tlfiint, TvfAn, Tludrrre, TiiiaTi (781 V nn,n .«™ aV„a, ^m (747, 748); a,oI, AX,e<, (J^. ' ' ' '^' ^'"W"' ^'"'i'^. 5. A vowel disappears by absorption before a diphthong begmnrng w:th the same vowel, and c is always absorbel «m (782), «„,„„, ..p,t,, ,p,,^.,,,^ ^^^^^^^ ^^^^^, dA,L., 4^^t; 6. In other cases a simple vowel followed by a diphthona !» contracted with the first vowel of the diphthong, and a foUow! ing I remains as iota subscript, but a following « disappears .oJot? "'"^"' '"^' ''""""'"' ""*"• "'^»' «"«' "Z'-'. «^a (781V JTOieovo-i, iroioiwi, iroiei;, iroifl (782). l«l'^lo^;, «. But in verbs in oa, o + «i and o + t, give ot. Thus, StjXott, S^Xot, Si;Ao9, SiiXot (783). *. Infinitives in «tv and o«v contract into Sv and o«v. Thus, Tr,xa«v, Ti^v (781); Sr,X6civ, i,,Ui, r783). Vowel Declension, eveiy short vowel before a. or before a lon^ vowel or a diphthong, is absorbed. See 742 ; 75° ^ reaularlv to\ IV;' "' ", "'" "" "'"'^''"''<''' «S is contracted regulaily to t) (after a vowel or p. to a). See 742 ; 751. CHANGES OF CONSONANTS. Changes of Consonants. 217 738. 1. The only consonants which can end a Greek word are v, p and s. If others are left at the end in forming words, they are dropped. See 251; 253; 254. 2. Initial p is doubled when a vowel precedes it in forming a compound word, and after the syllabic augment. Thus, dvappWu, (d.d + f>tnr<.y, gppi^rov (imperfect of ^Ur, ^^a. (217, 1); W^., W.c..a (220, 1). See also 243, 250. Mutes before M. 6. Before p. a ir-mute becomes |i ; a K-mute becomes v • a T-mute becomes cr. ' (22M): ^""' ^''"''" ^''^^' ^^' "^"' ^''*" ^'^^' ^)' '^«'^'^' -^--»*- 218 CHANGES OF CONSONANTS. N BEFORE OTHER CONSONANTS. 7. Before a ir-mute v becomes ^ ; before a K-mute it becomes Y-nasal (10); before a r-mute it is unchanged. Thus,^^Mur« (eV + ^cVro>); .,-Ja,) ; aivi^, W<|>aYKo (625); «^aiva>, ^ < . .{59). 8. Before another liquid v is changed to that liquid. Thus, o-vXX^Y« ((rvV + Acyo)); W^v« (eV + ^cVo.); i«0- 11. The combinations vr and vO are dropped before '' •'P*"^ ^^^^ K^^aa-os), d\^0ovs (for ciA^^etr-os), and CHANGES OF CONSONANTS. 219 13. At the beginning of a word, "an original cr sometimes appears as the rough breathing. Thus, I'o-Tij^i (for (TL« (rpei> for Ope), Bpi^o., e/c.;-0d,rT« (ra for ^a), Ir&^y. No. 57. fidppapou 220 NOUNS. [780 51 739. PARADIGMS. NOUNS. A Declension, Feminines. 8. N. V. O. D. A. COINTUV. XpSv crrpoTiji, ij, KwnT], ij, AKMY. VII,LAUK. I>. N. A. V. \&pR p. N. V. O. D. A. X««poi Xwpwv X<4pais X«pSs 740. S. N. o. D. A. V. D. N. A. V. O. D. P. N. V. O. T>- A. vcSvlSs, d, YOUNG MAN. vcfivCSs vcSvCov vcSvCqi vfSvCav vc5v(a vvpa 'yc4>vpS$ yt^vptf. yt^^paiv OAXaTTo, 1/, SKA. OdXarra SoXdTTTJS 6oXdTT|| OdXarrav ©oXdrrtt OoXdrraiv A Declension, irrpaTi(6TT)s, d, SOLDIKR. orTpaTK&rtjs O'rpaTit&Tov (rTpaTiwrg (rTpaTl(OYT)V vpat OdXarrai o-Ktjvwv Y«i>vp(av doXarruv o-Ktivois Yc4>vpais 0aXdrTais ?5pas 6aXdrr5s 3CULINES. itcXtoo-t^S, d, n. \6yo% \6yov X6y

dv8p(6iroiv avOpuTTOi dv0p(uir(i>v dv9p(6irois dv0p(iiirovs i8ds, 17, K()AI>. ^868 dSoO 68^ 6B6v 6U 68<& 68otv 6So( oouv 6801s 680V9 8wpov, t6, 8ti)pov 8wpou 8p0V 8wpov Scapu 8wpoiv 8iopa Supuv Supois 8(opa 742. Contract Nouns OF THE O AND A DecLENSI vovs, 6, MIND. 8. N. (pSoi) voOs 0. {v6ov) vov D. {p6(f) v$ A. (pdov) vofiv V. (y^c) voO D. N. A. V. (v^w) V(& 0. D. (»'6oii/) voCv P. N. V. (viSot) vot 0. {v6uv) vwv D. (v^oty) vols A. (i/ious) vovs MINA. (Mi'cto) |iva (fivdas) fivds (MJ'£i«t) )iv$ {/Avdav) (tvdv (lUJ'tio) |iva (M^fio) (iva (MJ'dot;') lAvaiv (M^ffot) nvot (fipaup) fivwv (M^tiatj) (tvais ONS. EARTH. (7^5) Yn (7(?os) vfjs (7^?) Yfi (y^ap) Yfjv (7«?a) Yf} 2r:2 NOUNS, [748 Consonant Declension. 743. Labial and Palatal Mute Stems. THIEF. 8. N. V. K\(&«|f O. K\(i>ir-45t D. KX(i)ir-( A. KXwir-a D. N. A. V. kXww-c O. D. kXmit-oiv P. N. V. KXonr-cs O. kXwit-uv D. KX(i>t|/{ A. KXwfT-as 4»«Xa|, o', GUARD. <)>«Xa| <)>vXaK-o$ <|>t(iXaK-i <^i)XaK-a 4>vXaK-c (^vXdK-oiv <^vXaK-(s (t>vXdK-(i>v vXa|i vXaK-a$ 4»dXoYt, 77*, PHALANX. <{>dXa-yg 4>dXaYY'0S <{>dXa'YY-i (^dXttYY-ci <)>dXaYY-c <|>aXdYY-oiv 4>dXaYY-cs ({xiXdYY-tov <|>dXaY|i <{>dXaYY-as 8i«pvf, t;, CANAL. 8l(«ipv)(-0S 8l(i)pvx-l 8i(&pvx^>a 8iwpv\-c 8»(a)pv\.0lV 8i<&pvx-cs Siwpvx-cav 8i(0pv(i 8i(&pux-as 744. Lingual Mute Stems. S. N. G. D. A. V. D. N. A. V. G. D. P. N. V. O. D. A. NIGHT. WKT-6S WKT-t viiKT-a viKT't VWKT-Otv Vl»KT-€S VVKT-COV V^KT-OS av Y«povv TJY(|i|JldT-OlV >(iaT-a •(idr-uv •|ia. (iraT^p-i) irarp-C A. iraWp-a V. irdT€p D. N. A. V. iraTtp-« G. D. iroWp-oiv P. N. V. irarip-t% 0. irar^p-uv I>. iroTpd-o-i A. iraWp-as Syncopated Liquid Stems. l*^Tt,p, ,;', MOTHER. H^TTJp (mt^P-os) p.i)rp- IxWJ-s ^^H G. ir6Xc-a>s IT^X'-WS owrrc-ws IxOv-os ^^H D. (rr6Xe-t) irdXci (TT^Xe-i) -n-^X" (do-TC-t) OO-TCl IX^v-i ^^H A. ir6Xi-v irfjxv-v OWTTW IX^w-v ^H V. ir6Xt T d§Coiv d|CS d|(aiv dgCo) d|{oiv P. N. V. O. D. A. d^aOoC ayaBuv d^aOois d-yaOov's aya9aL dYaOwv d^aOais d-yaO') xpvcrovv D.N. A. (Xpvffiu) xpww (x/)V(r«?a) Xp5«ra (x/JVff^w) xpvis dpYVpOVS, OF SILVER. ION. r. ) xpvo-o€v » XPvo'ov Xpv(r$ I XP^<''*>''V Xpvv cv8a()iO(ri cv8aC{iova M. F. (d> 77^^-0 j) dXTjOovs (dX7;(9^-i) a\r\9tl {a\rid^-a) dXtjeii dXrjd^S (dXrjei-e) dXijeet (dXl7tf^-O(;/)dXtJ0otv {a\r)e4-€i) dXtjOcis (dX7;^^-w»') dXT]Ocov dXrjO^o-i dXt]6cis N. a\r\9is (dXy^e^-os) dXtjeovs (d\r)e4-l) dXiieei dXT)0^s dXTjOds (d\i7^^^) dXtiOet (dX77^^-o(j')dXtjeoiv (dXridi-a) dXrjefJ {d\r)ei-wv) dXti9«v dXT|e^o-i (dX77^^-o)dXtiefl 8. N. G. D. A. V. ^8vS (li5u), SWEET. M. T|8vs ^8^0$ ^Svv n.N. A.v. {-fiSi-e) ^Sft r. N. V. o. D. A. ^8^0>V f| 8^0-1 N. t|8€ta ^U T|8€£as T|8^os ^8ctav '^Sii T|8«ia ^^ ^8€Ca (ii5^-c)^8€t ^8cCaiv TjS^oiv T|8€ioi ^Ua «8«ta>v ^Umv ^8c(ai$ ^8^ ^8tov-c T|Si0«to o. D. 8votv PLURAL. N. Tp«lS Tp(o G. rpiuv rpiwv ». Tpicts - -J cdtas M- F. N. avrds ovT^ avrd avTOv avTT]s aitrov avT$ air^ avTM avTdv avr^v ovt6 avT<& avrd avrcS oiroiv avraiv avrotv avPTot avraC avrd *»^t*vr UV'IWV ttVT62V avTois avrais avrois avTovs avT^s aird ,/ [76v3 761] PHONO UNS. 235 760. M. S. G. {|JiaVTOV !>• cp,auTu A. J|iaVT(iv Reflexive Pronouns. F. cfiavT^ r. G. ^(tfiv ovTwv T|(iwv a*Twv i>. tjulv airois Tjniv avrais A. fjnas avTovs t||xos ovt^s U. ccavToO • cavT^ A. cavrdv p. o. javTttv i>. JavTots A. (aVTOVfi 761. C. O. D. A. P. G. D. F. JavTf)s lavrfj lavri^v JavTuv cavrals JavT^^S N. JavToO JavT^ javrd iavr&v lavTois iavrd M. F. N. or or avTov avT^ avrdv avT'f^s avT^] avT^v avroi) avrip avrd avTuv avTois avTovs avTwv avrais avTiis avruv avrois avrd Reciprocal Pronoun. M. aXX^Xoiv aAATJAWV dXX^Xois dXX'^Xovs F. dXX^Xaiv dXX^XS dXX^Xttv dXX^Xais dXXi]Xas dXX'/jXoiv dXX'/jXta dXX^XcDv oXX^Xois dXXT]Xa 236 PRONOUNS. [762 762. Demonstrative Pronouns. M. OVTOS F. W. OVTOi avrai TavTa TOVTWV rOVTiDV TOVTWV TowTois Tavrais towtois T0WT0V8 ravrSs ravra M. P. N. F. w. oCn| rovro roitrov TavTT)s tovtou TOVTip TOVTTJ TOWT

^KcCvia v UtLvtav ^Kifvois Ik«£vois ^Kcivois 4k«(vovs €K€£vas 4k<£vo 763. Interrogative and Indefinite Pronouns. M. F. N. M. F. K. 8. N. r(t t( O. D. A. t(vos, tov Tfvi, T$ t£vos, toO Tfvi, T$ D. N. A. G. D. t(v€ tCvoiv t£v« t(voiv P.N. O. O. A. TtvCS rCvwv T((n t(vo$ T(va rLvtav T(va Tls Tl Tlv6s, TOV TIV TlvC, T<^ Tivd rl TIV< TIV< TIVOIV TlVOtV TIV^S Tivd TivSi' TIVUJV Ti ftvTiva WTIVC olvrivoiv T|. 2 .'i Q 15 J'. 1 •3 H H Oh o ^4 8. 1 2 3 D. 2 3 p. 1 2 3 8. 1 2 3 D. 2 3 p. 1 2 3 8. 2 3 D. 2 3 p. 2 3 INFIN. S'ARTIC. Active. PKKSENT. XW€-T0V Xv€-TOV \V0-|ifV Xtf€-T€ Xvovtrt Present System of Xtf«, loose. Middle and Passive. IMPERFECT. 2*Xvo-v Sf-Xvf-s {-Xd(>TOV 4-Xurf-T»JV <-Xuo-)i(v <-Xd«-TC S(-Xvo-v PKESENT. Xdw X?Jt|s x^n XUTJ-TOV XVT)-T0V Xdw-JMV XVTJ-T€ Xv(«)(ri XvOl-)il Xvoi Xvoi-rov Xvo£-TT]V Xvoi-jwv XvOl-T€ Xvou-v Xvc Xvi-rta Xv€-TOV XvC-TCi)V Xu€-T€ XUd-VTCrtV Xvciv XOwv, -ovfiT)V 4-Xvow 4-Xtf«-T0 4-Xdc.(r0ov ^-Xu^-v Xw«-o-0€ Xu^-crOwv Xvc-o-Oai XiJ6-(j,«vos, -Tj, -ov I [765 767] SIVE. KItFKCT. 56- e lOV tir\v l«-TO ic-o-Oov 4-. 2 J'. 1 2 3 8. 1 2 3 I). 2 3 Xdo'w Xiio-ds Xdo-ci \vv m is 8. 2 3 D. 2 3 p. 2 3 Xv-|iai XdoTj XvoTj-rai Xd(rt)-(rOov XvoTj-irOov XU(r(i)-|i(9a XlJ«rTj-or9« Xviroi^vTai X^ Xv(ra-v Xv(ra--)iCV 2 XcXlUKt]-TC 3 X(XvK(l)0-l s. 1 XcXilKoi-)j,i 2 XcXvKOl-S H 3 XcXvKOl i D. 2 XcXvKOl-TOV S ' XcXvK0(-T1)V o p. 1 XcXvKOl-fiCV 2 XcXvKOl-TC 3 XcXvKou-v 8. 2 g" 3 H D. 2 g 8 1 P. 2 " 3 ; INFIN. XcXvK^-vai PARTIC. XcXvK(&C. .KULd. -leAe. 769. Perfect Middle System of Xv« (see next page). Middle and Passive. PERFECT. X^v-}j,ai XcXu-o-ai XcXv-rai X^Xv-(r6ov X^Xv-crOov XcXv-ficOa XAv-o-Oc X^Xv-vrai PLUPERFECT. l-XcXv-|Jlt]V l-X^Xw-o-0 i-\iKv- XcXv-fi^vu XcXv<-|i^voi XcXv-|i^voi XcXv-|A^VOl T CD » TITOV tJtov TJTt ►I s X^Xv-cro XcXv-(r8(i) X^Xv- 3 X€X\». 2 XtXdo-co-eov 9r]v 2 3 X€X« 3 M 5 D. 2 « q S J^. 2 INFLECTION OF VEEBS. 241 iNFiN. X«Xd!r€-!r9ai PARTIC. X€XvTOV XvOu-fuv Xv0ti-T€ Xv0il)(ri Xv0cCt)-v Xv0c(t|-s Xv0€(ti Xv0€i.Tov or Xv0€(tj.tov Xv0€f.TtJV Xv0€l^.TTIV XV0€1-H€V Xv0c(tJ-|JI€V Xv0ei.Te Xv0€(i,.T€ Xv0€i€-v Xv0€(i). H o 771. s. D. I). H IN FIN. PAKTIC. 1 2 3 2 3 p. 1 2 3 s. 1 2 3 D. 2 3 p. 1 2 3 s. 1 2 3 D. 2 3 1 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 p. Future System of Liquid Verbs: (f>a(v(a (0av-), show Active. Middle. FUTURE. (|>avu avcts ()>av€i <}>aV€l-TOV <^avci-Tov 4>avov-|j,cv <{>avci-Tc avovo-i <|>avov-fiai (|>avci OV€l-Tai 4>av€i-o-6ov <|>avci-(r6ov <{>avov-|icOa (t>avci-(rOc 4>avov-vTai 772. First Aorist System of Liquid Verbs : ^oivm {avoi-|ii i|>avo(-fiT)v <(>avo '.tj-s 4>avoi-s 4>avoi-o <|>avoCt] <|>avoi (|>avoi-To <|>avoi-Tov (|>avoi-(rOov <|>avoC-Ttiv it>avot-(r6T]v (j>avoi-|Acv (|>avoC-fic9a avoi-r€ (|>avoi-(r6€ ^avoU-v avoi-vTO <|>avciv 4>avwv, -ovavci-(r9ai avov-|uvos -TI, -ov €-7]va-s C-({>T]V€ l-T]Va-TOV ^-<}>TJvd-TTJV ^-4>ifva-|i,cv €-T1VX|S <|>TJvtJ-TOV TivT|-TOV (|>T)V(l>-|iCV <|)Tfv^-T€ <|>T)vci)(ri (}>T]vai-|ii l-(|>T]vd-)i,T)V 4-4>ifjv(i) ^-T]va-Te l-({>T]va-(rOov ^-4>Tjvd-o-9Tjv l-(t>i]vd-)ic6a 4-T]va-o-0c C-(f>T|va-VTO (j>T]V())-)iai <}>TlVtl TfvTJ-Tai TivT]-(r0ov «j>T]VTj-T)v(&-)ic6a TJvtJ-T]VT)Va(-|J.T]V <|>T|vcia-s, ^ijmi-j <|>T]vai-o <|>Tiv€i€, ^^rat Tjvai-TO <|>ifvai-Tov <|>T)Va(-TT]V ()>T]vai-|icv (|>T|Vai,-TC 4>T]vai-o-9ov (|>T]vaC-o-9T]v <|>T]va(-|ic9a T]vai-ar9€ <|>ifvcia-v, (p'^vaie-v <)>T]vai-vTO (|>f|vai 4>i)vd- <|>ifva-T]va-a-9e <|>T)vd-o-9cov «|>i]va-(r9ai ^vd-)wvos, -Tj, -ov (|>f]VOV 4>i)vd-rM <|»Tjva-Tov <|>T]vd-T(i)V (j>T|Va-TC 4>T]vd-VT«V <)>f)vai <|»^vas, -aara, -ov [771 n of Liquid V-), SHOW. Middle. (T. ■({>1]vd-)tT)V <|)Tiva-Te (}>Tjva-i]vd-)ic6a T]va-o-0€ <(>tJvo-vto T]V(i)-|iai n'vTj-Tai nvT]- va-v va-o-dai Kd-)MVOS, ij, -ov 774] INFLECTION OF VERBS. HS H s 00 g? H 773. D. P. 1 2 3 2 3 1 2 3 Second Aorist System of Xctirw (XtTr), LEAVE. Active. Middle, second aorist. ^-Xiiro-v S-Xiire-s €-\iir€ i-Xltrt-Tov i-\itri-rr\v l-X(iro-|jicv 4-X£ir€-T€ €-Xiiro-v D. s. 1 Xfirci) 2 XCirns 3 2 3 1 2 3 XCiroxri Xfirg Xfinj-vov XCin]-Tov XCir(i>-|j,cv X(in]-T€ H o p. 1 2 3 2 3 1 2 3 X£iroi-|jii X(iroi,-s XC-rroi X(rroi-Tov Xiirof-Tnv X£iroi-ficv XCiroi-Tc XCiroic-v s. 2 Xfirc 3 Xi,ir^-ro> D. 2 XCirc-Tov 3 Xiir^-Tuv P. 2 X(irc-T€ 3 Xiird-vTwv INFIN. Xiireiv 4-Xi'ird-|i,T)v e-X£irou l-X(ir«-TO i-Xtir€-«r0ov l-Xiir€-(r9T)v ^-Xiir6-)i€6a ^-X£ir€-v Xiir^-o-Oai PARTic. Xiw(iv, -ofi-ec (XeXct7r-/ici/oi) XeX€iji.p,^voi ct-0ci> X^Xci(|>-6ov X€Xc((f>-9a>v X^ci<|>>Oc XcXcC-9(i)v (XeXctir-cr^at) XeX€i n. 2 (T77-(r»oj') •qx-^ov 3 {-qy-ffdtav) i^x-Owv p. 2 {i)y- (ireTreLff-ffdov) w^ir€i-o-6ov (ireireid-a-Owp) ireireC-o-fiwtv (weveid-ffSe) Wirci-o-Oc {ireTreid-a-duv) ircircC-(rOc0V {treireid-adai) ircirci-(rOai (TreTTeiff-ixevos) ircirci(r-|ji^vos, -rj, -ov No FUTURE PERFECT. .-St 'il I iri I 246 INFLECTION OF VERBS, [778 778. Perfect Middle System of Liquid Verbs : crWWu (crreX), SEND. Middle and Passive. D. P. 1 2 3 2 3 1 2 3 INFIX. PARTIC. PERFECT. c(rTa\-|jiai c iJtov, etc. ^orTaX-fiivoi wp^v, e^c. i H S. D. 4a(v(D (^a./), show. Middle and Passive. PERFECT. ir^^tair-iiai "ni^a.v-roA ir^(j>av-9ov ir^<{>av-Oov ir«|>do--ficOa ir^<|>av-Oc irc<|>ao--|i^voi €ldo'-(iT)V €-ir^<})av-TO 4-Tr^({>av-8ov ^-irc(|>dv-6T]v ^ircdao--|i^vos », etc. irc({>a(r-)j,^vc;> tITov, etc. irc<)>a(r-)i^voi u|a(v, etc. irca(r-|i^vos etrjv, e €tTov, etc. 'irc(f>a(r-|A^voi eljAcv, etc. irc(|>dv-C(o ir^cliav-Oov irc<(>dv-0(i)v ir^<}>av-9€ irc(j>dv-0(av 'irc<|>dv-6ai irc(f>ao- ,u€vos, -i], -ov No FUTURE PKKFECT. [778 System of iv), SHOW. 8IVE. PERFECT. i{>av-ro ij>av-8ov ij>Av-6t]v JMior-fjicOa |>av-0c trcLv etc. etc. etc. etc. etc. 780] 780. M H CQ » D. P. S. 1 2 3 n. 2 3 J'. 1 2 3 s. 1 2 3 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 2 o •J V. 1 2 3 s. 2 3 D. 2 3 p. 2 3 s. o p. INFLECTION OF VERBS. Second Passive System of o-t^Xw (areX), send. 247 Passive T. INI IN. PARTIC. SECOND AORIST. ^-o-tAXtj-v ^-o-tAXtj-s I-ottAXtj I-o-tAXtj-tov l-. '^ V. 1 2 3 Active. I'KKHKNT. (rj/xdot/ii) (rlfjidoii) {rifidoi) (rifjidoiTou) {TifxaolTfju) {Ti/J.doifJLfv) (rifidoiTe) (rifjidouv) or {Tifiaolrjv) {Tifiaolrjs) {rtfiaolri) (rinaolriTov) (Ti/iOOt7}T7JJ') {Tt/J.aolT)fl€v) (TifiaolrjTe) {rlfxaolrjaav) TlfliJiTOV Tlfio/TYIV Ti|i$TC or Ti)lcp'T]S Ti|J|,ta*T) [Ti(H{)TJTOV Tifi(i>T]TC Ti|i(pT](rav] Mii>i)M.; and rAHsivE. I'KKHKNT. (rt/udoio) Tifii^o (TlfldoiTo) Tt|A^TO {TifidoiaOop) Tifi,^o-6ov {Tlfiaol (TrMderoj/) TifittTov (rtiuo^Twj') Ti|iaT(i>v (rt^dere) TinoT€ {rlfiahpTwv) ti|jiwvt(i)v (rlndciv) Ti|jiav 1 . M. {rifidwv) TltlUV H F. {r'lfxdovaa) Tifiwo-a Ph N. {rlfidov) Tifi,WV (rt/idou) (TlfJLa^(T6u) (rifidea-Oov) {Tlixaiadwv) {rifideade) {rlfiaiffdoiv) Ti|i]i(r9. 2 (roi/rror) (roi/ffoi') iroiitrov iroiitrov r. 1 a 3 (iroi/o/ufi') (*-oi^i'(r«) troioOfMv iroiitrt iroioOo-i IMrKIMKl'T. ». 1 a {iwofrov) Inolovv •2 {iwoi/rrov) Jiroiftrov 4iroit(rt]v i\ 1 {iiroifov) Jiroio6|i«v 4iro(ovv rUKSKNT. M s. 1 Mi 8 iroici iroiijs jr. m (?rot«');roi') iroif^TOv r. 1 2 3 iroiwjMv iroicMn Midhi.k iiiiiI Tanhivk. rillCSKNI'. {iroUtrai) {woi^KTlhv) {wotrftfifOa) (woUnr (ff) (woidovrai) 1TOl» iroiiirai iroi«((r9ov iroiitirOov iroiov^(9a iroi«t) (ihoUovTo) 4iroiov|ii)v ^iroioO Jiroi«tro 4iroiin(t)a) iroi(6)i«9a (iroi^ijfftff) •n-oi<\or9f {iroUuvrai) iroiMvrai L7R2 7H2I iNi'LKarioy (>// vKum. 251 Prosent System of woUw, im», makk ((Miiitinuid). o n. i>. 1 I H. 1 2 i: I.. H o .. 2 ;i I 2 AirriVK. niKNKNI'. (iroi/. 2 3 (^77\6fTo»') StjXoutov (SrjXdtrov) StjXoOtov /, 1'. I 2 3 iSr)\6oinei>) StjXoOfiiv (5vX6fTf) 8tiXo0t« {dv\6ovKHFic(yr. {iSrjXodfiijp) (fSrjXdov) {idr)\6(To) (iSrjXdeaOov) {iSr)\o6fx(0a) {idr)\6ovTo) iSr\Kov\ir\v J8t)XoO ^8tjXoOTO ^8t]Xovo'0ov ^8T]Xov H •< l» . 2 (Sr)\6oiTov) {SriXoolTrjv) 8T)X0iT0V 8tjXo£TTJV o 11 1 2 {SrjXdoiTt) (Sr]\6oi(v) or 8T)X0l|i«V 8iiXoiT< 8t)Xoi«v or w 8. 1 2 3 {Sr)\oolr)t>) {SrjXooirji) {dr]Xooir]) 8t)Xo(t|v 8t]Xo(t]9 8y)Xo(i) > H I>. 2 3 (SijXoolrjTov) [8T)Xo(t)TOV {8r}XooiiflTr)v) 8t]Xoii^tt)v] o V. 1 2 3 (SrjXoolrjiJLev) [^i]\o(.r\\uv {Sr}XoolT}T() Sr\\olr]Tt {driXoolr}(Tav) 8i]Xo(T]. 2 3 {Sj]X6€Tov) {SrjXo^Twu) 8TjXoiiTov 8'l]X0VTWV ?! P, 2 8 {dr)X6€Te) {dTjXodyruv) StjXoCtc 8t]X0VVT«i>V INFIN. {Sri\6€iv) St]Xo€v H 0. M. P. N. {5r)X6u)v) {dijXdovira) {Sr]X6ov) 8T|Xti>V C_.\ - f. 8t]Xovv Mn»i)i-E and 1'ashivk. i'UKBKNT. {Sf}Xoolfirfi') 8t)Xo()it)v («5t;X6o«o) 8t]Xoio {8r]X6oiTo) Si)XoiTO {S7)X6otv 8T)Xovar0i 8t]Xovo'6wv (S-nXSeaOai) Sr\\ova-9a\. {Sr)Xo6fi€voi) 8t)Xov|j,cvos {drjXoo/xdvri) Br\Kov\kivr\ {drfXodfJLevov) 8t]Xov)icvov 254 INFLECTION OF VERBS. [784 784. Verbs in ML Present System of rWrmi (Se), Active. M H ■< c I>. H n to D. 8. D. P. 1 2 3 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 2 3 1 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 INFIN. vPRESENT. Tf-9rj-s T(-0tj- TC-0€-|ai (5o), give. 255 , Active, present. imperfect. S. 1 8{-8(i)-|jii M(-8ovv 2 8£-8«-s l-8t-8ovs i 3 8(-8(i>- • M 2 8i-8$s 3 Si-Su o D. 2 8i-8«-Tov W-* 3 8i-8«-Tov C2 p. 1 8i-8u-)iicv 00 2 Sl-Su-TC 3 8i-8a>o'i s. 1 Si~8o(t)-v 2 8i-8o(tj-s ■ > 3 8i-8o(t| 1-4 D. 2 81-80I-TOV or 8i-8oCt)-tov H 3 8l-8o(-TT)V 81-801VJ-TTIV O p. 1 8i-8oi-n€v 8i-8oCn-n«v 2 8i-8oi-T€ 8i-8oCtj-t€ 3 81-80U-V 8t-8otT|- 3 8i-86-T«a D. 2 8(-8o-TOV 3 8i-8d-Twv p. 2 8C-80-TC 3 Ol-So-VTWV ivri.N, Si-8 8i-86-o*0wv 8(-8o-o*0c 8i-8o-o*0a>v 8 (-80-0*001 •I :\ 81-86- JMVOS, -T), -OV 256 INFLECTION OF VERIiS. [780 »4 > M H i H U H ■< H o u H «< K W Oh 78«. 1 2 ;{ 2 ;j 1 2 3 1 2 3 o 3 1 o n. 2 1). s. 1 2 3 2 3 1 2 3 I>. :;! 3 INFIN. rAKTlC. Verbs in MI. Present System of Xtrrr\\Li (ara), sk AOTIVK. rilKSKNT. IMl'KKKECT. V'-orTTj-m t-OTTtl-S i'-i)i,E and Tassivk. PRESENT. I'-o-ra-nai V-o-ra-o-oi V'-OTTO-Tai I'-CTO-o-Oov IMl'EKKECT. i-o-Td-nt|v t-o-TO-cro l-CTTO-TO l-. H o p. 8. 1 2 d D. 2 3 1'. 1 2 3 s. 1 2 3 2 3 p. 1 2 3 8. 2 3 n. 2 3 p. 2 3 ti, -ov INKIN. PAKTIC. Vkhhs in mi. Present System of 8<(KvQ|ii ACTI PIIRSKNT. S<(K- SciKVt&DS SciKVV]] 8ciKviilfT0V 8ciKVVY)T0V 8ciKVV(i>)iCV 8eiKVUTJT€ 8ciKVVAI(ni 8ciKVV0lfi,l SciKVVOlS SciKVVOl 8«IKVV01T0V 8cikvuo(tt|v 8ciKVV0lfXCV 8ciKVV0lTC 8ciKVV0l(V 8c(k-vv 8«iK-vv-rci> 8«(k-vu-tov 8ciK-VV-T 8((K-vu-ir9ov 8ciK-vv-y 8(C>c-w->y 8«(K-vv-(^ai 8-|MV0S, -t|, -ov h 258 INFLECTION OF VERBS. [788 Verbs in MI. 788. Second Aorist System of Tt9T]Hl (tfe), PLACE, PUT. Active. Middle. S. 1 2 2-0OV • 3 l-0e-TO P D. 2 ?-0€-TOV S(-0c-(r9ov 55 3 1-0^-Tqv ^0^- • 3 0€(l) 6ct-T0 > D. 2 0€t-Tov or 0«£tl-TOV Oct-oOov 3 0€C-TT|V 0ei'^-Ttiv 0cC-cr0i]v 0L| O P. 1 0Cl-||i€V 0c(t|-|MV 0c(-|ic0a 2 0€l-T€ 0€£tJ-T€ 0ci- 3 0^a> d^-orOw M H i D. 2 0^-TOV 64-ir0ov 3 0^~T«V 64-v U-Tt 86-o-Oc 8«S-vT«v 8v 86-crOc 8v 260 INFLECTION OF VERBS. [793 luKKr.iiLAK Verbs in MI. 793. otSa {15), KNOW. Active, skconl) i'kuk. skconi) im.up. 'A H at) I). I>. S. u •-I D. •< H O 1'. I>. H u t V. 'Z 1 2 :i 2 :i 1 2 3 1 2 3 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 2 3 1 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 INFIK. olSa ^'8ti or •n'Bciv olxjs or (^^s <}>aT6v <|>aT^ PRESENT. f]TOV 4>b>|J.CV <)>f)T( <{>u(ri> aCTiv <|>atT]S <{>aCT] ()>atTov or 4>a(T)TOv 4>a£TT]v jj"*''''^'''^*' ()>ai(icv 4>aCT|(j.cv <|>aiT€ (}>aCi]T(' 4>aicv ()>a£T|(rav (t>a9( or ()>d0i, (|>dT(i> 4>d'.-ov 4>dT(av 4>dTC dvTiio-6a or 24>t)s 2({>aT0V 4()>dTT)V c(t>aTc c<{>a(rav C4 H o PARTic. «i8«i5, clSvta, el8 o V. 1 2 3 s. 2 (4 3 M H i>. 2 K o H O I-. 2 M 3 PARTIC. 2G1 IMI>KHI'ECT. Trregular Verhs «lt*t (^(T), UK. Active. I'HKSKNT. M Tj or ifv T tjv . Tio-Tov or iJtov tjo-TtJV ^TTJV ijo-av . I'KESKNT. » CD ♦ n 11T0V TJTOV W|ACV TIT€ wori IN MI. <. and Pass. I'KES. IMI'ERF. UfiT)V [797 iccrai icrai ico-o l€TO iccrdov ico-Oov tcirOov i^0Tiv ico-dc ico-9c icurt Xta-av Scvrai "evTO Active. Middle, second aori8t. (lo-o cIto (Itov flv iCtrOai UlJKVOS i iJtov ■qrov iJt« •tl)V ttt, cItov or €1ltjtov cICttJV il'/JTtlV cl|JlCV c'lT||JlCV elT6 €V'tJT€ ctcv clkT](rav Is Itm ?TOV Itc IvTWV clvai els, clo-a, cv ijrai tfcrOov •qo-0ov wficOa ii M H o Si; »^ n H H < H D. » P 8. 1 2 3 D. 2 3 p. 1 2 3 8. 1 2 3 D. 2 3 p. 1 2 3 s. 1 2 3 2 3 1 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 i!«Fi?r. PARTIC. Irregular Verbs in MI. 798. Kftnai («t), LIE. PRESENT. KClfiai Kcio-ai KClTai Kci(r6ov Kcio-Gov KClO-Oc Kcivrai IMPERFECT. CKCIO-O CKCirO €KC10-60V ^KcC(r0T]v .Kc{)ie9a ckcktOc CKCIVTO PRESENT. K^ci)|jiai K^TJTOl K^ijv Kci(r0e Kc((r0(i)v KiiirSai KcCfiCVOS 799. PRESENT. Kd0i))iai Kd0Tierai Kd0TjTai Kd0T](r9ov Kd9T](r0ov Ka0%c0a Kd0i]orOc Kd0tJVT'Pi Kd0-i)nai (^(t), sit down. IMPER ^Ka0^|jiT)v or ^Kd0T)(ro JKd0T]TO ^Kd0T](r0ov ^Ka0l/)O-0T)V ^Ka0^H«0a ^Kd0T](r0c ^KdOTJVTO PRESENT. KaOufiai Ka0fJTai Ka0f](r0ov Ka0fjo-0ov Ka0w|ic0a Ka0f](r0c KaOwvrai Ka0o(|JlT]V KoOoio KaOoiTo Ka9oi(r9ov KaOoCo-Otiv Ka0o()jic0a KaOourOc Ka0oivro Kd0r]v Ka0T] 266 RULES OF SYNTAX. The Article. V 807. Proper names may take the article. Thus, at tov Kvpov Kiafiai, the villages of Cyrus. 808. Abstract nouns often take the article. Thus, 17 dXrjdeia, truth. 80$). Nouns with a possessive pronoun take the article when they refer to definite individuals, but not otherwise. Thus, 6 e/xos Trarrjp, my father, but €fxd\ Kvpov, Cyrus and his followers. 812. An attributive adjective, or equivalent expression, which qualifies a noim with the article, commonly stands between the article and the noun. But the noun with the article may be followed by the adjective with the article repeated ; here the first article is sometimes omitted. Thus, 17 'EA.A»/i/tK^ v\aKri, or 17 v\aKri rj 'EAAT/nKT/, or vXaKri V 'EXAt/vikt/, the Greek garrison, 17 eis to ttcSiov €ln a relative m'ouI.1 naturally l,e in the aceusative as the <>lM<"ct ol a verh, ,t is nvnerally asshnilatnl to the ease of the antecedent if tins IS a genitive or dative. Thus, aVSpe, i^.oC eUn ry, i\,v6,p{d, r), K€KTr)VTai, the,, mr mn, ,rorlh,, of Ihr fnnlorn irhirh Ih,,, have. «2J). The anl.Todent is oftcM. atlrarU,! into the relative elause, and a^^rees with the relative. Thus, a^rcVe/xiAev i^ J^^ crr^ar..^a, he ilespatched U'hatjorct's he had. Nominative and Vocative Cases. «.*{(>. The nominative is used chiefly as the subject of a finite verb or m the ].re,lieate after verbs signifyino; (o be, become, etc. See 800, 8();{. ' Hiit, The vocative, uith or without J, is used in addressing a person or thing. Thus, ^ ,'.So',, oT K,>e, .lyu d, -rr.hCov KaXov, the roa.l, Cm-us leads into a beautiful plain, ivSpt^ iTTpaTmrai, fellow soldiers ! Accusative Case. «.S2. The direct objtH-t of the action of a transitive verb is put in the accusative. Thus, aevS6vr)v c^i, //,- has a slinff. Hiiii. Any verb whose meaning permits it may take an accusative of kindrcl signification. This accusative ivpeats the idea already, contained m the verb, and may follow intransitive as well as transitive verbs. It is called the cor/natc^ accusative. Thus, TroAe/xet dSiKov v6k,p.ov, he wafjes an unjust war, rt ere ijhiKijaa ; what wrong hare I done you ? 8.-{4. The accusative oi specif cation may be joined with a verb, adjec- tive, noun, or even a wliole sentence, to denote a part, character, or oualitn to uhich tlie expression refers. Thus, rk ,roAe>ca Aya66,, skilled in matters pertannng to war, 6 Troru^o, eVrt rb cJpo. TrAe^^ov, the rirer is one hundred Jeet in width. 83r>. An accusative in certain expressions lias the force of an adverb. Thus, Ta navra vlKQ>cn, the,, are completely rictorious, rC hu alroU Xvtiv rhv y€vpav, why need they destroy the bridye ? nULKS OF SYNTAX. 2G9 it can easily rims, KUTU- which I (I III iiiv(! as the ntecedent if tvO€pida ':i:::i :Z!i t::7C 'i-. ^'r - ^- 1 will ,lo ,,„urfrien,U ,„,„, ,,„,,„. ' " '*'^°'" "'""" " '^y««-«^, ».u 84<>. Verl.s sigiiifyiiiir ,„ „„„, ^j anJ the like, ,„ay take a ,,„.,,ica,« accusative uCl ' I^^ ' if '"' T' ' Thus. .„c>„ E..„^..™ ,«Aow, ,/,,, ,,,„„„ A-:^i :; r'z: "• he Ml not regard Ike su ^j^epC>u !>86,, a journey of thne ,hn,s, Tre.rc f^rjuQ^u fiurO.k, Jin- mo,M pa,,, (iantive of Measure. 0. ra.iso c.r Origin, as /xcy^iAo,. AScKrj,.dru^u 6pyr,, anger at ^reat offenses. I he ( ansa!. Cicnitirc. 7. Thn Whole, aftor nouns dniotinK a part, as 8t^ fj^iaov t«s TrtJAea,?," throiujh the mhhUc of the cit,,. The /'arddre Genitive. 842. The Vartitivo Konilivo (Hll, 7) n.ay follow all nonns, pronouns, a, jyefvos (osprdally sup..rlativ.s), parM(.ipl..s with the artid.', annshes, Tt/i5rat fidXtara rS^v 'EXXyuu^y, he i, honored more than any other Greek. 843. Verbs si-nifyi,,^. to he or become and other copulative verbs may have a imMlieate g^Miitive exin-essin- any of tin. relations of the attribu- t.vo .,nM.itive (811). Thus, rm,. larlv o 7rr^o, ; ,eho on^ns the horse f 6 A.t>\(>5 iarl n) eT^po<: irXWpov, the Chains is one hundred feet broad, ^v hi KuLovTo, ra>v MiXrjrou 7roAa>^KoiWv iTnrrjSuwv fxtr^iTv^ e, you hail i/onr share ofpi'orisions. 845. The genitive follows verbs signifying to take hold of, to,a'h, elaim Kdprj<: rb {;8u>p, the neater does not touch the ha,,, o^To^ airov rj/xaprc, this one missed him, 7,px€Tov Xoyov (S8c, he began his sfieech as follotrs. 84(5. The genitive follows verbs signifying to taste, smell, hear, perceive con,p,-ehend, rnncnbe,; fnyet, desi,-e, ca,'e for, spare, ne,,leet, ,eonder at] ad,n„-e, despise. Thus, ouVorc r,^lovo, otvov yc'ycv/xat, / have ne,-er tasted Jiner ,nne, OopvfSov r)Kovl)joct only 8c, , perceive, 'ontfer at, ver tasted '■>' do you <■ men . M IhlLS, TO,. „.A.r«,. a^u, /„. ,.,„„,„„„,/.< ,/,,, , lite., KAiapvo, Yof, S-' ""'.';'"" *'-.'" »4» TLe s,.,itive (,« ablative) ,„a.y ,|,,,„t„ that f,„,n which a„vt),i„,, .» »c,.arato,l or ,l,.st,„Kni.,hc,l. ()„ this ,,nnci|,lo the genitive f„ I ™ ! ? roA.^0. ,8<»„ ™,lrera., «. mil be glad to .,to;, y,y„;„j. -^ *' and an „t.,ers winch i„„,,y ™,„pari»on. Th„s, olj 4. „,.W.o rf "I; pa., ^<^£, *, ,,.„.,^-,,i ,%,, too fate/„r the haute. ^' "^ 851. The genitive often denotes a came, esrecially with verbs exnre,>, .ng on,ot.ons sue as „*„,V„„v,„. «,„,,., „^,,1, ,i ;^,r "^ C" or revenge. Sometimes it denotes tlie source Thus rS. i\ a "' • -' .X0-. r,, ^«„, „,cg„,.c gratefal ,„ ac go,.,forr!c,or,roirjTZ vX louu I verb. Thus, tu,v aKk^y ^poT„W, he mil honor ,/.., otore ihc re., rxitxt:; ''''-^' '""* '■"""-" "••'" '" '"- ("-4"% ro'ZI:/'" ''"'"/'■'™ '""^ ''"'"""^ *''" '"■'•■" "'• '"""« »f » thi"S. Thus RULEi^ OF SYNTAX. «54. TIk" uciiilivo luiiy deiioto the (hue wlihhi ichirh {inythiiig takes place. Tlius, uipfxaro Tr}s vvkto's, he act out in the nit/hf, tuvtu rij^ rjfiipiU «yeV«To, thin happened durhuj the ifai/. 855. TIk^ ol>j('ctiv(! gciiitivu follows many verbal adjectives. These ai-c! chielly kiiidivd (in mcaninjr or derivation) to verbs which take the genitive. Thus.^cVTrcipoi yap ^crav tt/9 x<^/^«5. '^'O' "'ere familiar with the countrii (81o), t^? x"V«« iyKparth, ^iiastrrs or rulers of the land (847), Kitifiat fi€(TTal (TtTov, rill(i(/es aboundin;/ in supplies (818), 85(». The genitive follows many adverbs, chiefly adverbs of j^lace and those derived from adj(vrcs, those who are acipiainted with Ci/rus. 857. A noun and a participle not grammatically connected with the main construction of the sentence may stand by themselves in the Genitive Absolute. See 516. 858. Adjectives and adverbs of the com}>arative degree take the geni- tive (y\\i]\ox\t Jj, J ha n). Thus, kukioi;? rdv oAAa../, more cowardlif than the rest, OaTTov rtoj/ iinrwv trp^xov, they ran vumi swiftly than the horses. Dative Case. 859. The indirect object of the action of a transitive verb is put in the dative. This object is generally introduced in English by to. Thus, Si'Swo-i p.i(tOov t. Thus, AAo .n-,^...^. Kd,, ...^^r^X^:^ another Jorre. as collected Jor oi .a.i. Z^^ you are .iott.uj hnr,n against ... JMtire of Adra.ta,,e o. JHsadSg^ ' verl!!r!;o.ul!;'o;'HM T"' •'""' "^^"'"" "'^ ^'^^'^^^^«' -^'^ -"- vu.uU.onns of k ndred n,ean,ng with the yerhs of 8(50 and HVA. Thus nendlg and Ja,thful to nu, .rjX6, rul, ^^^^, 8...o,e.xo., nL had Z the wagons to (jet through. ^, "ait na}a joi 8<$4. The dative is used with all words implying likened, or nuUl-.n.^. agree^nent or disagreement, union, or ap,roaeh. This intl.nl: X^ 2^ ^ ' adverbs, and nouns. Thus, ^ .ope.'d 5^o.a ,^.y,^ e'v.v.cro M • ! , / -.../. le m-e Jligh, Ma,.... 'A..AW W>-/L^::; j J:; 7roA£/itot9, /^e approaches the enemy. ^ ^ * 805. Tiie dative follows many verbs compounded with eV a^v or eV.'- aml^son. eon.pounded with .,o', .„,., .e,.', and M. Th kX. ! : ^rparw oAAo., ,'^o.. a^r. Tl... Wutiv. iH US...I i„ .|.Mu,lo that by whirl, any pcM-son or ihinu (irmtf. *' •' H70. Thr .laiivo without, a i..v,,„,siti„n oftri. a, .„ '„,. san.r '/"/A T.y,rr«pam, o,, thr Jhllomn,, (,/„//), ^t.t ..kW ttu, r.v ciW^a.o. all fxris/inf III (I siiii//r nujlit. No 64. KdvSvi. kl IH'rfoct and ^oii or tiling' ith a mi(/htif me wht'u im ; (I nil, iiiijlit, on t/ir siDiif rrtOayoVf all Mummr ani. mmn-uvxrum. vkhi, an., tkns,.; stkms, I'UINCII'AL PARIS OK IMI'OKTANl' VliRHS. ^1 f '""," '":'"' '"'•■''" « ""■'' » »i"».''" co„«„„a„l l,av. i|„. lirst p... ... a,.,. ,H,rf..„t ,.,i,..lle »y,u.,„» i„«U.a,l oC H„. ....,l,„„i,,„,,i.,„. k. Hw «...up ",:;■!.,:'"'" '""■'"""■"'' -"" " '- "■■" v.'.^ t..,, ,,„ te...l....-al auB„„.„t. This i„ callo.l A„u- ,-,.,l,„,lic:atio„. r,. So„,„ ,e,.|„ whos,. ste... l„.gi,« will, a vowel Uk. th.. «yllal,ic a,.T „t a» .the ste„. l,e«a„ with a co„Ho„a„t. Th..He vei-hs al,o ,■ .' for he re,l„pheatio„. .So,„e.of the,,, have tl,e te,„,K„.. it , , »yn»l>,e a,.K„,e„t. Whe„ another , f„n„„,, ,. i, .„',„,,,,,,j " '" "'" ^ «. So,„e verhH derive,! tro„, „ou,„ ,„■ ,„ljeetives oo,„p„„,„|e,l with me ge.,eral rule ( >74), „i all the sy,,te.,„ i„ which the verb oceurs. ^yst^ms""" ™""' "'''" ■■'*"'■' "'" "'""' ™""' ""'y "' »<"- of the tense 10. Vowel 8t«nia which retail, the short vowel rsee a o ,i ^ ^ -ome othe„ ,„ay a,l.l , to the fl„a. vowel beforlall ^di',',. „! 7™^ " Kill, T i., the i^rfect and pluperfect ...iddle S„! . " '"'.'/"".mj, before ^ or ., i„ the fi,.t passive .yste;^' """" "'"'' ""'•^ ''"^ ' ="«» mi m Hi 'I 276 riiiM'ii'AL iwirrs of iMroirrANr VKitiiS. 11. Som.« v.«il.H with Mlu.rt v.-il. Mmun vxuUu^ i„ a ...uto or v loMKilu.n tho Hlu.rt v..vv,.I in 8..ino ,.t (I,,. Iomsom. a I., ,,, c f. n or oi, w to .v. 'I'lio Mlu.rtvr vorl. Htoiu K^uMally u,.,H.a.s i„ tlio ^ocon,! mniHt active „r ,>a«Hiv«. IL'. Ston.H o<,nsistinK of a «lu.rt vowol hotwen, two coiiHoimntH ho.ihs tinios iiiop tln< vowel. la. S«»nu» v.Ml.s a.KI . lo tl.o vorl. Hton. ii. hoiuo <,f tlio to.iH.. NyHton.H. M. Somo v.M-hs .Irop «r of tlio futun^ .st.Mii aii.l roiitrart. ir.. Futums ill «r« aii.l lo-o^ai iVoi.i v.mI.h in it« of nioiv than two NvllaM..s n.^Milarly tlrop «- and insoit <, and oontiact. Tho forms in M and If) aro called thr Attir future. Ul Soino vvrhs, instoad ..f a fiitniv in o-o^ai, or in ad.lition to it, havo a fiiluro III ) ^yr^^aK alp^w {alpe, A), take, seize, mid. tide for oneself, choose, alp^o-o. ,Uov(r,) ^pT,Ka tfpt„*ai TJWetiv (D) T,Vet,v(0) al / pa(vM {(ia), go, PVoHai(17) ipijva Py«re, P^'i'l'- jpXa^ra p^px^^^ PovX^cro|ioi (i;{) VWjo-OHat (l.J) iY«v6^T,v ^'yovu •yiYv«S«rK« (7to), perceive, know, P^^aiiai (0) ipdeTjv (0) / P^P^Tjuai 4pX^eTiv / P^pXaji^oi 4pXd.f)9t,v / P«PovXti^oi ( I .{) ipovX^Otj V (13) Y«Y) 8< 8<8paKo S(8w(ti (So), give, 8«, wish, desire, W.XV« (l.'>) T|0) 'X" (fffx. , i;{) ?) k^kXtjko K^KXtjfiaii K]i(i) (kuv), burn, Kaia-ta 2Kava-a K^KavKa K^Kavfjiai <a K^KXcfifiai. Kp(\i,&vvvy.^ (Kpefia), hang up, Kp<|i» (14) iKprffiao-a (0) 4KXdirT]v 4Kr]v(9,10) (11) redupli- iting the PRINCIPAL PARTS OF IMPORTANT VERBS. 281 Xov0dv« {\ae), escape the notice of, mid. forget, MXa '4) K^HVTjuaii ^|AvV0Tiv (10) vivdnwTfiai *vo|ji() fil'OHai .l8ov (6) IdpSKa (f,) Wpa^at (6) <«P«Ka(f)) Ji,*^ai j;4,e-v OpVTTW ( ((50cX),i owe, oi(Xr,«ra (13) w^wiXrjKa (13) w4»»M9i|v(13) iraCw, strike, ira(eT)v ^Pp(<^1)V airdci), draiv, W »«nraKa(8) .o-iracr^at (8. 10) ^9t)v 8pa|iioi})iai (17) S!8pa|fcov 8cSpdp,i)Ka (18) 8c8pd|jiT)|iai (13) rpt^w {rpip, Tpip), rub, Tpt<|/« irplr^a. rirpi^a Wrpi|i)iai TVYxdvo) {tvx), hit, attain, intrans, happen, Tcv(o|jiai (11, 17) Itvxov TeTvxtjKa (13) T^Tcuxa (11) W-urx v^op.ai (o-ex, ax^), hold oneself under, promise, {»iro-av«a ot(r a(vtt> {(pav), shoio, c4>i]va ir^<)>aYKa ir^<{>a(r|jLai i<|>dv6T|v ^<{>dvT|V ^pci) ((pep, ol, ivcK, ipeyK), bear, bring, carry. fjvcYKa ° ivt\vo\o. (4) ^v^v€Ynai (4) ^v^x^rjv 1 The vowel of the verb stem is irregularly (274) lengthened to et in the first perfpfrt and perfect middle systems. —^ de becomes re before d-qv. —3 See 738, 17. — * Cf. fxta. — 6 Formed irregularly without 9t)v I9p{^9r\v Irpl^v irpt^9r\v PlilNClPAL PARTS OF IMPORTANT VERBS. 285 ♦««{0Hoi(ll, 17) j^j^^ov «|>€w|oO|Aai(ll, 10,17) w<«|nv7a (11) 4»Wv« (0e^9apKa SI4>6ap|Aai K®dpT)i ^ Second aorist of the ut form Cf 7nn 2 o^i (ii74) lengthened to , in aU lhe"y«temal:.~ ..'-'' "' "'" ^"' '' "''^'^'** d8(\(j>6s dOpof^o) dvOpwiros * dpird^w * * Pdp^apos * ^ovXcvw * * •ydp Y^4>vpa SapciKds 8^ 8c£i6s 8id 8iapird{(d * * 8lUK(l) 8Mpov FIRST WORD LIST. (Lk £XXt|vik6s * kv* <|* 4iripov\(v(i) * * Ev(}>paTT]s T)(i^p5 * OdXarra etds* 6t)p(ov 0vpa* Gvo) Viriros * Ka( KaKds KCiX6s* KCXCVA) KX^ap)(os Kpav-y^ Kvpos Kcv86vT) t6cOv * * TOJ^TTJS * * t6t« rpdirc^a TplSKdiTlOl i|>av€p6s oP€pds** (bdfios* * ({>vXaKifi Xtopa * * Xwptov * * » Cl> 873. An inspection of this List shows that these words are not all separate units, but that some of them are related to others both in form and in meaning. Thus, 6VX0V, 6irXtTT|s ; ir^Tti, ircXTao-T^s ; irdXt^os, iroX^|iios ; rdgov, To|6Tris ; <|>dpos, ^sogrpds; X'^pS, X«piov, ^dxn» Jidxaipo, o-v^-^oxos ; o-Tparid, o-Tparwi- TTis, orrpaTcvw, ) o-rparuii- WORD GROUPING. 287 874. Greek words, tlien, fall naturally into aro,n^. T> words in any ^rouu are relntp,! f. ? ^ ^ ^^'^ and in ^ "^.^'^^P '^le lelated to one another both in form Zt TT"^' Some words, called compound words Z related to two or more separate simple words, as alTny6^^ which IS related both to crxpaxtS aid to Hy., lllThlt compound verbs. ^ belong E. 2h xtus ""'^^" other language., notably Latin and 876. English words may be related to Greek words in thp same manner a« Latin words, the Greek and eIi s^ wo J havmg a common original source. Their connectfo^ in fol nT y^vf *"*">• ^""'^ ^°'''« ^'-e called cognate ?S" 6^.1 T": "•' '■""^^^ ""•""""' f™- ««rword:: Ji P«Ppap.s, 6artarous; 'EXXnnKds. #«/W, e«is, «a/J X«5Y»S, pkUo-logy. "pairos, phil-anihropy ; f., *''■ /V'" "^ ^'*''' ^'•""''■""^ importance to note and fix in the mind the relationships of Greek words. /» «.?«,'m^ a areeh vocabulary, do not commit word> to that ekou,affimty in form and meanin,. and associate JtkttZ the related Latin and English words. stars. The double star do-n^fi .1 J "'^'^^^ ^i*^ ^ «tar or word, or to otr^er S^H t Jr" ' '•"*" '° ''"°^''- «-•= 288 WOIW GROUPINO. 878. SECOND WORD LIST. (Lessons XIIL-XXI.) In this List, and in the six follow inj,' Lists, first givo the meanings of tlie words, and then inspect, in the gen.'ral vocahulary, the etymological statements about all the words that are marked with a star or stars. The double star signifies that the word is related to another (Jreek word, or to other Greek words, in the List under consideration or in previous Lists. , Occasionally a related word is given in parenthesis which might other- wise be overlook(Ml ; but no related word is thus given which would be suggested by a proper use of the general vocabulary. d-yopdjlw * * d^pios * &Kpos * dX^6«ia &XXos* dvTd* dird* ASp«tos** SacTfids Sfivds 8tKT|* ctKOcri * «lj4( * # ^KCIVOS diroir^fiiro) * * IvrovOa** &iropo$ * * Apttrriinros 'Aprol^plTis dpx^* drCfid^w avr6s * PopPapiKds** lirrd* PairCXcios i'TOi|Jios Ypd<(> * || IvTcvOcv * * ^iriPovX^ * * ^irwTToX^ JiriT'/jScios ©CTTaXds 6t)Pcv(i> * * Uavds Urx^jpds \iyfa * * (\67oj) Xoxa^^^s Ma(avSpos* lioXXov ficrd oiSv OVTOS * *" 0(jT(i)S * *" ira(a> irdXiv* irdw irapd* irapdScicros * Trapao'd'YYTis irapao-Kcv^ irdpcifii * * )iiCTair^)iir(i> * * irdpoSos * * fJi^pioi l^vos 88€** JXcOpos oXf^yos* 6'Xos* 6vos* SpOios irctOo) * * (tt 10-76$) itivrt * ir^pSv IIcpo-iK6s * * irwrrj^w * * irtoTTds * * iropctOofiai * * carpdinjt * * tXos* (^povpapxos ^pvyCS «8€** «aT« 879. THIRD WrRD LIST. (Lessons XXIL-XXXL) d8iK^(o * * &Ha**(«Ma^o) &was** &p|ia dcrirCs aSiKos * * d(i<|>{ * d-irXovs apv d) * * a« dKLvdiTTie J- avd* ^,p.y..^pQA5 {(ppovpapxoi) pod(i> dXXd** dird-yu * * dpi6|Ji6s * ^PXAtV ^ ^ PovXo|iai * * WOitn GROUPING. neaningH of iymological itars. The word, or to IS Lists. light other- i would be )0)iai * * d-)n]t ovXciio * * i^itta * * >aTcvo|iai^* a ''^ ^l^ »apxo8 S Y^p«v S^vSpov SiApv{ «t (Ira fKacrros JKWV 'EWdfi * * i\irL% Siri i|&i * * ^pwrdd) <{Svovt * ♦ ^Y^o^at * * ij8ij 9av|id]|«» e<&pa{* KaKUS * * KaX^w * KciXws * * Kard KaTaK6irTa> * * KaraXcdrw * * Kfjpvg KX(i»i|r X«(ir«** fi^iros * (/ivd viKdw * * vtKTJ ♦ * voOf ^ # vi»g« 6p|id<*i 6'pvis * 6'ti OWK^Tl ♦ * iriipdofjiai* iript* iroi^w * iroXifi^w 1^ * troXXdKif irpOTTW* irp6 ** IIp6((vos TpWTOS * * o-t6Xos CTdfia (rTpdrivfjia * * dXoY{* (j>i,X^(*» * ♦ vXci£ *" '^ <|>vXdTT« * ♦ XaXKoGs * Xoptfis * ♦ Xdpis * * XtXioi Xpdo}iai * * Xp^(ia** XPV(rovs ■* LI.) fto-o.** #Vrdo^iav iKaWpw0«v * * KardYw * * 6vouoii '^ ^ 4kci * * ^XavvA) ^ * dir^avvft) * * "EWtjv * * dirox«p<« * * ^fiirdpiov * * dpYiJpiov** ^awardw* pa * * vCv* otKaS*** (fi/tii/i/yuos) oit^ * * irapaKaX^w * * va.p(\ijt * * iroT^p * Iff Jtj * * irc^ds * * irXrio-id^a) iroios iroXiopK^b) irop{|[(i) * * 7r6$ ^^T(i>p VITOS * * o-frdw * * cv8ov'/JTT]s * * o-xoX^ * * oP^(i) * * (pVYds * * '|'TjaX^S * airCKa * * d<)>iKv^Ofjiai * * d()>iinr«{iw * * Pidj^ofiai * ^^vos * * 'YV)Xo()>os * * WORD GliOUPlNQ. FIFTH WORD LIST. (Lkssons XLII.-L.) Sairavdw * 8<0po SfjXos * • 8ia{ * * SiSdo-Kw 8iit>0tfpa 8p6|xos javToO * * J'YKpaT'/is * * i^w ** {|iavroC * * fvfKa liriX«(irw * * 4irio-iTi(r|i6s * * ^iriTp4ir« * * itpos* T||l^T(pOS * * (8i(&nit * KarcurKiirro- KaTa^av/jt K^pckS * Kpdvos * Kpdros * • AaK<8ai)i4vio« X6\os * * (UXSs* )Up08 |ii)K^rt * * ^vXov 6)jkaX^s * * 6|ioXoY^o> * * dirX(|^(i> * * op'yyj * * « * opY(lo|iai ? 'EXX^« KaTaXa|iPdvM^i^ avTdOi * * ■yvvii^* ^cXa^vM*')' Zctis « KaTttX<{(i»** BapvXMV 8^X<*f^^ * , t|«Ta * * rairpSTTW^ * KaTa«j/Ti<^(];o- |Aai * * kX^ittw ♦ * KoXd(u Kp^VT) X^Y''* * * XdYXT tidXio-ra * * (idxo^ai * * \i.iya.% * fi^VTOl MtXtjTos (i6vos * voO«* oUtfu * * otop.ai, £ino-0(v 6ir6T« OpbvTfis if *« 6'6pos orrdSiov o-TpaniY^w ♦ * o-TparoTf 8(v(tf* * (ruXXpot Taxvs * * TfXf vrdw ♦ * , t«X«utVj * * WXos * * « Wrrapfs * * (rpdiTi^a) 201 Tp«tt»»(Tpid/tOI^ TO, Tpia,K6 * * 8tiaTptp(u * * 8ia4>6<(paXo$ * * clKd^cii «v8aifx6vs * * OdlTTW * * (rdtppoi) Sapped) * Ovfi'a-Kft) * * (Odvaroi) 0<5pvPos 9 * * lT^TWp) K€dvris * \i.iv((Xw o4>0aX(i6s * * fixerj irai8cv(i) * * vapayyiKXu * * irapardTTCD * * irdcrxw * TrilTTW * * irXfjOos irX^v irXTjorfos * * irXi^TTw * * iroviia * * ir6vos * * irbTcpov . . . T|' irov irpoOvucos * * •irpoa^pXO(iai** WpOTp^XW * * irvv6dvo)iiai irvp * ^qi8ios * * * (TKtVO^Opiti * * HI: 'J I f li'-i r 292 WORD GROUPING. a-rrtlpa * * 6Spa * «rW\X«* * (iiTL- (rwTT]p(a * * (TToX:^, ardXas) Tapdrrw 0-TpC(d * * TC(VU * * {aTpeirrds) TcXcvraios * * r(\i(a * * rpipw * * ri\i.va(v(i> * * rp4\ a.vayiyvu)tT](ii * * PaCvo) * * ^aKTr\pLa* * Pia((i)s * * yippov yiyvuxTKU) * * {yviiifiT)) y6w* 8cCKVV|il * * (diddffKw) 8^pp.a * * Sipa * * 8«'«* (bind) 8iaPa(v(i> * * 8iaT(0Tini * * 8i8paaK()) * * {8p6fji,os, rp^xco) 8£8«nt**(5u)poj') 8i€Xavv«** 8vva)i,ai * * (dSi/yaroj) 8v(i> * * £k8^Po> * * ^HirfnirXTjiAi* * CVbVO) * * c|aK6 * * {dXrid'^s, dX^- deia, Xdffpqi) Xcvk6s * X(9os * ftavOdvd) * Mapcvas p.i\(\.**{iTrifi€\i- ofiai, d/ieX^w) (JlCTdirCp.lTTOS * * (iifjiroTc * * |ii(r9o(|>opd * * vcKpds * vc4>^Xt| * ot8o * * oCxofiai oXXvjAi * * (dXeffpos) Sp.vvp.1. r/ ocros iroXxdv 'n-apa8(8(*>|i.i^^ ir((j,irXT]p,i * * (ttX^Pijs, irXrjdos) irXidi** (irXoiov) irpo8iaPa£vu * * irpo8(8(i)fi.i * * irp6ci|ii * * (eJ/ut) irpocXavvw * * irpoti)|ii * * irw pidi* o-aXirC^o) * o-T^<|>avos * crvfAp,ax£a** o-vvoiSo* * pocrvvT) * * r(9T|p,i, * * TlTpc&O-Kb) T6|€vp,a * * toctoBtos Tpoir^ * * Tvyxavci) uiroirTCiia) * * voTTcpaios * * ^p(i> * * {filer do9dv(i) <)>Xvap^(i) * * ((>XvapCa * * XaXcirws * * XpvaoxdXivos** i\cira(v(i) * * civ* ivcCov * * IS I) * XirC^ci) * ^<)>avos * H(j,a\£a** voiSa * * vt(0t]}jii * * po(rvvT) * * It]|jii * * -pcoo-Kb) jtvfta * * rovTOs w^ ** 9irTCV(i) * * rcpaios * * )(i) * * ucr6o(pbpo%, Kevo(f)6po9) iva uap^o) * * uSpCa * * ^cirws * * iaoxdXivos* * VOCABULARIES. INDEX. M A HH RE VI AT IONS. acr. =ap('usativo. jict. — iU'tivc, -ly, adj. =a(l,ii'c'tivt', -ly. adv. = adverb, adverbial, -ly. antec. = antecedent. aor. = aorist. apod. =aiK)d().si8. art, = article. (/. = coti^fer, compare. coniiii. =('onini()nly. conip. = comparative. cond. —condition, conditional. donj. = conjunction const. = construction. contr. = contraction, contracted. dat. = dative. def. = definite. den)., demon. = demonstrative. dep. = deponent. dim. = diminutive. dir. = direct. disc. =discoui"8e. Dor. = Doric. e.g. = for example. end. = enclitic. Eng. = English. esp. = especial, -ly. etc. = and so forth. f., ff. = following. feni. = feminine. f ut. = future. gen. = genitive. i.e. =that is. impers. = impersonal, -ly. impf., imperf. = imperfect. imv. = imperative. indec, inded. = indeclinable. indef. =: indefinite. indie. = indicative. jndir. = indirect. inf., iiidn. --= infinitive. interr. = interrogative, -ly. intr., int runs. r= intransitive, -ly. Lat. = Latin. lit. = literal, -ly. nuiac. = masculine. nud. = middle. neg. —--negative, -ly. neut. = neuter. No.. Nos. = Number, Numbers. uom. r- nominative. obj. =1 object. opt. = optative. orig. = originally. p., pp. = page, pages. part., partic. = participle. jiass. = paasiv(% -ly. pers. = person, pensonal, -ly. pf., perf. = perfect. pi., plur. ^^ plural. pipf., i)lup. = pluperfect. post-i)osit. = post-positive. pred. = predicate. prep. =prei)ositi()n. pres. =i)resent. pron. = pronoun. prop. = proper, -ly. prot. = protasis. refiex. == reflexive, -ly. rel. = relative, -ly. sc. = S(yilicet- sec. = second. sing. = singular. subj. ^= subject. subjv. = subjunctive. subst. == substantive, -ly . sup., super. = superlative. fi.v. = sub voce. tr., trans. = transitive, -ly. voc. = vocative. YOCABULAIMES. ••f JCi< I. GREEK-ErsTOLISH VOOARTTLARY. In tlio follow inn; Vociibuliiry tin. v.'rh stoiii of ojich siuiplo vorb is f,MV(Mi in parenthesis .lii-ccdy after Mk. preHciit indi.-alive, unless this stem iip].."Hrs uurh.iunvil in tlH, present, indicative.. The verb stem and principal parts of a c...i,ponnd verb are not ^^ven if the- sinipl.. verl) o,vurs elsi^wben, in tlu; Vocabulary or presents no dinicultu'S. Arabic numerals refer to tli(! sec-tionsof this book or totln^ illustratii.ns- in tlie hitter case the abbreviation " N(»." precedes. ' The derivation of most words is indicated within I)ra(rket8 or by means of tho dafrj,^er, whi.-h points up (J.) or down (t) or in both .lirections (J) to some simpl.-r related word or words. If no indication oj' tlu* d(>rivation is alvvu, the etymol..;.ricHl connection of the word is unknown, (h)ul)lful, or too dithcult to be dis.-nssed h'ere (ir(^(.k words within brackets whiidi are printed in bhutk-facc! letter oc.-ur in the body of th(( Vocabulary, 'i'he parts of compound words are separated by a hyphen. d-, an inseparable particle, (1) nega- tive; (2) copulative. &, see OS. 'APpoKdjAtts, a (Dor. gen.), 6, Ahro- comuH, satrap of riioenicia and Syria, and commander of one fourth of the king's army. d-yo-yeiv, dYd-y^l, etc., see dyu. d-yaGds, i), 6u, (i;5, 577, 7r)t), good in the broailest sense (as oppo.sed to KaKds), brave, expert, upright, noble, useful, excellent; dyaOdv, t6, good, good thing; pi., good things, blessings, supplies; KaXds Kal dyaOSs, KaXbs KayaBb's, noble (Hid good, ' gentleman.' HyyiWoi (dyyeX), dyyiXQ, ijyyei\a, vyyeXKa, 17776X^101, TiyyiXO-qv, 501, briny ne.ms, announce, report. 028. d"y"y€\os, ou, 6, 141 [angel, ev-ange/ist], messenger, scout, envoy, herald. d-yttpw (dyep), riyeipa [Lat. yrex, crowd, Eng. pan-egyric], collect. jd-yop^, aj, 17, 40, assembly, meeting, place of assembly, Lat. forum, esp. market-place, market; dfKpl dyophv TrXT^Oovaav, about the time of full market, forenoon. id-yopdtcD (dyopab), dyoodtro), eti;, 178, frequent the market, buy, purchase; mid., buy for oneself. )■ M &7pios &YP^os, a, o;/, l.'U [dyp6s. field, Lat. ager, IOmk. acki;], ranyiny the Jiclds, loild. ayta, dfw, riyayov, ^xa, ^y/xai, VX^V^, i)(>, 77(), 871 [Lilt. (t(fo], Hctyoing, drive, lead, hriiKj, eonduef, carry, eomeij ; intrans., lead on, march, go; dYwi*, dyoi/T€s, with. |dY6s, ov, 6, 04, brother. td-8iK^w, dStK^oj, etc., 282, be unjust, do lorong, wrong, injure, vvitli fut. mid. as i)ass. ; pres. as pf., have done xorong, be in the wrong, and so in tlie pjiss., be wronged, have suffered wrong. |d-8(KTi(i.a, aros, t6, wrongdoing, of- fence. a-8iKos, ov, 282 [8£kh], unjust, wicked ; &3\Kos, the wrongdoer. n-8vvaTos, ov, 4(i2 [8vvap,oi], unable, powerless, impossible. tfi, adv., 527 [Lat. acnum, age, Eng. KVKK, ayk], always, ever, from time to time. 'AOiivo, as, Tj, Athena, the patron goddess of Athens. See Nos. 0, 40, 50, ()0, (53. I'Aeiivai, Qv, al, Athens. I'Aetjvaios, a, 01/, 73.3, Athenian; 'AdrjvaTos, 6, a7i Athenian. depo£j;« (ddpoi8), ddpolffw, etc., 04 [d(?/)6os, in a body], iness close together, collect, as troops, Lat. cdgd; mid. intrans., muster. al, al', see 6, 3$. ^ alv^o), aiviau, fiveaa, yvcKa, ^'"?Mat, Vf^Ov, 871 [alvos, ^a/e, pmzse], praise. 4 dKpdrroXis olp^w (ai/oc, f\), alp-fi 8s. olo-edvojioi (aiffO), ahe-fiaofiai, iffOb- Mv, vffdrjfiai, (120, 871 [aesthetic], per- ceive, learn, see, observe; witli gen., hear, hear of. 028, 840. olo-xpds, 4, 6i>, 548, shameful, base, disgraceful. jalo-xuvw (alaxvv), alaxvpw, wx^fa, Wx^v^vv, 004, shame; mid. as i)ass. dep.,/ee/ ashamed, feel ashamed before, stand in awe of. airiia, alTi/iaco, etc., 327, ask for, beg, demand. 838, alrto, dy, ^, blame, censure |alTido|iai, aiTiiaofiai, etc., mid. dep., 410, 6/a7uc, reproach, accuse, charge. alxH-A^wTos, 0)/, 005 [alxfi-^ (for dK-t^T?, r/. oKpos), spear point, spear, +d\£, 327, 871 [Lat. caned, take care, Kng. acoustic], hear, learn, hear of, listen to, give heed to. 028, 84(5. tdKpd-irQ.X.o, f„?, i}, 478 [+ ifdXis, Eng. acro-polis], upper city, acropolis, citadel. II [di-aeresis, ure; mid., fcr, elect. ro/xai, xi(t66- fhetic], pcr- with gen., leful, base, 1. as j)asH. tned before, ik for, beg. mid. dep., , charge. (for aK-i/xT], + elX£, t6, height, summit; to. &Kpa, the heights. dX^TTjs, ov, [a\iu), grind], lit. grinder, only iis adj. in the phrase ficoj d\^T77s, upper mill-stone, marked dd in No. (i(). At the right of the upper figure, not quite one half of the out- side of the mill is shown; at the loft, a vertical sec- tion. The stone base is m.arked «, and terminates above in the cone- shaped lower mill-stone o, in the top of which is set solidly a heavy iron peg (a in the lower figure). The up- per stone dd is in the form of an hour-glass, the lower half revolving closely upon c. The upper stone is closed at its narrowest part by a thick iron plate '6 in the lower figure), in which there are five holes. The peg in the upper part of c {a in the lower figure) passes through the liole at the centre of this plate ; through the others, arranged round it, the grain, whicli was put into the up- per half of dd, or the hopper, passed downwartl. When the upper stone was turned by means of the bar/, the grain gradually worked its way downward, and was ground into flour in the groove No. 66. 5 GlXw(ro|iai e by the friction of tlie two nnigh sur- faces, and fell into the rill b below. td-\^6cia, OS, 7j, 178, truth, sinccritij. td-\i)0cv(>>, oK-qeeixTU), riX-fjOevaa, speak the truth, tell the truth. A-Xij0^s, is, 420, 752 [Xovedvw], un- concealed, true ; rb AXrjeis, the truth. aX((rKO|iai {d\, d\o), dXwaofxai, idXuv and rJXwj/, idXwKa and ijXuKa, 701, 871, be captured, taken, caught, l)e convicted; used as p;iss. to alpiu. tdXXd, adversative conj., 2;]r> [neut. plur, of dWoj with changed accent], otherwise, in another way, on the other hand, still, but, yet. It introduces something different from or opposed to what has been said before, and occurs frequently after negatives. At the beginning of a speech, by way of an abrupt transition, or to break off discussion, loell, ivell but, however, for my part. tdXXdTTw (d\Xa7), dWd^w, ^XXa^a, ^XXaxa, vXXayfiai, v'XXdxdv'' and ^X- Xdyrjv, 578, 871, make other, alter, change. tdXX^Xwv, reciprocal pron., 440, 7()l [par-allel], of one another, each other. aXXos, T), 0, 150 [Lat. alius, other, Eng. ELSK, allo-pathy], other, another; with the art. , the other, the remaining, the rest, the rest of; fiXXot AXXws, Lat. alii aliter, some one way, others an- other ; with numerals and in enumerat- ing objects, besides, further ; oid^i^&XXo ij, nothing else than, only. jaXXws, adv., 6(i4, otherwise, in an- other way ; dXXws ttwj, in some or any other tmy. dXwo-ofjiai, see dXlaKOfmi. i if', &|ia &HO, adv., 212 [[l Xupl- ov, Chirisophns and his men; rd dfKpl Ta^ds, tactics. In composition dn£, cf Lat. wnbo, both, Kng. noTii], both. &v, a post-i)ositive partich^ without an exact ecjuivalent iii English. Two uses of &v are to be distinguished : I. In conditional, relative, and tem- poral protases. See 817, 524, 5:5;}, 5;54, 6;}5. Here di^ unites with the particle el (forming iAv, iv, or riv), and sonu'- times with the relatives. II. In apod- osis. See .'{()7, mi, 5.'W, 5;{4, 585. &v, contracted form of idv. dvd, prep, with ace, 285 [Eng. on], np (opposed to Kard). Of place, up, up along, upon, over, throughout; with numerals to signify distribution, at the rate of, dvd iKardv, by hundreds, a hundred each; to express manner, d^A Kpdroi, up to one^s strength, at full s})eed. In composition dvd signifies up, back, again, and is somethnes simply inten- sive. dvo-Pa(vw, go up, ascend, march up, titOUnf. dva-Yi-yvwo-Kw, 701, knoio again, rec- ognize, read. ahout, at, ; Mh^ iut. , I with an ("itlicr Mir lilt pcnson ifitfil Xfipi- III en; rd, k's oil both idc.H, have at. tvnbo, witlioiit ^li. Two siuislu'd : iiid tcm- ' pavti('l(> 1(1 sonie- In apod- 535. '^ii.ii;. on], iU'c, up, ut; with tion, at ulreils, a iicr, di'dt iUs])cc(L ip, back, y inteii- xrch up, lin, rec- dvdYKT) dvd-yKt), rjs, ij, 4<52, force, nccenHlty, constraint; dvdyKri iari (moro often without i5, put or lay uj)on. dv8pdiro8ov, ov, t6, (UIH, slave, esp. captive taken in war. dv8p€ios, o, ou, 5!)8 [dv^p], manh/, brave, valiant. jdvSpcUs, adv., 51)8, bravely, courage- ously. dv-€i\ov, sec dv-aipiu). dv-^o-Ttjv, see dv-laryifii. dv€u, improper prep, [akin to nep. prelix d-], without, followed by the gen. dv-^X", J>"pf- and aor. mid. with double augment, ■fjveix^'nv and 7)1/6(7x6- M'?", 578, hold up; mid., control one- self, tolerate, endure. dv-^YOYov, see dv-dyu. dv^p, dv5pb^, 6, .'}40, 74(1 [andr-oid], man, Lat. uir, as opposed to woman, youth, or child, in contrast with the generic dvepuno^. ov0pa)iros, 01', 6, ij, 78, 741 lanfhropo- ^ogy,phil-anthropy], man, huvianbelng, 7 &{io« Lat. homo, one of the human race as opposed to a higher or lower order of beings; (Contemptuously, person, fellim; pi., men, persons, people. dv-Co-TTjui, 707, make stand up, rouse up, start up, raise up; mid., with i)f. and 2 aor. act., stand up, rise, get up. dv-o£Y«, ap-ol^ut, du-^(f,^a, dW^la and dp-^VXa, dp-^1, bring back loord, announce, report. d7r-aYoptvA> [dyopevo), harangue, say, d-yopiij, say no, forbid; iiitr., give up or out. dir-d-yw, 5^08, lead away or back. dir-oiW«, 422, ask from, demand, demand back. dir-aX\dTTci», 578, change off, aban- don, quit, go away, depart, loithdraw, act. and mid.; pass., be freed from, be rid of. dira|, numeral adv., once. d-irapdo-KCvos, ov, 410 [irapao-Kcv^], unprepared. &-iras, d(Ta, av, 2()4 [a- copulative (commonly d-) +^05], all together, all, whole, entire; with the art. it has pred. position, as Uvau rb ix^aov, the entire space between. &ir-ci|jii (ef/ii), 728, go off or away, depart. dir-cXavvci), 827, drive aioay ; intr.. march, ride, or go away. dir-€\0(tfv, see dir-ipxotxai. di-irtp, see Sa-irep. dir-^pXO|Aai, 508, come or go away, depart, retreat, desert. atT-i\2, 751, simple, frank, sincere, Lat. simplex ; t6 dirXovp, sincerity. dir6, prep, with gen., 141 [Lat. ab, Eng. OK, off], from, off, off from^ away from. Of place, from, away from; of time, fro7n, after, starting from; of source, including origin, from ; of cause, on, upon ; of means, by, out of, by the aid of, by means of, with. In composition dwd signifies from, away, off, /n return, back, but is some- times simply intensive, and sometimes almost neg. (arising from the sense of on airo-^Kireoi, look away from all other objects at one, look steadily. diro-ScCKvv[ii, 713, jwint out, make known, appoint; mid., set forth one^s views, declare, express. 840. diro-8i8pi£(rK(D, 707, run away, desert, escape by sisalth, abandon. diro-evtj'o-Ka), (JIO, die off, die, bekilled, be slain, be put to death, suffer death. diro-Kptvo}iai, 501, give a decision, make answer, answer. Lat. responded. diro-KT€(va), 501, kill off, put to death. diro-Xetiro), leave behind, forsake, abandon, desert. dKr-6XXv|ii, 713, destroy xdterly, kill; mid. with 2 pf. and plpf. act., perish, die, be lost. 'AirdXXwv, WTO J, 6, 713, Apollo, one of the greatest of the divinities of the (ireeks, god of music and poetry. See No. 53, where, clad in long under- Ps, rj, ovv^ cere, Lat. I, [Lilt, ah, off fronif »///, aioa]/ , darting g origin, 3f means, means of, ics /ro?n, t is sonic- onietimes t3 sense of . all other ut, make )rth onc^s ly, desert, . be killed, f death, decision, '^spondco. to death. forsake, 'rlij, kill ; ., perish, olio, one -^s of the try. See ' under- diro\wX(Ka garment {xiribp) and clilamys (xXo/u«5s), he is represented, with linife in hand, as abont to flay Marsyas. dir-oXwXcKa, see dv-dWD/xi. diro-Wnir«, 1H8, send off or atoay, let (JO, send home, remit ,- nud., ncnd away from onrsdf, dismiss. airo-irXio), sail from the side of, nail away or home. diro-iropeuojiot, 085, (jo off, depart. td-TTop^o), dTTop^ffu, etc., CAW, be in doubt, he at a loss, act. and mid.j be in want of. 848. a-iropos, ov, V.n [ir6pos], without means, impracticable; of roads, moun- tains, or rivers, impassable, unford- able; Awopov, t6, obstacle, difficulty. dir6-ppr]Tos, oi> [ipH], not to be told, secret. diro-o-irdw, 044, draw off] separate, withdraw. diro-o-T^XXw, 052, send back or away with a commission, despatch, dismiss. dwo-o-Ttp^w, rob. 838. diro-Wnv«, 015, cut off] sever, as parts of the body, and so as a military phrase, intercept. aiTO-^aivo), 591, show forth ; mid., shoiv one's own, declare, express. diro-xtop^w, ;318, go away, depart, retreat, withdraw. diro-t)/T]4>(^o(iai, vote no, vote against, reject by vote. itiTTw (a0), (Xi/'w, ■^\f/a, ^/x/iac, vHv [Lat. aptus, fit, Eng. apse], lay hold of, fasten, kindle; mid., touch. 845. apa, post-positive particle of inference, therefore, accord- ingly, then. 9 &P)ia opo, int(urogative particle, surely? indeed f, but often best expressed in Kng. by the intonation ; ap oi, Lat. nimne, expecting an aflirmative answer. t'ApoPfa, a^, 7], Arabia. 'Apdpios, a, oy, Arabian. 'Apd|tis, ov, 6, the Araxes. tdp-yvptos, a, ov, contr. ovs, a, ovp, 202, 751, of siloer. tdp-yvpiov, ov, t6. Ml, silver, silver money, coin, dpYvpos, ov, 6 [dpyds, lohite, Lat. argentum], silver. dpcT^i, ^y, 17, ;J8<), goodness, virtue, courage, valor, good service. 'Apioios, ov, 6, Ariaeus, the lieu- tenant-general of Cyrus, and comman- der of his barbarian forcfe. dpiOftds, ov, 6, 212 [arithmetic], number, enumeration, extent. 'Apfo-Tiiriros, ov, 6, 101, Aristippus. opio-Tos, 77, ov, bll, fittest in any sense, best, bravest, noblest. 'ApKds, dSos, 6, 722, an Arcadian. opKTos, 01^, 17 [arctic], hear; the con- stellation Ursa Maior, the north. &PHa, oTos, t6, 255, 744, ivar chariot, Lat. if Ml No. 68. ctpird^w 10 dcnrft currus, still used by the Persians in the time of the Anabasis for lighting, but employed by Greeks at this time only for racing. The Persian chariots were sometimes fitted with scythes, and were then called Speiravrjtpdpa. See No. 41). For Greek chariots, see Nos. 20, GO, 08, 90 ; for a Persian chariot. No. 45. opirdj^w (dpirad), dpirda-w, Tipwaaa, ripiraKa, rfpnaaixai^ ijpTrdadriv, 50 [Lat. rapid, seize, tear, Eng. harpy], seize, capture, carry away, plunder. 'ApTo-y^po-iis, ov, 6, Artagerses, com- mander of the king's body-guard. 'ApTo|^p|T]s, ov, 6, 131, Artaxerxes IT. , eldest son of Darius II. 'ApToirdTTis, ov, 6, Artapates, the confidential attendant of Cyrus. "ApTcitis, i5os, 7), 50H, Artemis, sister of Apollo, patroness of hunting. See No. 09. tdpxaios, o, ov [archaeo-logy], old^ ancient; rh dpxaiov, adw., formerly. tdpx^, V^, Vy 124 [mon-archy'\, he- ginning, rule, province, government, satrapy. opx«, dp^o), iipka, ^py/xai, ripxe-qv, 235 [arch -angel, etc.], he first, hi point of time hegin, take the lead in an .action, he the first to do it; in point of station rule, reign over, command, have command; mid., begin, enter upon an action. 845, 847. dpxwv, ovTos, 6, 282, ruler, comman- der, leader, chief, a higher title than arpar-qytis, do-Kds, ov, 6, leathern bag, wine-skin. See No. 10, where an da-Kds rests on the top of the pedestal. do-ir£s, ISoi, 7], 255, 744, shield, in shape either oval or round. The large oval shield covered the hoplite from his neck to his knees ; it was convex on the outer side ; about its outer edge ran a continuous rim of metal, fas- No. 69. No. 70. tened with nails. It was often embla- zoned with a device. See in purticu- 'ogy], old, )rmerly. rchy], be- >vernnient, t, in point ad in an ti point of command, in, enter comman- title than wine-skin. rests on i, in shape arge oval from his onvex on uter edge letal, fas- m embla- I particu- dtrrpd ilTTW 11 PdXavot lar No. 34. A peculiar form of the oval shield, called Hoeotian, had aper- tures at tlie side. See No. 8. The round or Argolic shield (No. 71) was similar to the oval shield in most respects except its shape. Since it was too small to cover in action the lower part of the body, a flap was No 71. often attached to it. See No. 55. When not in use, the shield was cov- ered. See No. 80, where the cover is being removed. See also Nos. 9, 12, 14, 19, 20, 25, 30, 37, 00, 62. do-TpdiTTft) {dcrpair), rfaTpa\pa, flash, glitter. oo-Tv, ewj, t6, 478, 748, town. d.o-4)aX^8, h, 429 [o-«J)d\\a)], not liable to be tripped up, safe, free from danger, sure, secure; iv da^paXeffripip, in greater security; iv d', see dir6. a.^-f\.tTj|ii, 733, send away, let go, let loose, let flow. d.iKv^o(Aai, 462, come from one place to another, arrive, reach, return. d<|).i'inr€vw, 449 [IViros], ride back or off. oxpi, conj., until. B BaPvXcSv, wpos, T), 548, Babylon. jBa^vXidvCs, as, 17, Babylonia. tpdOos, ouj, Tb [bathos], depth. PaOvs, era, i), 602, deep. pa£v« (/3a), ^-fiaofiai, ^^-^v, piprjKa, pi^a/xai, i^dOriv, 101, 871 [Lat. uenio, come, Eng. come, basis], go, loalk. j.pOKTT)p£a, as, ij, 695, sta.ff', walking- stick, so commonly in use among the Greeks that it was carried even by soldiers afield. See Nos. 1, 30, 36. PdXavos, ov, i], acorn, date. t < pdXXo) 12 yip PdXXw iftaX), /iaXw, r/SaXoj/, ftift\r)Ka, ^ifiXrifiai, ^fi^djjp, 091, 871 [pro-b/em, s>/>n-bol], throw, throw at^ hit, hit with HtonoH, Mfone. tpap^apiKds, tJ, 6i/, 178, foreign, bar- barian ; t6 papfiapiKdv (sc. ffTpdrevfxa), the Persian force of Cyrus. ipapPapiKws, adv., 508, in the barba- rian tnmjue, e.g. in Persian. pdp^apos, ov, 94 [barbarous], not Greek, barbarian, foreign ; pdp^apoi, 6, a foreigner, barbarian. See No. 67. -fBao-CXcios, ov, 170, royal; ^aalXeiov, t6, and ' aalXeia, rd, palace. Pao-iXcvs, ^ws, 6, 608, 749 [basilica, basilisk], king, Lat. rex, esp, the king of Persia, when the art. is regularly omitted ; irapd ^aa-iXeT, at court. \^av, OV, 677 [PovXo|iai], more desired, better, nobler, more advanta- geous. pca, aj, ^7, force, violence, Lat. uis. I^idtopiat O'aS), ^idao/jLai, etc., 418, force, compel, overpower. iPiaCus, adv., 673, violently, hard. PiPdtw (i3i/3a5), /3tj3(f(rw or /3ij8a), ^/Si- /3o(ra [Potvw], make go. P(p\os, ov, 7} [Bible, biblio-graphy], book, Lat. liber, existing among the Greeks of historical times in the form of the roll. See No, 1, where the central figure holds a roll in his hands. p{o$, ov, 6, 648 [Lat. nluus, alive, Kng. yi'icK, bio-grap/iy], life, living. pXdwTw (fiXaji), fiXdr^u, Jf/3Xofa, fi^(iXa ^/3/)c?a, pippeynai, ipp^x^yjv, wet, pass, get loet. P«n6s, ov, 6, 508, altar. See No. 38. 7dp, post-positive causal conj., 116, for; when it expresses specification, confirmation, or explanatinn, because^ indeed, certainly, then, noiv, for exam- ple, namely ; in questions, then, or to rowXfrrjt 13 8apos], mound of earth, hill, hillock. yiyvoiiai (yev), yev^ffOfiai, iyeu6/j.r)v, yiyova, yey ^vrjfxai, 472, 871 [Lat. gigno, produce, bear, Eng. kin, kind, hydro- gen, genesis], be born, become, be made, happen, take place, occur, and with many other meanings to be deter- mined from the context, such as arise, fall upon, get, dawn, draw on, fall, accrue, be favorable, amount to, prove oneself to be. y<.yv6a-K 8€Tj0e€(p«, (S9.^^ destroy utterly, ruin, corrupt. 8i8daK« (diBax), SiSd^w, idlda^a, deSi- Saxa, 8€dl5ayfiai, iBiUxd-nv, 400 [akin to 8€(Kvv|ii, Eng. didactic], teach, instruct, show, Lat. doceo. 838. See Nos 1 36. ' 8i8p^rrK« (Spa), dpiffo/xai, ^dpav, S^- Sp&Ka, 707, 871 [tread], run. 8(8«fAi (do), Sdaw, UwKa, d^BuKa, S^douai^ me-nv, 701, 785, 789, 871 [Lat. do, give, Eng. dose, anti-dote], give, grant, permit. 15 8pd)ioi|ii 8i-€\ovvci>, 733, drive or ride through. 8i-^X«, hold apart, be apart. 849. 8i.(ioi, o£, a [+xtXioi], 3000. 8i<|)e^pa, aj, ij, 422, tanned hide, leathern bag. 8£pos, 01;, 6, stool, the simplest form of the Greek chair, with four legs, either perpendicular or crossed, but without a back. See Nos. 1, 36, where the first form is represented. 8i«K«, Stci^w, iblw^a, dedlwxa, idid- X^V, 94, pursue, go in pursuit, chase, give chase, prosecute. 8i.«pv5, vxos, i], 245, 743 [8t-opvTT«, dig through], ditch, canal. hoKioi, 86^u, ^8o^a, d^dojfiai, mxerjv, 365 [Lat. decet, it behooves, decus, grace, Eng. dogma, para-do x], seem, appear, seem best or good, be voted, think. 8opKds, dSos, 7), gazelle. 8dpv, oTos, t6, 478 [dpAs, tree, Eng. tree], prop, stem of a tree, then shaft of a spear, and hence spear with long shaft. See Nos. 14, 19, 20, 30, 37, 57, 58, 62 ; and for oriental spears, Nos. 11 42, 48, 64. 8ovvai, etc., see SlSwfu. hovrriu, iooinr-qva [povTOi, din], make a din. 8pd)ioifi», 8pa|MV|iai, see rp^xv. it: BpaxuVi 16 ^e^x (1) i-\ ^P»XK>^» V^, V, drachma, an Attic silver coin worth about 18 cents in U. S. legal money, ornamented on the obverse side with tlie liead of Athena wearing the close-fitting crested hel- met, and on the reverse with the owl, olive spray, and an inscription con- taining the first three letters of the name of Athens, AeENAI. See Nos. 0, lo, 4(5, 50, 72. The Attic table of money is as fol- lows : (5/So\6j rdXaPTOv (J 000 8(5000 SpaxfM^ 100 0000 fivd 00 That is, obols equalled 1 drachma, 100 drachmas eciualled 1 mina, 00 uiinas equalled 1 talent. No. 72. t8p€iravii-<|>6pos, ov [+^4p or -^v, in crasis Kav for Kal edp, conj., 818 [d + av], if, with subjv. 317, 524. €-avTov, ^j, ov, reflexive pron., 449, 700 [i(4-avT6s], of himself, herself, itself. 440. 4d», idaw, dava, etaKa, eidfiai, eiddrfp, 327, 871, permit, allow, let, let go. iy-, for ip before a palatal nmte. «YVvs, adv., 502, near, at hand, comp. iyyOrepop, sup. iyyvTdru} or ^yy^rara. ^Y-K^<|>oXos, ov, 6, (515 [k€<|)oX^] , brain ; crown, cabbage, of the palm. ^Y-KpaT^is, h, 429 [Kpdros], in pos- session of, master of. 855. l-yw, ifiov or /J.OV, personal pron., 439, 759 [Lat. ego, me, Eng. I, me, egoist], I. 48(5. i€"yw-7c [+7^], I for my part. iBiura, see delSu. I9{\, d^dvKa, , 871, make ^t, of the sun. [8vo + S^Ka], BCSufii], pres- Konai. ^rasis Kav for 'f-v], if, with ; pron., 449, ?e(/', herself, tdfiai, eid6r}p, % let go. al mute. hand, comp. r iyy\)TaTa. oK-f]], brain; II. ros], in pos- i pron. , 439, ME, egoist], oart. he willing, I0VOS ^^''^^^;^-J^r6[ethn,c], nation, tribe, ^-r^'.vTi"*'^' ''''"' '"•^'^•- '-^'''l opt. nnpLfi '"''' '"^ •^<>-*. 5^<^- mhulirect ^li^e«t <,n.s, ^ohether; ei ^^, ,7 ,,,^ -^^-^/m,Lat.,»..,eu;,,,,,;::^ €l'o, «l'oiflf into. «to-T^K€iv, .see t'o-r7;M£. *J' {i\e\iy), i/XiXi^a, cry AeXeO, raise the war-cry. tJXcvOcpCa, ds, 7], liberty, freedom. 4\cv0cpos, d, OP, free, Lat. liber. {X9civ, 4X6(&v, see ^pxofxai. t'EXXds, ciSos, ^7, 282, Greece. "IEXXtjv, rjvos, 6, 349, a Greek. 4'EXXtivik6s, tJ, 6p, 5G [Hellenic'], Greek ; t6 'EWijviKbv, the Greek army. j'EXXtjvikws, adv., 598, in Greek. 'EXXVionrovTos, ov, 6, 49(5, the Helles- pont, now the Dardanelles. ^Xir(s» ^5os, r), 2r)6, hope. 4|i-, for iv- before a labial nuite. l|i-avTov, ^s, reflexive pron., 449, TOO [k\Li + ovTiSs], of myself. 440. jfi-PdXXw, throw in, inJUct; intr., empty (of rivers), make an invasion^ attack. i^6Sf tJ, 6p, 449 [Lat. mens, my, Eng. MINE, my], my, mine. Slffc-'Trcipos, ou [Iv -\- ircipa], acquainted with. 856. 4<(L-ir(Cp(i>s, adv., by experience; ifivel- pws avTov 6x«>', be personally acquainted with hUn. 85(5. i|A-ir(p.irXtifii, 1^1, fill full, satisfy. 848. in-irtirT», 610, fall upon, occur to. 865. 4p,-iroU(i>, create or inspire in, impress upon. 865. t4|A-ir6piov, ov, t6, 318, place of trade, emporium. , 713, put on. Sv-cifjii (flfii), be in or there. (ivtKa or liv€K«v, improper prep, with gen., post-positive, 416, on account of. ^vcvi^Kovra, indecl. [ivv^a], ninety. iv9a, adv., 673 [iv], of place, where, there, here; of time, then, thereupon. ?vioi, ai, a, some. jivCoTt, adv., sometimes. ivvla, indecl. [Lat. nouem, nine, Eng. nink], nine. Iv6s, 4v(, see eh. ivTavOa, adv., 170 [Iv], there, here, in this place, hereupon, thereupon. ivT«v0€v, adv., 204 [Iv], thence, from this place, thereupon. , ask from, demand; mid., beg off, save by entreaty. f^aKi0, 245, be on or upon, fte over. Sfir-€i|Ai (cr/it), 728, flfo or come on, fol- low, advance, make an attack. iir-i\ia, hold upon, hold back, delay. 840. -^ irr-f\v, temporal conj. with subjv. [iirtl + dv], whenever, as soon as. irri, prep, with gen., dat., or ace, 0;{. With gen., of place, on, upon, i' tinrwu, on horseback, with vi-rbs of motion, towards, in the direction of; of time, in the time of at; of manner] esp. denoting distribution, M rerrd- pt^f, four deep, irl d\ayyos, in the form of a phalanx, in battle array. With dat., of place, upon, on, by, close to, at, iirl 0a\dTTii, on the sea ; of time, M To^Tcp or To^TOii, at or upon this, thereupon; of cause, aim, or reason, for; of possession, in the power of, in command of; of manner, in. With ace, of place, on, upon, to, against; of extent of space, extending over, over, along; of extent of time, for, during; of purpose or object, to, for. In composition ^ttI signifies over, in, upon, against, in addition, but often it is merely intensive. *m-PovX€v«, 94, plan or plot against, design. 8(!5. iiri-^ovXii, vs, V, 101 [povX^], plan against one, plot^ design. 4iri-8«£Kvvni, 7i;j, show to, point out, display, disclose; mid., show for one- self, show. fill ill \^ % i- ■ ■ ft Hi n Ill; l7ri-80|i^(i>, ^TTi-Ov/x'^ffu}, irr-ffl^firjaa jOvjids], hdve one's heart *»», desire, loiKj for. HHl {iri-Kd)iirT(d (ko/utt), iwi-Kafvp(>} \k6,ix- TTTw, bend], bend towards, wheel. ut. {iri-(i(\^0|iai, iiri-iJ.e\Tficroixai, iiri-ne/jLi- Xrjuai, iir-eixe\-^(ir]i', .■)74 [n^Xfi], care for, give attention to. H4(). liri-irtiTTw, fall upon, attack, assail; of snow, fall. » {iri-o-iT(^0|i,ai {(TiTiS), iiri-ffiTiovixai, iir-eaiTiadfii]!', .'5(i5 [o-iTos], collect or procure supplies. 4^iri-tne, go. )i{i)], see 5, ask a ofiai, ^(pa- e-qv, 015, eat, have ia-Tt, coiij., until. io-TtjKiis, JfcrTt] tAttu). Jrcpos, a, OP, ;{;-)() [hetero-dox, hetero- geneous], the other, one of two; with- out, art., another, other. in, adv. of time and (l(';r,.(.(., 2(M, 1/et, still, further, longer, amj more, again. ((Toifios, T], Qv, and oj, oc, 1 78, ready, Vrcpared. w. «5, iulv., L'132, 106-//, j«d; off, happily; eH TToieTf, do well by, benqfU. t€v.8aiftov(5« {eOSaiiiioyid), edSaipionQ, Vv5ain6naa, count happy, congratulate. 851. t«i-8aijipdTtis, ov, 6, 102, the Euphrates. (i-d>vviKOs, OP, 222 [€« + 6voy.a], of good name or omen, euplieuiistic for 21 twvi] the ill-oinoned word dpiaTfpds, Uft ; r6 evwpvixop, the left winy. i^', S('(' ^wl. i^ayov, »vv. iaOiw. <4>dvTjv, sec (fialvw. ««j>arip.L ^-(o-TTi^i, 707, bring to a stand, make halt; intr. in ,ni,i., 2 aor., and I'f., stop, halt. i\9p6s, d, 6p, .'{82 l^xOoi, hate], hostile; ^xO^pK 0, c,irmy,fac, Lat. host in. «X« («X,(; able, can; with an adv. f<|nival.'nt to e?mi with an adj., as edpolKW e^xft", he well-disposcd; o^k «xw, not to know; mid., hold on to, eome next to. Wpa, IwpoKa, Iwpwv, SCO 6pAu3. i(«s, conj., 5;{7, as long as, while, until. tdw, fVw, nni [fw6s, a^iuc, En^'. zoo- logy], live, be alive. Zcvs, Aids, 6, 518, Ze)<.s, ,son of Tronns and Hhea, lii<,dies: of the jro,|„. Sco Nos. 52, ()1. ttjXdw, ^r)\ib(Tw [f^Xoy, rnu//, Kng, zea/, jealous], emulate, envy. U^XwTds, tJ, 6^, (585, to be envied; ^rfKwTbp, an object of envy. Mv, Xjav, see Cdw. j;t]Ww, f?7T7}{rw, etc., 374, seejfc, asA: /or. S<6vTi, 7;j, :^, 5;}7 [70/76], belt, girdle. See Nos. 14, 44, 51, 57. 1 I! i 22 6], carelessly. T|(i^pa, as, i), 40 [ep-hemera/], day; rri inioOari iiixipq., next day ; fiiffop iifxi- pas, mid-day, noon : fi/xo t?) w^pqi, at daybreak. T|)i,^Tcpos, o, ov, 440 [tinets], our; tA yjixirepa, our affairs. ^|ii-, only in composition [Lat. semi-y half-, Eng. he mi-], half. jT|jii-8«P (OcLVfiad), Oavixdaoixai, iOat'i- fiaaa, Tedai/xaKa, ieavfidaGrjv, 264, 871 [eaOfxa, wonder, Eng. thaumat-urgy], wonder at, admire, loonder. 46av|iaa-T6s, 77, 6v, 685, wondrous, loonderful, surprising, remarkable. 6(^o(iai,, Oedaofiai, etc. [theatre], gaze at, behold. Ocao-Oai, by contr. for deieffffai, Oeios, d, OP [Ocds], diviiie ; deTop, t6, divine intervention, portent. -••V -0«v, Humx denoting whence. e«6s, oO, 6, 1^, 1 1(5 \iheo-lo(j,j, theism], god, (joddesH. t0€TToX£a, ay, ^, Thessaly. 0«TTa\ds, ov, 6, 101, a Thessalian. e<« {0v), 0ti'>ffonai, run, race; of troopH, charge. ®^P, «5s, i> [Lat. ferus, wild], wild bcant. |eT|p«i>«, eijp^iliau, etc., H\,hunt, catch. Spg No. 45. jOtiptov, ou, t6, 83, wiW ttnima/, -6i, sulKx denoting where. Ovijo-Kw (^av), davovfiai, HOavop, ridvrjKa, 010, 871, die, pf. and 2 pf., 7li), 2, &e tiead, 6e slain. OcipvPos, 01;, 6, 020, noise, disturbance, uproar. 0p$S, /f6s, 6, 245, n Thracian. 0O|xPpiov, 01^, t6, rhymbrium. Ovfids, oD, 6, soMf, Aeari. evpa, dj, i], 40 [Lat. /oris, (/oor, Eng. iK)OK], door; ^TTi ra« /3apdKla0r,u, 044, arm with a cuirass; mid., put on one's cuirass. e>, i7fa, er»ca, er/Lio(, ei'^rji', 73;{, 7!»7, 871, send, throw, hurl at; mid., send o)iesdJ\ rnii/i, charye. 845. tlKavds, Vi ^"^ 150, cuininy up to, sufficient, able, eapable, competent. lKvio\kai. {Ik), i^ofxat, iKdfirfv, ly/xai, 871, cume. t\H, 779, ri, crowd, band ; of cavalry, troop. ilidriov, ou, t6, o«^er garment iv.sein- blinji; the mantle, himation, coiTespond- ii»«^ ill use to the Homa!! toga. See Nos. 1, t), 8(5, 37, 39, 52, 01, (!{), 88. V'va, final particle, that, in order that, 32(5. tlirircvs, ^ws, 6, 508, horseman, knight, cavalryman ; pi., cavalry. See Nos. 17, 20, ;53. tliririKds, ■^i 61/, (585, /or cavalry, cav- alry-; ImriKdv, t6, cavalry, horse. tlirTrd-Spoiios, ov, 6 [+8pd(ios], race- course, hippodrome. iiriros, ov, 0, 7], 78 [Lat. equus, horse'], horse, mare; atrb or ^0' i'TTTrou, on horseback. No. 74. t, by crasis for Kal iyii. Ka0*, see Kard. ka9--f\Kti, ^s, 7) [Kdp(/)w, dry up], dried stalks, hay, straw. 25 KaTa(rK^irTO|iat KaxA, prep, with gen. and ace, 212, doion (as opposed to dvd), Lat. sub. With gen., denoting motion from above, down, down from, down upon, underneath. With ace, of place or position, with verbs of motion, on, over, down, down along, by, opposite, against, near, at ; of fitness or relation, according to, concerning ; Kal Kard yrjv Kal Kara edXarrau, by land and Sea ; Kara Kpdroi, with might and main; Kara ^durj, by nations ; (card fx^aop rbu ffradfibv, about the middle of the day's march. In composition Kard signifies down, along, or against ; fre(iuently it merely strengthens the meaning of the simple verb, and often cannot be translated ; sometimes it gives a transitive force to an intransitive simple verb (cf Lat dc-). KaTo-Pa(v«, go doiun, descend. Kar-d-yw, 341, lead down or back, bring back, restore. Kara-Gcdofiai, look down on. koto-kjSw, 728, burn down, burn up, burn. Kara-KoirTw, 212, cut to pieces, slay. KOTo-\onPdv«, 4i)0, seize upon, cap- ture, take, surprise, occupy. KOTo-Xttira), 212, leave behind, aban- don. KttTa-Xww, 537, unloose, dissolve, end, make peace, stop fighting, unyoke (sc. rd viro^ijyia), i.e. make a halt, halt. Kara-irT]8d(D, leap doivn, leap. KaTtt-irpaTTw, 618, do thoroughly, execute, bring to an end, accomplish. KaTa-(rK^7rTop,ai, 430, view closely. Karao-xtCw 26 KVT^^ts 1 I! Kara-o-xttw, 0<54, split down, cleave asKndcr, biirHt thronyh, burnt open. KaTa.«j>ov^8, A, 421) [o(v«], dearly seen, in plain sight, visible. KaTa-4>, take refuge. KaTa-«)/T]4>(to|iai, Ij'Al, vote against 852. Kar-ctSov, see Kad-opdu. KOT-cKdrrrjv, 2 aor. pass, of nara- KblTTW. Kar-iSwv, see Kad-opdu. tKov|Aa, aros, t6, heat. kSw (/cai/), Kavaw, tKavaa, K^KavKa^ K^Kavfxai, iKaidrjv, 51)1, 871 [caustic, holo-caust], burn, kindle. Kiinoi, Kclffoiiai, 7;3.S, 708 [Lat. c'luis, citizen, quits, rest, Eng. iiomk, ceme- tery], lie, be laid, lie dead. KcXaivaC, Qv, al, Celaenae. KcXcvw, AccXei/ffw, ^/cAeutra, Ke/cAeuxa, Ke/cAelff/iot, iKeK^iadrjv, 94, 871, tfriue, onZer, command, bid, give orders, Lat. iubeo, urge, advise, suggest. K«v6s, tJ, 61-, empty, groundless. 856. K^pos, /c^pws and K^paros, t6, 396 [Lat. cornu, Aorn, Eng. uohn, hart, rhino-ceros], horn, prop, of an animal, then bugle horn, drinking horn, peak of a mountain, wing of an army. KC(|>aX^, ^j, ^7, 616 [Lat. caput, head, Eng. a-cephalous], head. Kfjpvg, vKoi, 6, 246, herald, who car- ried messages to the enemy or made proclamations and gave all sorts of public notices to his fellow soldiers. His distinctive badge was his staff, a straight shaft with two intertwined shoots above. See No. 76. iKT]pVTTW (K^pm), KttpO^W, fK-qpV^a, KtK-fipdxa, KeKi^pvynai, iKrjptxdvv, 673, he a herald, proclaim, make proctnma- tion, announce. No. 75 tKiXiKfa, ay, i), 548, Cilicia. K(Xi|, iKos, 6, 246, a Cilician. tKiv8vv(v(D, KivdvveiLKTO}, etc., 698, en- counter danger, run a risk, be in peril. kCvSvvos, ov, 6, 336, danger, risk. ^M^PXos, ov, 6, 116, Clearchus, a Spartan general, the special friend of Cyrus. kXc(o), KXetau, ^/cXetcra, K^K\€ip.ai and K^KXeLfffiai, iK\ela0riv, 366, 871 [Lat. claudo, close, Eng. slot], shut, close. kX^ittw (kXctt), K\4fu, I^K^erpa, k^- K\o(pa, K^KXefinai, iKMir-qv, 627. 871 [Lat. clepo, steal, Eng. Moj)-lipter], steal, embezzle. KXtvw {kKiv), kXivQ, ^KXiva, KiKKi/xai, iKXldrjv and iKXlvrjv [Lat. inclino, in- cline, Eng. LEAN, climate. en-clliic\, cause to lean, bend. kX(6»|;, KXuirds, 6, 245, 743 [kX^wtw], thief. Kvijuts, idoi, i) [Kv^fir), leg], greave, generally piur., that part of the defen- sive armor of the Greek hoplite which proc^nma- I. an. 698, en- e in peril. ', risk, nrchus, a friend of Keifjtai and ^71 [Lat. it, close. 'Ke\J/a, kI- 627. 871 •-lifter], cllno, in- en-c/ftic], [kX^tttw], I, greave, he defen- ite which KoXd{w 27 covered his leg from the knee to the hiHtej.. (Jrcavfs w.-re niacU^ of flexible metal, and lined with felt, leather, or cloth, and fas- tened behind by straps or buckles. See Nos. 8, 12, 11>, 20, 25, ;jo, ;}4, ;J7, 70, 81. KoXdJo) (KoXaS), K0\da, K^Ko,x„ac, Mirnv, 212, 871 [syn-copate], cut, hew, slash, fell, slaughter. Kopos, 77, ou, light; ^jproi kovAos, hay. KpAvos, ovs, t6, 398 [cranium], head- Kpiiirrw No. 76 No, 77. piece, helmet of metal, Lat. cassis, or of leather, Lat. galta. The helmet of metal, which was developed from t'le simpler dogskin cap, consisted of six pieces : the cap ; the metal ridge run- ning from the fnmt to the back of the cap, and designed jis a support fo, the crest; the crest; the visor; the cheek- pieces ; and the neck-piece. See Nos «,1-M4, 20, 30,33,34,37,40,66,00,' 02, 03, 77, 81. ' ' » tKpdTio-Tos, ,,, OP, 677, strongest, bravest, best, noblest; neUt. pi. Kpdn^Ta as adv., in the best way, most bravely. ^ Kpdros, 01/ J, t6, 409 [Lat. creo, create, Eng. iiAKD, demo-crat. demo-cracy], strength, force, might, Lat. uls. KpavY^j, V^, V, 46, outcry, shout, clamor, uproar. Kp^as, Kpiu,,, r6, 390, 747 [Lat. card, flesh, Eng. creosote], flesh, pi. pieces of flesh, meat. Kptirrav, ov, gen. ovo^, 577 [Kpdros], stronger, braver, better, nobler, more valuable. Kp€Hdvvv,ii (Kpe/xa), Kpe^Q, iKpi^acra, iKpep.d), ^p,',^.e., ?>cpv^a, K^KpV^. f^ac, iKpi.pevu, 573 [crypt, crypto-gam, grotto], hide, conceal, Lat. tego. 838. 1 1 i' ! i II KTdo(iai 28 Avk5ov(S m Krdofiai, JCTTj(TO/uai, iKTyjad/xr)!', k^kty]- MOi, acquire, gain, get. get together; pf. as pres., possess, have. KTcCvo) (KTev), KTeVW, fKTeLVa, tKTOVa, 591, kill. kvk\os, ov, 6, 882 [Lat. circus, circle, Eng. cyc/e, hi-cycle, en-cyc/o-paedia], circle, curve, ring ; k^k\<{), in a circle. |kukX6w, KVK\d!)ffw, etc., 382, surround, encircle, hem in. jKVKXdxris, ewj, ij, an encircling; us els K'uK\(jjcnv, as if to encircle. Kvpos, ov, 6, 83 : I. Cijrus the Elder, founder of the Persian empire, accord- ing to Xenophon the son of Cambyses and grandson of Astyagep ; II. Cyrus the Younger, the leader of the expedi- tion against Artaxerxes. Kvwv, Kvv6s, 6, ri [Lat. canis, dog, Eng. HOUND, cynic], dog, hound, cur. See No. 39. KuXvo), K(a\i(Tu, etc., 327, hinder, prevent, oppose, check; t6 kwXvov, the hindrance, obstacle. KiijiT], 7JJ, 17, 45, 739 [Ktl\iai], village. ^K(i>|ji^TT|s, ov, 6, 573, villager. Xa^civ, X(\P(&v, see Xa/jL^dvu. XaGciv, XaOuv, see XavOdvoj. \6i9p s«y» Eng. philo-logy, dia-logue, log-arithm], word, saying, statement, speech, discourse, debate, rumor, narrative. ^^y\^> V^i Vi 478, point or spike of a spear, spear, lance. See No. 41. Xoiirds, 7], dv, 341 [XtCirw], remaining, with the art. , the rest ; Xolw6p {sc. i(TrL), it remains ; rb Xonrdv, for the future. X6<)>os, ov, 6, hill, ridge, height. tXox-a76s, ov, 6, 150 [+ 070)], com- mander of a X6xos, captain. X 29 \kipo9 of, enlist, i, lie hid, d, escape 684. - II, iXiyqv , collect. iij, speak, 1-at. died, X^XwTra, -775, 871 ec-/ipse] , ity leave IX, light, h], stone. ■ay, Eng. m], word, Uscourse, \pike of a 41. maining, nr6v {sc. , for the jht. w], com- ich, Lat. R, log], )any. tXUir^w, Xvir^ffu, etc. , 381), grieve, dis- tress, vex, annoy, molest. Xwinj, 77s, 7], pain, grief, sorrow. \i(a, \tau3, fXva-a, X^Xvku, XAu/xat, iXjjffyju, 5(), 7(55-770, 871 [Lat. luo, loose, Eng. M)SE, i.oosK, ana-lyze], loose, set free, release, break, break down, de- stroy; mid., loose one's own, ransom. M |xA, intensive particle, 439, surely, used in negative oatlis. 837. MafavSpos, ov, 6, 170 [meander], the Maeander, a river in Asia Minor of winding course. fiaKpds, d, 6v, 40, long, high, tall; fiuKpdv {sc. 6d6i>), a long way. H-dXa, adv., very, much, very much, greatly, exceedingly, Lat. ualde; comp. fiaXXop, 170, more, rather; sup. /xdXi- ara, 4(H!, 7nost, especially. tiavOAvft) (^a^), fiadTfiaofiai, ^fiadop, fxe/xdOvKa, 085, 871 [mathematics], learn, find out. (idvTis, cws, 6, 044 [maniac, necro- mancy], one inspired, seer, diviner. Mop«r{ios, ov, 6, 713, Marsyas, a satyr. See No. 53, where he is fas- tened to the tree, about to be flayed by Apollo. MAoTKas, a, 6, the Mascas, a river, p,d^pvT]$, ov, 6, Megaphernes. H^-yio-Tos, super, of ^1^705, (i€0', see nerd. \L(ilopA share, portion, Lat. pars ; fi4pos n ttjs evra^las, an instance of their discipline ; iv fiipei, in turn. t|iC(r-T]|iPp(a, ds, 7} [+r\\k{pa], noon, midday ; the south. \kia-os, Vi OP, 222 [Lat. medius, middle, Eng. mid], middle; n^aov, t6, the :nid- dle, centre, m idst, space between. (jLccTT^s, tJ, 6v, full of, laden. 855. (icrd, prep, with gen. and ace, 161. With gen., with, in company with, among; with ace, of place or time, behind, after, next; fxerit, toOto or raOra, after this, hereupon. In composition fjierd signifies sharing, loith, among, or time or quest, after, or change, from one place to another. |jicTa|v, adv., between. 856. tucTd-irenirros, ov, 685, sent for. \ura-iri\i.iroi, 174, 178, send after; mid., send for a person to come to one- self, summon. |i€T- ^"^"6 ^ share. 844. (ji^XPS improper prep, with gen., 673, of time or place, up to, until; conj., until. |i^, adv., 308, not, used with the imv. and subjv. in all constructions; in all final and object clauses, except after yuij, that not, lest, which takes oil ; in all conditional and conditional relative clauses, and in the corre- sponding temporal sentences after ^ws, vplv, etc. ; in relative sentences ex- pressing a purpose ; with the infin. , except in indirect discoiirae ; and with the par tic. when it expresses a con- dition. All of the compounds of juij follow the usa*'© of the simnle word. ||itl-8^, conj. and adv. [+ 8^J, but not, and not, nor, Lat. neque, nee ; not even, Lat. nc . . . quidem. ^ii.rfi-tis, fila, 4v [+«ls], not one, none, no, nobody, nothing, Lat. nemo, nrdlus. Mr\BtSL, as, i], Media. H'^O', see /jiT^Te. ^r\-K-iTi, adv., 422 [ji^ -|- ?ti], not again, no longer. H^v, post-positive intensive particle, in truth, surely, truly, Lat. uSrO; Kal ixijv, and in fact, and yet ; dXXA fii^v, but surely, but still ; ^ p.^v, in very truth. H^v, fjLTjvds, 6, 349, 745 [Lat. mensis, month, Eng. moon, month], month. H^-iroT€, adv., 685 [(ifj + iroW], not ever, never, Lat. nunquam. p.'^rrip, fjLTjTpds, 7), 349, 746 [Lat. mater, mother, Eng. mother], mother. (iCa, see ef;. MCSas, ov, 6, Midas, a mythical king of Phrygia. |jiiKp6$, d, 6v, 40, 577 [micro-scope}, small, little, Lat. paruus, of small account, insignificant; neut. as adv., pTiKpbv, hardly; comp. ix€lu>v, smaller, less ; neut. as adv. , neiop, less. Mt\T)Tos, ov, 7), 49(), Miletus. |ii)iV|]0'K(a (p-va), pLvijau}, ip.vr)aa, p.ip.vii\- fxai, if^vfiadt^v, 644, 871 [Lat. meminl, remember, moneo, remind, admonish, Bug. mentor, mnemonics], remind; mid. and pass., remind oneself, remember, mention, make mention, with pf. p.ipvii- fiai as pres. , Lat. meminl. 846. |jii(r06s, ov, 6, 94 [meed], wages, pay, hire, reward. i! — -; — ; — - •/> •— L '^ X'r'*'J> tjoages received, pay. tfsmsamamem i], but not, ; nut even, not one, Lat. nemo, f in], not 'e particle, uSrO; Kal Xa fjLT^v, hut ry truth. at. mensfs, , month. iroW], not Lat. mater, ler. hical king cro-scope], of small ;. as adv., ', smaller, 'S. us. laa, fiffivrj- t. memin'i, admonish, lind; mid. remember, pf. ix^fjLvri- ages, pay. r-j- A,i )ii(rOo(^<$po$ JHi^p«], receiv- mgpay; ,xtaOo,f>6poL, ol, mercenaries. j»ii, either the merchant vessel, seen at the left in No. 78, or the man-of-war, seen at the right. 81 v«t vcavfSs, ov, 6, 102, 740 [vfos], young man. v€Kp6s, ov, 6, ({73 [Lat. nex, death, Kng. necro-logy], dead body, corpse- ol pcKpol, the dead. ' v4os, a, OP [Lat. nouus, new, Eng. NKw, neo-phyte], young, fresh. v€({>aT,, 7,5, ^, (;73 [^^0oj, rb, cloud, Lat. nu^es, cioud], cloud. v€«v, see mOj. v^j, intensive particle, surely, used in alKrmative oaths. 837. tvlKdw, ,rK7;Va;, etc., 275 conquer, i^revaiY over, surpass, ou.do, Lat. vtKTj, -ns, i), 255, victory, Lat. uictoria. See No. 52. tvofi(j;« (pofiiS), pofiiC, etc., 335, 871 regard as a custom, regard, consider, believe, think, Lat. puld. vdfAos, ov, 6, custom, law. vovs, pov, 6, 292, 742 [y,yvd,wv, wvToi, 6, 275, Xenophon, an Athenian, author of the Anabasis. il^oSf ovs, t6, (i85, sword, Lat. gla- dius. The ^loivtKu,v, palm-ioine. ol'ofiai or ol|ioi, oiif,ao,MaL, v^Svi', 488, 871, think, believe, expect. olos, a, OP, of which kind, (such) as, Lat. quaiis; olds re, able, possible. oKo-w, see , indecl. [Lat. octo, eight, Eng. EIGHT, octa-gon], eight. a€0pos, ov, 6, 141 [6'\\0|ii], des^rwc- tion, loss. o\£yos, ^, 0,., 188, 577 [olig-archy], little, small, pi. few. «XXv|ii ((5\), Ao), tJXeo-a and aJX6^,;^, (iXtiXe^a and aXa,Xa, 713, 871, c^es^ro?/, ^056 ; mid., with 2d pf. act., perish. Ji^os, 77, 0,/, 188 [Lat. solidus, whole, Eng. cath-olic], lohole, entire. 33 OTT, X(Si W AfittX^s, «?j, 429 [6^6s], even, level. onaXos, 17, 6;/ [6n and ufxdcrerjv, 713, 871, sioear, ^a/fce an oath. tpa^), shield (see s.v. da-irls), and greaves (see s.v. KVT}iJi,U). Their offensive armor consisted of two spears (see s.v. ddpv) and a sioord (see s.v. ^los). For the hoplite's ordinary dress, when not in action, see s.v. x^aMi^s. ISee Nos. 12, 34, 37, 62, 81. SttXov, ov, t6, 83 [pan-op/y], imple- ment, pi. gear, arms, armor; iv rols 6ir\oi.s, binder arms. See Nos. 14, 10, 20, 26, 37, (50, 03. t6ir6Tav, rel. adv. [+ av], whenever, when, with subjv. AirdTc, rel. adv., 53"^, when, whenever, since, because. 6irov, rel. adv., 422, xvhere, wherever, Lat. ubi. iiirws, rel. adv. and final particle, in what way, hoio, that, in order that. 6pd(i> {6pa, Id, 6ir), 6ypop.ai, eldov, i6paKa and iu>pdKa, idpdnai and wfifiai, u, ic/toeoer, whichever, whatever which, what, used both as a relative and to introduce an indirect (juestion. «T€, rel. adv., 678, when, as, when- ever. «TSConj.,282[neut.of8o-Ttsj,M«^ 6emM.se, .since; used also to strengthen superlatives, as Stc dTapacTKevdraros, as unprepared as possible. ow, o«K, oix, neg. adv., 60, not, Lat. non, used, to deny a fact, with the' indic. and opt. in all independent sen- tences; in indirect discourse after bn and cJs; and in causal sentences- accented at the end of a clause or sentence. All of the compounds of ov follow the usage of the simple word. ov, dat. of, personal pron., 439,769 of himself, Lat. sul. 817. ' ' oiSa^ds, 7), 6v lo<,U+d^bs, an obso- lete word =t2j], none. joiSo^oO, adv., 062, nowhere. oi>-U, neg. conj. and adv., 327 [oO-|- 8^J, but not, and not, nor yet, nor, Lat. neque, nee; as adv., not even, Lat. ne ... quidem, not at all, by no means. not any, none, no, Lat. mdlus; nobody, Lat. nemo; nothing, Lat. niAiZ. ioiS^-woTf, adv., 488 [+ „oWj, ^^g^g^. ira\.tLvlln- tml cnj., 608 [oi + oCv], no/, then ^ not therefore'/ expecting an afJirniative answer, Lat. nonnc igilnr; as conj., therefore, then, so, Lat. igitur, with no neg. force. oZv, post-positivc! inferential (rouj stronger than dpa, 160, therefore, then] accordingly, conseguently, now, so. oi5-iroT€, adv., 627 foi + iroWJ, never. oC-irw, adv., 4.']9 [0,1-1- w.61,no«//f./. o6w<6.ffOT«, adv., 601 LoCttw + woWI never yet. oC-T«, neg. conj., 102 [o« + W], ant/ not, Lat. wevwe; oDrf . . . oCre, ne«7//er . . . nor. ovTos, avTT), TovTo, dcmou. pron., 101 702, this, pi. //,cse, fre,j. a.s pers. pron.' he, she, it, pi. they, Lat. Azc. 169, 2; H2l! joiToo-t,^ «'^'-'7^ TouTi, strengthened form of OVTOS, this man here. |oCt«s, before a consonant ovtw, adv., 141, thus, HO, in that case. o4.€(X« (6e\), del\T,Ka, ueaXn6s, ov, 6, 062 [fi»|/o,iai], eye. ^\H Vi, V, 0;J8, height, bank, bluff. 6',)/o(iai, see 6pdu. n iraGeiv, see Trdo-xw. Trdeos, ouv, TO [ird [L;it. /JKcr, binj, child, Kuif. ped-(i(iO(jne]i child, boy, , Traltiw, ^irai(Ta, n^iraiKa, iwai- ad-qv, V-\\, 871, strike, hit, beat, strih-e, at. irdXiv, adv., 141 [palim-pscst^, back, again, a srcond time. iroXxdv, ov, t6, 07.'}, spear, javelin. Ildv, IIdi'6j, 6, Pan, a rural god of Arca(iia, son of Ilermos, reprosonted with goat's feet, horns, and sliaggy hair. For masks of I'an, see No. 27. iravTOios, a, ov [iras], of all sorts. wAvu, adv., 131 [irds], very, altoycther, wholly, very much. irapd, prep, with gen., dat., and ace, 188 [para-, as para-graph, etc.], beside. With gen., /rom beside, from the pres- ence of, from ; with the pass., by. With dat., beside, by the side of, beside, at or on the side of, loith, at; irapa ^aaCKei, at court; ra trap i/xol, my fortunes, my side. With ace, to a position beside, to the side of, unto, to, toivards, along to, alongside, along, near, by, past, sometimes even with verbs of rest ; beside, beyond, against, contrary to, in violation of; of time, during. In composition wapd signifies along, along by or past, alongside, by, beside, beyond, aside, amiss. irap-a-yY^Xw, 052, pass along an order, give orders, pass the word, give out, order; Kara tA irapr]yy€'\fx4va, ac- cording fo orders. irapa-^t-yvofiai, be by, be present or at hand, arrive. irapd8(i(ro$, ov, 6, 170 [paradise], park. irapa-8(8p.i, 701, pass along to one, give up, deliver over, surrender, pass along. irap-aiv^w, recommend, advise. "800. irapa-KaX^w, 'M\, call to o/if's side, summon, call to or forth, urge. 7rapa-K, urge along, exhort, urge. 8(50. irapa-p,'i]pC8ia, rd [/x-qpds, thigh], thigh pieces, armor for the thighs. irapao-dY-yT^s, ov, 6, 204, i)arasang, a Persian road measure, eijual to about M stadia. tirapa-o-Kcvd^ii), 222, jnd things side by side, get ready, prepare, procure; mid., 2>repare or jnocure for oneself, make ready, provide. irapa-o-Kcviri, ^s, 17, 188 [(rKf.vi\], prepa- ration, equipment. iraptt-rdTTw, 044, draw up side by side ; irapaTeTayixivoi, draivn up in line. irapa-T(Lvo), stretch out, extend. irdp-ci,|ii {(Ifjii), 188, be near or by, be at a place, be at hand or present, have come; rk irap6vTa, the present circum- stances. irap-c\avv(*>, march by or past, ride past, review. irap-^PXO^ai, j^^^^'^* ^V or along. irap-^X"* '^1^) ^^^^'^ near, afford, fur- nish, render, make, cause, inspire. Trdp-o8os, ov, i), 170 [686s], way by, pass, p((.s.s(/r/e, act of j^assing. Ilapvo-aTis, i5o9, i], Parysutis, mother of Cyrus tlie Younger. irds, Tracra, vav, 204, 752 [dia-pason, pan-oply, panto-mime], all, Lat. omnis, nso-Ci wv 37 ir/it''s side, le. ije along, s, thiyh], l(jhs. tramtuj, a ;l to about kings side , procure; >r oneself, ti\], i)repa- ip side by m up in lend. r or by, be isent, have nt circuin- past, ride ong. fford, fur- '.spire. , way by, lis, motlier dia-pason, jat. omnis, every, with a noun, connn. in the pn;- dicatt! position, all, entire, the whole. IIas iroieiv, treat well or ill; iKKX-qaidv TToieip, call or convoke a meeting. 839, 840. faith in^ ^d faith, faithful, given to tffrci, rd, ware, of thrum, a ■oXus. ,701,871 , sail. s, extent, 'efpt that; ept. full, full icrw, etc., 64. neut. as in attrib- R56. md iirXA- ike, Eng. }sei, 6oa<. it, posy], fashion, ct; tD or iKK\7}(Tidp %g. «89, iroiK(Xo$ troiKtXos, ri, ov, party-colored. iroios, a, 01/, interr. pron., 366, of what sort ? Lat. qualis. 822, 828. tiroX«|i<«, iro\e/iiJ(rw, etc., 282, war, maAre or carry on war, fight. 804. tiroX«niK6s, t}, 6./, 648 [polemic], of or for war, imrlike, skilled in war. tiroX^Hios, o, ov, 94, belonging to xoar, at war with, hostile; rd woUfjua, mili- tary matters ; voX^fiioi, 6, an enemy in Avar; ol iroX^fiioi, the enemy. 864. ir6Xc)tos, ov, 6, 78, loar, warfare. tiroXi-opK<«, TToXiopKijffu, .318 l + efpyu, hem in], hem in a city, besiege. ir6Xis, ews, ij, 478, 748 [acro-po/is], city, state. tiroXXdKis, adv., 276, many times, often, frequently. iroXvs, TToXXif, TToXi), 602, 677, 763 [po/y-. as in po/y -syllable, etc.], much, many, Lat. multus, in great numbers, great, large, long, strong; neut. as adv., ttoXj}, much, far; t6 iroXiJ, the greater part ; iwl ttoXiJ, over a great extent. ;iroXw.T€X^s, ^i, 429 [+ t^Xoj, outlay], requiring outlay, expensive. iiroviia, wov^ffu, etc., 598, toil, labor, undergo hardship,- earn by hard work. ir6vos, ov, o, 698, toil, hardship. tirop«{a, OS, 17, 561, journey, march. tirojHwft), irope^ffw, 178, make go; coram, pass, dep., go, proceed, advance, march, journey. tirop(ta» (TTopid), voptw, etc., ^1^, fur- nish, provide, give; mid., get, obtain. irdpos, ov, 6, means of passing, ford, passage, way or means of doing, means, ' nrnrndinn ' -a- w6«ros, ri, ov, interr. pron., 356, how much f Lat. quantus. 822, 823. 89 irpo6d)i(rts iroTa)i6s, ov, 6, 83 [hippo-potamus], river. iroW, indef. end. adv., 527, at some time, once on a time, once, ever. ir6Tfpos, d, ov, inteiT. pron., 591, which of two? neut. as adv., in an alternative question, ndrepov ...■!}, whether . . . or, Lat. utruin . . . an. irov, interr. adv., 615, where? irovs, TToSSi, 6, 527 [Lat. pes, Eng. FOOT, tri-pod], foot. irpa-yjia, arot, t6, 318 [irpdrTw], deed, thing, matter, affair, event, circum- stance, difficulty; pi., affairs, trouble. irpirTft) (wpay), vpd^w, ^vpi^a, TT^rpdya and irivpaxa, iriirpayixai, iTTpdxevp, 308, 871 [practice], do, act, accomplish; intr., do, fare. irp«^«s, adv. [xp^os, mild, tame], lightly. irptv, conj., 472 [-irp«S], before, until. irp6, prep, with gen., 235 [Lat. pro, before, Eng. for, fore], of place, before, in front of, faring, hence, in defence of, for the sake of, for, in pref- erence to ; of time, before. In composition irpb signifies before, forth, forward, in public, in behalf of. irpo-pdXXd), throw before ; mid. , rpo- PdXXeaffai rd 6irXa, present anus. ■irpo-8iopa£v«, 722, cross first. irpo-8£8«ni, 701, give over, surrender, betray, abandon. irp«S-€ini (el fit), 729, go forward, ad- vance, proceed, come on. irpo-tXaivu, intr., 722, ride forward, march on before, push on. irpd-aujios, OP, 472 [evjjidsj, ready, eager. jirpo-ev|i«s, adv., 698, eagerly. irpotT))ii 40 wOp irpo-tT)jii, 7.34, send forth; mid., yivc oneself up, entrust, surrender, abandon. 7po-|i{T, 472, be come to, be related to. HHO. irp6, take to oneself. irpo(r-iro\c|ji^a(v, show forth; mid., come in sight, appear. irpwTos, Vi Of, 235 [irpd], first, fore- most; neut. as adv., irpwrov, at first, first. iTT^pvl, vyoi, rj [ir^TO|Aai], wing of a bird, flap of a cuirass. ITvOa-ydpas, ov, 6, Pythagoras. IlvXai, wv, al, Pylae. irvXt], 7]s, 71, 60, gate, pi. gate, pass. irvv6dvo|xai {trvd), ireijffofjiai, iirvddfjirjv, iriirvffixai, 610, 871, inquire, ask, learn by inquiry, learn, ascertain, find out. 028. iriip, TTvpds, t6, 038 [fire, pyre], fire; pi., irvpd, rd, beacons. n. } wards or on or up, be related i], before, utive posi- Usance to, self. ' appoint ; 9r}, orders ov], breast- No. 83. 'mer, pre- ly. e. rd. lid., come first, fore- V, at first, wing of a ras. ite, pass. ask, learn find out. tyre], fire; ir«S, indef. oncl. adv., 722, yet, up to this time. ir«X [iiara-site], grain, corn, food, supplies. OTK^iTTOnoi {aKfv), op, Lat. a(vcTos, ou, 6, Sophaenetus. (Tirdu, fo-Tracra, eatraKa, icriraafxai, iffirdffdyiv, 835, 871 {Lat. spatium, space, Eng. si'ACK, spasm], draio. a-irdpu {(Tirep), , v, 63 [steno-graphy], nar- ', wj, strait ; arevSv, ov, t6, defile, pass. , arepi/iffw, etc., 2 fut. pass., arep-fivoixai, 382, deprive, rob; pres. pass., ar^pofiai, have lost, be without. 848. a-ripvov, ov, t6, breast. a-ri^avos, ov, 6, 701 [eriv, 578, 871 [strophe, ajw-strophe], turn, twist; intr., and in pass., turn or face about. o-rpovOds, ov, ij [o-stn'c/i], sparrow; arpovebs i] fieydXrj or ij 'Apafila, the ostrich. See No. 28. i, 816. !. ', assemble. Ith, advise, nsult with, ^fjiPovXot v-avTd», crvv-^vTrjffa [dvrt], meet ivith, meet. 864. v.€K-Pipdt«, help extricate. trvv-vm-o-'irt'uBo), help hurry on. «ri}v-eTj|ia, aroj, t6 [o-vv-tWtiixi], thing agreed on, watchword. o-i)v-oi8a, 722, share in knowledge, be conscious. 628. «n»v.TdTT«, 222, set in order together, draw up in battle array; mid., fall into battle-line, take one's position. «rwv.TC0r)ni, 695, put together; mid., make an agreement, contract. tSvpCa, dy, i}, Syria. Svpos, ov, 6, a Syrian. orv-orirdw, draw or sew together. «rv-d\X(i> (ev8d8pa, adv., 652 [pa)v, ov, gen. ows [o-wos + tpp'^v, mind], of sound mind, discreet. rdXavTov, ov, r6, a talent, worth 60 minas, or about -flOSO.OO. See under ^pax/J,'^. rdgis, cws, 7), 478 [Tdrrw], arrange- ment, esp. of troops, order, rank, array, line of battle, division. rapdrrw 44 rl^btpioi rap&rra (Ta/)ax)i rapA^w, irdpa^a, Tfrdpayfxai, irapax^V^i ^^^-j trouble, disturb. jTdpaxos, ov, 6, confusion, tumult. Toppos, ov, ri, 502 [0dirT«], ditch, trench. trdxa, adv., 380, quickly, forthwith; in apodosis with &v, perhaps. trax^ws, adv., 472, quickly, soon. Tttxvs, eta, i;, 548, quick, sioift, Lat. cclcr ; dia Taxi<^v, with speed; neut. as adv., raxi^, sioiftly, soon; comp. doLTTov, more quickly ; sup. Tdxtcra, with 6ti or ws, as quickly as possible, with all possible speed. Ti, end. copulntive conj., IGl, and, corresponding to Kai much as Lat. -que to et ; re . . . Kai or re Kal, both . . . and. TcOvdvai, W6vT]Ka, see Ov^o-kw. Ttlvat {t€v), revQ, ^reiva, T^raKa, T^rafxai, irddrju, 629 [Lat. tendo, stretch, Eng. Tiiix, DANCE, tone], stretch, exert oneself, hasten, push on. Tiixos, ovs, t6, 396 [dike, ditch, dig], toall, rampart, fort. treXtvTaiog, a, ov, 573, last, at the rear ; oi TeXevraioi, the rear guard. tTiXtvrdo), reXeuTiJcrw, 548, end, finish, end QP.c^s life-, die. ItcXcvt^, ■^y, V, 648, end, death. tTlX^w, T^w, ir^Xeffa, TerAe/ca, rer^- \eaiiai, ireX^aOrjp, 578, 871, complete, finish, fulfil an obligation, pay. riXos, ovs, t6, 548 [Lat. terminus, end, Eng. talisman], fulfilment, end, result; ace. as adv., tAoj, at last, finally. 835. T^|ivc'pvT]s, ous, 6, ace. Ti(Taa0riv, 501, 871, nourish, supiwrt, maintain; pass., be supported, subsist. xp^XO) {rpex, Spa/x), 8pap.ovp.ai, Upa- No. 85. ■.-\v>\ Tdgov, Qi/, T], run. rpioKovra, iiidecl., 212 [rpti^], thirty. Tpia-K6er)P, 578, 871, rub. Tpi-^PHS, ovs, i], 300, 747 [rptls+ipia- sooo. TptTos, »?, ov, 518 [Tptis], third; adv., rb Tplrov, the third time. TpoiHj, ^y, t), 673 [Tp^irw], rout, defeat. Tv-yxAv*) (tux), re^^oixai, fTvxov, t€t«5- XVKa and T^Tevxa, 604, 871, hit, attain, get, obtain, happen, chance. 845. Tvpiaiov, ov, rb, Tyriaeum. Tip, see Tis. iiSwp, aroj, rb, 502 [Lat. unda, wave, Eng. WATER, WET, h/dro-], water. vlH-<^''> "receive under one's pro- tection, welcome. viro-tvYiov, ov, rb, 222 [^ybv, yoke, Lat. iugum, Eng. yoke], beast of burden ; pi. baggage animals. viro-Xctiro), 644, leave behind. viro-Xv«, 527, loose beneath, take off one''s shoes. vir6-|Avi|)ta, otos, rb [(Ai|fcvt|crK«)], memorial, reminder. VtrOlTTtVW 47 ((>id\t) leutenant. (1 ace, 235 :u, hyper-], ue, beyond, sake of, in I ace. , over, nlfies over, /, for, in a], act of ipass. viofiai. >«], listen- i\'j>}, hold , and ace, er. With quently of 5 the hands it., under, ' the power I under. Res under, y or craft js diminu- \at, or it 'eriority. one's pro- )y6v, yoke, beast of id. h, take off i|ivx|(rK«)], iir-OTTTtiw, vir-oTTTa'xTco, 728 [vjr-oTrro'!, Viewed with SHspidnn, rf 6'4/onaiJ,' siifipcct, apprehend, surmise. VTT-o^rto, dy, ^ [f/. iw.oirT€Vw], mspi- cion, apprehension; vno^ld ^arl, with (lilt, of person, be apprehensive. lio-Tcpaios, d, ov, 07.'], later, followimj ; TV mrepaiq. {sc. ii,j.ipc^), ike following da>/, next da;/. IvcrrtpU, WTip-qcra, var^priKa, be later, come too late for. 850. Wt€pos, d, Of, 204 [oirr, irrricit], later; neut. as adv., mrepou, later, afterwards. 4>a£v« (^a./), 0arw, r07;m, 7r^0a7K-a and 7r^077,/a, iT^(f>a(TfiaL, ^(pdvdrjv and «?0c£^77,., r,<)I, 771, 772, 770, 871 [phe- nomenon, dia-phanous, phantastic], brincjto light, make appear, show; juid. and pass, and 2 pf., show onesdf be shown, be seen, appear, turn out. «j)a\aY|, 770 J, v, 245, 74:5 [phalanx], line of battle, phalanx; Kara 4>d\ayya, in line of battle. +av€p6s, d, bv, 8:5 [^jaivw], in plain sight, visible, manifest, open; 4v tQ (pap€p(^, <>2)enl!/, pubUdy. tpop^Tpa, as, ij, quiver. See Nos. 11 14, 87. ^ 4>^p« (0ep, oi, ivcK), oUffu, ijueyKu and Y^yKou, ivif^uoxa, iv/,,eyp.ai, v^^xOv, "2J), 871 [Liii.fero, bear, fors, chance, fur, thief lluvr, jjKAK, lUIUDKX, i«n;i{, itiurn, meta-phor, phos-phorus], bear, bring, carry, produce, receive, endure; pass., be borne, carry, rush; XaXeTTws , take it ill, be troubled. f^xvyu (^vy), ^xO^ofiai and ^ev^ov^ai, Hvyou, irhp^vya, 327, 871 [L^i. fugio, fee, Kn- HOW {bend), now (tlio weap- on), ii.„r, mx-om],Jhe, takefight, run away, retreat, jly, L:xt. f agio jlee from., run away from, jtcc from one's counts/, be an ccile, be banished; oi 0dv« {e^Y70,iai, (pe^y^ofxai, etc., inifl.dep., make a Sf)nnd, shout, sound. (j)0€£p« (cpdep), rf^depQ,, ^^peeipa, ^>eapKa, HOapfiai, iiX^(a 48 XaXiv6s earthenware or of bronze, gold, or silver. See No. 88. No. 88. tiX(a, ds, 7), 488, affection, friend- ship. t<}>iXios, a, ov, 131, friendly, amicable, at peace, used esp. of countries. 803. ({>(Xos, 77, 01', 141 [phU-anthropy, phi/tre], friendly, dear, dear to, loved by, attached to, kindly disposed, comp. (piXalrepos or 0/\re/3os ; Xvapos, ov, 6, nonsense. top€(tf, (po^T^aw, i(p6^y](Ta, frighten, terrify, 335, of unreasoning fear ; comni. pass, dep., be frightened, be terrified, fear, dread, be afraid. i)>6pios, ov, 6, 110 [hydro-phobia], /ear, dread, terror, fright. \^oivtKr]y 77s, 17, Phoenicia. t<|>oiviKi(rT'oivi|, Ikos, 6, 429, palm, date- palm. See No. 45. <{>pdt(i> (0pa5), (ppda-w, etc. [phrase], say, tell. tpovp-opxos,ou,6, 150[+opx«], commander of a garrison. <|>poup6$, ov, 6 [irpd + opdo)], watcher, guard. Opvy'S, as, 7], 188, Phrygia. ^^v^iojiy dSos, 6, 341 [<})€W'yw], fugitive, exile, refugee. j.vYi^, Tjs, 7], 4()2 [^tvya], flight, rout. t(f>vXaKi^, r]s, 7), 50, a watching, watch, picket duty, garrison. t<|)iiXa|, a/cos, 6, 245, 743, a xoatcher, guard, outpost; pi. body-guard. €w-yw], flight, lout, ling, watch, a loatcher, ird. ix^^", 222, h, defend ; watch out Kas (pvXdT- Eiravui, ixo-- 3 angry, he ed. 8G0. :, grievous, re, stern. rdly, with nsisting ot The bit XaXKovt ^g was generally a snaffle, the two ends of which were joined under the jaw by a strap or chain, to which a leading rein was sometimes attached. See Nos. 38, 83. txaXKofis, rj, ovv, 292, of bronze, bronze. XaXK6s, ov, 6, copper, bronze, bronze armor. XdXos, ov, 6, the Chains. tX«p£«iS, ecrcra, e^, 264, 752, graceful, pleasing. xApis, tros, i), 265 [m-charist], grace, favor, gratitude, thanks ; xdpip ctWj'at, xdpiv ^x^iu, be or feel grateful; xdpiv dirodiddpai, return thefavor. XopudvSij, r)i, i}, Charmande. X€in(6v, wvoi, 6 [Lat. hiems, winter], bad weather, winter. X«fp, xcv<5s, V, 416 [Lat. herctum, in- heritance, Bng.chiro-graphy, s-uryeon], hand, Lat. manus. X€ip(os, ov, 6, Chirisophus. X«(pi(rTos, see xe^/Jwi/. X«fp»v, Of, gen. ovos, 577, worse, inferior. X€pp<$vT]^Xl|JkO$ No. 89. "if ^(Kiov, ou, t6, 416, armlet, bracelet. See No. 89. x)/ev8o)iai, \peijaofjLai, i^ei [\f/i](f)os, pebble'], reckon with pebbles, vote, reaolve, deter mine. \|;iX6s, ^, 6v, bare, unprotected; ol rplXol, light-armed troops. a &, exclamation, 83, 0, with voc. iSSc, adv., 150 [oSt], thus, as follows, in the following manner. wvios, a, ov, 010, purchasable; wi>ia, rd, xoares, goods. •Jipo, ds, Tj, 439 [yeau, hour, horo- scope], time, period, season, hour, Lat. hora, the proper time, opportunity. «s, orig. a relative adv. of maimer [os], but developed into a variety of uses. As rel. adv., as, Lat. ut, with verbs, before prepositions, and with participles, as if, just as, thinking that, on the ground that, with the avoivcd intention, as though; with numerals, about ; of degree, how, esp. with superlatives, Lat. quam, as cJj ndXiara, as much as possible. As prep., with ace, to, on\y of persons. As conj., of time, as, when, after, us rdxia-ra, as soon as; introducing iiidiriict discourse, that; of cause, as, since, because, for, Lut.ut; final, tfiat, in order that, Lat. ut ; of intended result, like ware, so as, so that. ws, thus, so. wcr-Tr€p, relative adv., 400 [ws + Trt'pj, like as, just as, even as, as it were. w«\€w, co(pe\rj(TU}, etc., 318 [50eXos, advantage, use], help, succor, assist, benefit, be of service to, give assistance to, of voluntary service. |aK})€\i(ios, ov, useful, serviceable. No, 90. t. ut, with and with , thinking with the Kjh; witli , how, esp. iw, as cJj sihle. As f persons. aj'ltr, w's itroducing cause, as, inal, that, intended xt. ws + trip] , were. [ws + ri], 8 [60cXos, ir, assist, assistance mble. II. English-Greek Vocabulary. Consult tJ.c Greek-English VoraLulury f,.r fuller meanings of the Greek words here ,nve„, ospe..ially in eases where a ehoh-e <,f words is olTor.tl. Tlet/r etE^h ■ /.ri M '"T ^-Vr'T""^ '"'''' '"' '' ^''"" *''« etynu.l,>,ical n.eanings c f L wo . ul nxcates the In.es on whieh these n.eanings have heen deveh.ped! If in dou choose the w.ml that is fan.iliar. The ahn has heen lo intro.luee no word ntoTe En,di8h-Greek exercises that has not previously heen given. Frequently he eoe wdl ho deterndned hy the appropriateness of the word to the lesson I w ieh i oceu s Abandon Abandon, Trpo-iffxai (e), Trpo- •fja-oixai, etc. Able, Uavbi, rj, 6v ; he — , UavSi ei/j.1, 5vvaiJ,ai{5vva), dvv^ofi€Ofj.ai, o^'fl(Toixai, etc. After, ixerd. Afterwards, varepov. Again, TrdXtv. Against, iirl, npSs. Agreement, inake an — , (TVp-rlOefxai (Oe), avv- O'^fTouai, etc. All, TTttj, Tracra, -wav. Allow, iTTi-Tp^Tru), iiri-rpi- ^oj, etc. Ally, (T^fifxaxoi, ov, 6. Already, '')5r). Also, Kai. Always, dd. Among, ii>. And, Kal. Announce, 077^X0; {dy- 7cX;, dyyeXQ, etc. Another, dXXos, rj, 0; one — , dXX-^Xup. Answer, make — , diro- Kptvofxai {kplv), dvo- Kpivovfmi, etc. Any, Tis, tI, gen. tiv6s; anybody or — one, ris ; anything, tI. Appear, (paiuofxai (0ay), (/>avi^oo/j.aL, etc. Approach, TrX-rja-id^u (ttXt;- (Ttao), nXijaidarw, etc. Attempt Aristippus, 'Aplamnros, ov, 6. Arm, oirXl^o} {owXiS), WTrXicra, etc. Arms, 6'7rXa, lov, rd. Army, arpaTiA, ds, 7;, arpd- Tevfia, aros, t6. Artaxerxes, ' ApTa^^p^r}s, ov, 6. As, (Jj; —follows, TdSe; to, OXTTe. Ask, epurdoj, ipwr-fjaw, etc., inquire ; ahiu, air-^aw, etc., ask for. Ass, 6vos, ov, 6. Assured, be ~, = know ivell. At, iwl. Attack, ini-Tieefiai (Oe), i-n-L-e-qaofxai, etc. ; make O-n — , fTr-€tp.L (ei/ic). Attempt, veipdo/xai, irei- pda-o/mi, etc. Barbarian Dead BflrbArian, /, rotT), KfXeiVw, o/f. Bind, (Vu», (5>)(Tw, rYc. Bird, /!/)i'jy, ISpvWo'i, d, ?;. Black, ^Adj, ixi\aiva, Board, oh — , iwl. Boat, TrXowi', 01', t6. Both, OH — .s/(Ms, Aix6fv; — . . . (inif, ^•ai . . . Kal. Bow, t6^ov, 01', t6. Bowman, ro^ir?;?, 01', d. Boy, TTorj, 7rai56s, d. Brave, d^a^Mj, t^, 6^, d»^ 5/otroj, d, oj'. Break, Xi^w, Xt^trw, r/c. Breastplate, 0cj/)at, dvoj, d. Bridge, y^» ou!'. Brother, dde\ir6, wIMi m)- f/»7//rr, -AaX/«. Canal, »5(uy/)i'»;, I'xot, »^. Captain, Xoxd^iv, ov, 6. Care, take ^ , im-ij.f\^o/j.ai, ^7r(-/i(fXr)(ro^(n., J(ru>, r/r. Cattle, /^ouj, /ioiW, d, 7;. Cause, 7ra;)-«X-X677j(ro/tiat, etc. Command, ^»^f^»w, i^fXriVriu, Comnwnuior, d/ivwi*, oitov, ; ^/wiyia/ij^oy, oi', d (n| !i ginriMdii). Company, in irifff, «.,'„, Conduct, d-)(u, ifi„., (7c. Confess, (\;toXo>( .1, (V"'Xo 7>)(ru», vti'. Conquer, i-udw, l'l^ )),ni>, cfr. CoMSldor, iTK^VTOHat {(TKfV), Ch^iofini, etc.; (iiH'Xti'm- ^tti, flovXfVirofiai, etc. Consult, »(•///;, ,Tvn-ftov Xri;oyiiat, (n'/U-/!iot»Xei/(ro/iat, (/(•. Corrupt, !(ia-/)nt, d^o^, d. Country, X'^/»«» ds, ^. Court, at - , 7ra/.d /k DetiKind, dn air/w, rfff- o(r»J(r(i>, r^f. Destroy, Mho, ,\,.,;w, ,/,•., DlscloHO, ^iri-lirlhpvfu (Huh), •"n-t-iVfiw, f/c. DlHh()nol,(lTi/x«i,<■a;((iT.Ma(^), flTi/ittcrw, f'/f. Dismiss, dTro-Tr/MTro/xrt,, diro-7r/M^fi/iat, r ■. Disporso, onilftM (frjrr/i), crntpd^ ell', Dlstnnt, /)f: — , ,l;r-/\r,;, fin Y^w Ulid dTTo-irx '/«rw, r/r. Do, 7r()(/w, nonf/rru), tic.; hiirni, KahQi noUio; - ii'i'll Ihj, ,rn,/w. I^raw, vp^rarrw (, ), T((i;ci>, r/r. Dreadful, \,',io, m'aA,..,,,,,, Hr. KiMMiiy, n„,\,>,„v, ,„,^ ;. '/"' , III n»\///((»(. Kmk»Ko, /// „.,„■, ^„x, /<''(!>, noStfu'ifUu, rfi\ (\,, „(,, „ EsC.'lpO, (ITTO ,/)f|r,„j (,/,(,-),), (ino-i/,fi'ii;onai mill d)ro- »/'fi'iorl/t(t(, c/c. KiiplMrttoH, l';iVv»dr7/,,oi.,,',. EvoiylhiiiK, TdfAu. Kvil, *a/,/)i', 01/, r/<. Exhort, vufia-H t \i t'lo/uit, ^afia-KcXtoffofxat, fir. Ex do, i/.i(7dv, dfVjv, d. Expedition, („)<',:, , ,; fii/ir pari. in. m (TTpaTtl'Kt/mi, fTT/),: ,,>,ri)- fmi, r/r. Express, ('nro-StlHvvnai ('Vt^), E Each, UKaaroi, rf, op. Easily, h' /*'«'. /laxoii/iui, rfr. Fire, TTiy), TTtz/i/n, t/>. Fish, /;^«(^v, ,5„v, ,j. Five, Tr/j/Tf. l'""loe, f/n, w,v, or H"iiic cas*' ol H^e; on Ihr. ./hlj.oininff tin, rf/ ixrrtpalti.. For, yt'i,, ; r(s Force, !)i''m/Ms, €u>5, 17, ffr/>d- liat (fiiad), liidnoum, , >,-. Fort, xw/i/oc, 01/, T(i. Foi.y, T rraf)6.KuvTa. Four, r/TTapf!, a. Frequently, TroXAd/ttt. Friend r,i Journey Friend, tfAXoi, or, 6, ^<'i/os, Of, 0*. Friendly, (f)l\ios, d, o^. Friendship, ipiMa, ds, i;. Frightened, ^r' — , (poji^o- /lai, (po(irj]. General, crrpaTriydi, oO, d. Get, vopl^ofjLai (wopio), tto- piovfiai, etc.; — together, (Tvv-dyu, avv-d^u, etc. Gift, Supovy ov, t6. Give, dldwfxi. (5o), Suxrw, eos, ov, 6. Him, ()bli(|ue cases of our6v; ov, rcllex. Hindrance, tA kuXOou, His, often by the article ; somctimeHouToOi^Ke/j'ou. Honor, rifxtj, ^j, ij ; Tifxdu}, Tlfiijaw, etc.; ill — , iv Tifx^ or rf/xtoj, d, 01^. Hope, iXnls, ISos, 17. Hoplite, 6ir\tTr]s, ov, 6. Horse, IVttoj, ov, 6 ; on horseback, dnb iwirov. Horseman, iTTTrei^s, ^ws, 6. Hostile, TToX^/xtos, d, ov. House, oikIol, dj, 17, How, — mantj, ndaoc, at, a. Hunt, 0T}pn'iu}, 6T)peij(ru, etc. I, iy(t), ifjLoO and /jloO, etc. If, el, idv, ijv. Immediately, ddis. Impassable, diropos, ov. In, iv ; — order that, im. Inflict, iTri-Tid-n/xi (de), ivi- OrjcTU}, etc. Inspire, wap-4xu {(rex), trap-^^u) and wapa-crxv- (TU), etc. Intend, ^j' rtjj e'xw (o-ex). f^w and (TX7?'(rw, e^c. Interpreter, epfjLtjveh, ^wj, 6. Into, ets ; — the presence of, TTpdi. Journey, iropeid, dj, 17, 656y, oO, ^. Judge Judge, Kphw (Kpiv), Kpivu, etc. Just, SUaios, d, ov. Justly, diKalus. King, (iaffiXe^s, ^wj, 6; be — , jiaaiXtvw, (iajiXiijffu), etc. Know, o/5o, ttaofxai. Lacedaemonian, AaxeSai- fxbvioi, d, ov. Land, 7^, 7^5, ^, ;^ii^a, OS, 17. Large, ^^70$, fieydXt), fi^ya. Lead, dyw, d^w, ef c. , 177^0- fxat, rjyijffofiai, etc. Leader, Tj-yenwi/, 6voj, 6. Leave, Xdwu (Xitt), Xeii/'w, e, dj/3/)6y, 6, Lat. Mtry di-^/jwiros, 01/, 6, Lat. /ir>mo ; mm, .some- times o-TpaTiCiTai ; o/t/ — , y^puv, ovTos, 6; young — , vtdvLd':, ov, 6. Many, .see Much. March, c?a?/'s — , aTadfxSi, ov, 6; — away, dn- eXaiJvu (iXa), dTr-eXw, eic; — on, vopeijofxai, TTopeiffo^jLai, etc. Market-place, dyopd, 5j, rj. Means, by — 0/, ci7r6. Menon, M^vuv, wvos, 6. Mercenary, fxia6o(p6poi, ov. Messenger, d77eXoy, ov, 6. Miletus, MtX7)Tos, ov, 17. Mina, fxvci, fivds, ij. Molest, Xvir^u, XOjttjVw, etc. Money, dpyipiov, ov, t6, XPTJp-ara, druv, rd. Month, /jLTJv, p.r]v6s, 6. More, fiaXXov. Mountain, 6po$, ovs, t6. Much, iroXtJS, TToXXij, TroX6 ; TToXtJ. Must, dei, dvdyKTj 4, dj/-o/^w, e^c; (pavepds, d, 6v. Opinion, yvw/xri, r;s, 1^. Or, i Order, fceXeiJw, KeXe^tru, etc.; — arms, TWe^oi to SttXo ; m — that, 'iva. Orders, give — , irap-ay- 7AXw (d77eX), tto/o- o77cXtD. Orontas,'0/)6j'Tdy, dorof, 6. Other, dXXoy, 17, 0. Ought, 5ef. Our 56 Say 0»4r, often by the article. Out, — of the way, iKiro- Palace, (iaaiXeia, ojv, rd. Parasang, wapaadyyrjs, ov, 6, Park, 7ra/3d5et«ros, ou, 6. Pay, fxia-Ods, oO, 6. Peltast, TreXraiTTifis, ou, 6. Perish, dTr-dWvfiai, dtr- oKovfiai. Persian, lUpa-qs, ov, 6. Persuade, ^616*0; (7rt0), Trei- (Tw, etc. Phrygia, ^pvyid, m, rj. Place, x^P^ov, ov, t6; from that — , ivreCdev ; in this — , ivravda. Plain, TreSt'o^, ov, rb; dijXoi, V, ov; in — sight, Kara- (poLvris, ^s. Plan, ftovXeiio, /3ouXei}(rw, etc. Plot, imlBovXTj, i]. Prefer, alpioixai, aipT^a-ofxai, etc. Prepare, — oneself, wapa- ffKevd^Ofiat, irapa-cTKevd- croixai, etc. Presence, into the — of, irpbs. Present, he — , irdp-tipn {^(t), Trap-^(ToiJ.ai. Press, — hard, irU^w (TTteS), irUau, etc. Proceed, wopevo/jLai, iropelj- (TOfxai, etc.; — with, ffVjX-TTOpi'UOpi.ai. Promise, vir-ia-xv^o/xai, inro- crxva-ofiai, etc. Prosperous, evSaifxuv, ov. Province, dpx-q, rjh V- Provisions, iTriTrjSeia, uv, rd. Punish, KoXdfw (/coXaS), KoXdifw, etc. Punishment, inflict — , SiKiqv iiri-Tidr^fxi (de), iwi- Ottu), etc. Purchase, d7o/)ifw (0170- pa8), ay opdau}, etc. Pursue, diwKw, Siw^u, etc. Put, — to death, dwo- KTelvu {kt€v), diro-KTevQi, etc.; — out of the way, iKiroSwv TToi^o/xai, irOLij- a-o/xai, etc.; — on, iv-Siw, ivdddu, etc. Rank, rdlts, cwj, 17. Ravage, 5i-a/37rdfa> {dpirad), 5i-ap7rd(rw, etc. Ready, iToiixos, t], ov, or OS, ov. Regard, voixl^w (vofuS), vofnw, etc. Remain, /x^vu {fj.€v), fievCj, etc. Rescue, (ry'fw, crclxxu}, etc. Resolve, oor.ei with dat. Rest, vavo/xai, ira^aofiai, etc.; the — , oi dXXoi. Return, tjku, ^^w, etc. Review, e^e'rao-ts, ewj, ij. Right, a^tos, d, ov, inijrally; 5e^t6s, d, 6v, of direction ; on the — (wing), inl rqi Rise, or — wp, dv-iffrafxai {(TTa), dva-crrT]crop.ai, etc.; make — , dv-la-Trjfxi {a-ra), dva-a-Ti}(Tu, etc. River, woraads, oO. 6. Road, 6S6s, ov, ij. Round, d/u0t. Rout, et'y (pvyrjv Tpiww, Tp4\pw, etc. Rush, UfiOLL (e), rjaoixai, etc. Sabre, fidxaipa, aj, ij. Sack, bL-apird^w {dprrad}, di-apirda-w, etc. Sacrifice, Odu, e6, etc. fJ.€v), /Ji€VW, rwo-oj, etc. ^ith dat. n &\\oi. w, etc. s, ews, 17. ', iiKjrally; direction; g), iiri rcf) dv-L7Js, rJTOi, o\ heavy -armed—, OTrXtrrjs, ov, 6. Somebody, ris, rtvis. Son, Trats, 7rat56s, 6. Source, 7r77777', 77s, ij. Speak, A^7w, A^^w, e«c. Spear, X6yxv, vs, ij. Split, (T^/fw (o-xi5), o-x/o-w, Stade, (TTddiop, ov, t6. Stage, (TTadpibs, ov, 6. Stand, laraiioLL (a-ra), aryj- (TOjuac, etc. Start, 6piJ.dop.ai, 6pp.-q(jop.ai, etc. Steal, /cX^TTTw (AcXeTr), kX4- ^io, etc. Stealth, 6y _, use \ap. ddvoj. Still, 'dTL. stop, waijopai, Tra\j4pvrjs, ous, 6. To, eli, ivl, 7ra/)ci, wpSs, Tree, S^vSpov, ov, t6. Tribute, da}, (TTp4\l/oj, etc. Twenty, ef/coo-t ; — ^^ue, etKOffi Kai irivre, u Undergo, — hardship, iroviw, TTOvrjffU}, etc. Unjust, &81KOS.1 ov ; he — , dStK^w, d5t/cr?(TW, e^C. Unless = if not. Until, M^X/»- Upon, iirl. Urge, wapa-KeXeioixai, wapa- KcXevcrofjiai, etc. Use, 7na^e — 0/, xpao/xat, XPVffo/jLai, etc. Van, crrSfxa, aros, t6. Very, Trdvy. Victory, vf/cTj, tjs, ^7. Village, kc^^t;, •>;$, 17, Vote, \p-q65ff.,636, 642ff. Syntax of 830. Nominative case 29. Number 31, 52. Numerals 614, 756 f. Object clauses w. fii, and subjv. or opt. 334, 381 ; w. 6'7rwj and fut. ind. 373. Optative 360 ff., 369 ff., 378 ff., 386 ff Uses of 363 f., 370 ff., 3801, l-,. 590, 663. Oxytone 25. Palatals 7; euphonic changes 243. Participles 482 ff. , 492 ff. Uses of 487, 495, 515 f., 627 1, 683 f. Particular supposltl i>s 302. Passive voice 19L^ ff. ,: first pass, system 656 ff. ; second pass, system 608 ff. Penult accent of 22. Perfect indie, act. 110 ff., mid. 183 fl, pass. 192 ft'.; first pi system 619 ff. ; second pi system 114 1, 633 ff.J pf. mid. system, 642 ff., 648 If. Person 51. Personal prons. .A33 ff. See Endings. Pluperfect indk :.ct. 110 ff., mid. 183 ff., pass. 192 ff.; fir.st pi system 619 ff.; second pi system 114 1, 033 ff'.; pi mid. system 642 11 648 ff. Possessive prons. ,448. Post-positives 82 b. Predicate 800 ff. Prepositions 226 ff. Present mdic. act. 55, mid. 174 ff., pass. 192 ft'.; pres. system 552 fl; in HI verbs 689 ft'. See Contrac- tion. Primary tenses 50. Principal Parts of verbs 199 fl; of deponents 298 ff. Proclitics 26, 167. Prohibitions w. m'^ 408. Pronouns, see Personal, Intensive, Re- flexive, etc. PronunciMion 1, 10, 12. Protasis 301 ; neg. of /a-^ 303. Punctuation marks of 28. Purpose clauses 326, 371. Quotations and Questions dir. and indir. 557 fl, 567 fl, 589 1, 607 ff., 627 1, 660 ff. ; questions of appeal w. subjv. 587 1 Reading the art of 121 ff,; directions for 123. Reciprocal pron. 447. Reduplication 105 ff., 871. Reflexive prons. 443 ff. Relative prons. 512 fl ; cond. rel. clauses 531 ff. Rough breathing 14 ; nmtes 7. 62 INDEX. Second aor., pf., etc. G54, 003; second teuse systems, see Aorist, Passive, Perfect. Secondary tenses 50. Semivowels 6 f. Sibilant 0. Smooth breathing 14 ; mutes 7. Stem 54. See Tense stems. Subject 800 ff. Subjunctive 312 ff., 331 ff., 339 f. of 310 f., 323 ff., 333 f., 407 f., Suffix of opt. mood 302, 379, 387 Tense Suffixes. Superlatioe degree 540 f. Suppositions part''eular and 302, See Conditional. Syllabic, see Augment. Sijllables 15. Synopsis 550. Syntax rules of 800 if. Systems, see Tense S]/stems. Temporal, ^ce A agment. Tense Stems 135, 553, 871. See Tense Systems. Tense Suffixes 135, 553, GOO, 035, C70. Uses 588, See general Tense Systems 552 f. ; pres. system 553,1; fut. 553,2, 505 f., 583 f. ; first aor. 553, 3, 505 f., 585 f. ; second aor, 002 ff,; first pf, 553, 4, 019 ff,; second pf. 033 ff,, 717 ff,; pf, mid. 553, 5, 042 f, , 048 f , ; first pass. 553, 0, 050 ff. ; second pa,ss. 008 ff. Tenses 50, See Present, Imperfect, etc. Ultima accent of 24. Verbal adjs, 077 ff. Verbs principal parts 199 ff,, 298 ff,; defective 201; kinds of 273; depo- nent 297 ff. ; in fjLi and w 091, See MI Verbs. Verb stem 54, 274, 580, 000, 023 ff., 037, 072, 871, Vocabulary liow to be acquired 877. Vocative case 29. Syntax of 831. Voice 4S, 174, 192. Vowels 3 f . ; contraction of 737, Vowel declension, see Declension; verbs 273 f. See Contraction. Word-Grouping 872 ff. Words borrowed and cognate 870, es. system f., G83 f.; )f.; second 4, 019 ff.; ; pf. mid. )ass. 653, 6, ff. oerfect, etc. ff.,298 ff.; J73; depo- 091. See 06, 623 ff., ired 877. Df 831. 737. Declension ; :tion. ite 876. ^u- ■